115-OT-SRBWIPL-Fire Fighting

115-OT-SRBWIPL-Fire Fighting
SAIL-RITES BENGAL WAGON
INDUSTRY PVT. LTD.
Tender and Contract document for Design, Manufacturing, Delivery
to site, Storage at site, Erection, Testing and Commissioning of
Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and
public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory
in connection with setting up of Wagon Manufacturing unit of SAILRITES Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B.
Open Tender Notice No: 115/OT/SRBWIPL/Fire fighting/2011
Dated 19.12.2011
PART-1
TECHNICAL BID
CONTENTS
Section-1 : Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers
Section-2 : Tender and Contract Form
Section-3 : Special Conditions of Contract
Section-4 : Schedule A to F
Section-5: Technical Specifications
Section-6: Drawings
PART- 2
FINANCIAL BID
SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITIES
Issued to (name of Tenderer):________________________________________________
Address of tenderer: _________________________________________________
Signature of officer issuing the documents_____________
Designation ____________________
Date of Issue_________________
RITES Ltd.
(A Govt. of India Enterprise)
Kolkata Project Office
56, C.R. Avenue, 2nd Floor Kolkata-700 012
e. mail: [email protected]
Phone No.: 033-22367118/7146/7162/7143(Fax)
1
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
RITES Ltd.
(A Govt. of India Enterprise)
REGIONAL PROJECT OFFICE, 56, C.R. Ave. (2nd fl),
Kolkata-12
Phone No. 033-2236 7118/46/62 FAX-033 2236 7143
NIT No.115/OT/SRBWIPL/Fire fighting/2011 Dated 19.12.2011
General Manager (Projects), RITES Ltd. invites sealed tenders for
‘Design, Manufacturing, Delivery to site, Storage at site, Erection,
Testing and Commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System
& Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire
Building & Plant of Wagon Factory in connection with setting up of
Wagon Manufacturing unit of SAIL-RITES Bengal Wagon Industry
Pvt. Ltd. at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B. Estimated Cost: Rs. 85.18 Lakh
(Approx), EMD: Rs. 85,200/-, Completion period: 06 (Six)
months. Sale of Tender Documents: 20.12.2011 to 30.12.2011.
Last date of Submission of Tender: 02.01.2012 up to 14.00 Hrs.
Date of opening of Tender: From 14.30 Hrs on 02.01.2012 in
presence of the intending tenderers. Tender documents can be
purchased from the above address at a cost of Rs.5,000/- (Rupees
five thousand) only in the form of DD/PO/BC drawn on any
Schedule Bank in favour of RITES Ltd., payable at Kolkata. For
complete Tender Documents including qualifying criteria etc.
please visit: (www.rites.com) or (www.tendertimes.com) or contact
this office. Addendum/ corrigendum, if any, would be hoisted on
the above websites only.
2
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION-1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER & INSTRUCTION TO
TENDERERS
3
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION 1
NOTICE INVITING TENDER AND INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
Tender No115/OT/SRBWIPL/Fire fighting/2011 Dated 19.12.2011
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
Tender Notice
Tenders are invited by RITES Ltd., a Public Sector Enterprise under the Ministry of Railways,
acting for and on behalf of Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. (A SAIL-RITES JV)
(Employer) as an Agent/Power of Attorney Holder, from working contractors (including
contractors who have executed works within the last five years reckoned from the scheduled
date of opening of tender) of Railways, CPWD, MES, DOT, RITES, State PWD or any other
Central / State Government Undertaking, Municipal Body, Autonomous Body of
Central/State Governments or Public Ltd., Co. listed on BSE/NSE for the work of DESIGN,
MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY TO SITE, STORAGE AT SITE, ERECTION, TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING of HYDRANT TYPE Fire Protection System & Fire Detection, Alarm and public
address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory at KULTI, BURDWAN
(Note : Throughout these bidding documents, the terms ‘bid’ and ‘tender’ and their
derivatives are synonymous).
1.2
Estimated Cost of Work
The work is estimated to cost Rs. 85,18,050/- (Rupees Eighty five lakh eighteen thousand
fifty) only. This Estimate, however, is given merely as a rough guide.
1.3
Time for Completion
The time allowed for completion will be 06 (six) months from the date of start which is
defined in Schedule F under Clause 5.1a of Clauses of Contract.
1.4
DESIGN, MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY TO SITE, STORAGE AT
Brief Scope of Work
SITE, ERECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING of HYDRANT TYPE Fire Protection System
& Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon
Factory at KULTI, BURDWAN. The work is to be executed under the direct supervision of
RITES Ltd. for development of fire fighting system as given in Section-III, V & VI of
Technical Specification and relevant drawings attached with the tender documents.
1.5
Availability of Site
The site for the work is available/ shall be made available in parts, as specified below:
2.0
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA TO BE SATISFIED
2.1
The Qualification Criteria to be satisfied is given at Annexure I enclosed.
2.2
Information whether Joint Venture are allowed and whether category of work is
Normal or Large, is given in Annexure I enclosed.
2.3
The documents to be furnished by the Bidder to prove that he is satisfying the
Qualification Criteria laid down should all be in the Bidder’s name, except in cases
4
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
where though the name has changed, the owners continued to remain the same and in
cases of amalgamation of entities.
3.0
FORMAT AND CHECK LIST FOR SUBMISSION OF INFORMATION ON
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA
3.1
Other than Joint Ventures
The Tenderer shall furnish a Letter of Transmittal as given in Annexure II A
enclosing the documents mentioned therein/listed in para 1(a) of Annexure IA.
3.2
Joint Ventures (For Large Works):
Not Applicable
3.3
Joint ventures (For Normal Works):
Not Applicable
4.0
CONTENTS OF TENDER DOCUMENT
4.1
Each set of Tender or Bidding Document will comprise the Documents listed below
and addenda issued in accordance with para 7 :
PART – 1 :- Technical Bid Packet
Section 1 Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers.
Section 2 Tender and Contract Form.
Section 3 Special Conditions.
Section 4 Schedules A to F
Section 5 Technical Specifications
Section 6 Drawings
Section 7 Conditions of Contract
Section 8 Clauses of Contract
Section 9 Safety Code
Section 10 Model Rules for workers
Section 11Contractor’s labour regularation
PART – 2:- Financial Bid Packet
Schedule of Quantities (Bill of Quantities)
PART – 3:- General Conditions of Contract
(read with correction Slip Nos. 1 )
4.2
General Conditions of Contract (Compilation of Sections 7 to 11) with upto date
correction slips is also available in RITES website www.rites.com
5.0
ISSUE OF TENDER DOCUMENT
5.1
A complete set of Tender Document (Technical and Financial Bid) described in Para
4.1 above can be seen in the office of the GM (P)/RITES, 56, C..R.Avenue, Kolkata12 between hours of 11.00 AM and 4.00 PM every day except on Saturdays, Sundays
and Public Holidays.
5
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.2
One set of Tender Document may be purchased from the office of GM (P)/RITES, 56,
C.R. Avenue, Kolkata-12 from 20.12.2011 to 30.12.2011 for a non refundable fee per
set of Rs. 5,000/- (Rupees Five thousand only) in the form of Demand Draft/ Pay
Order/ Banker’s cheque drawn on any Scheduled Bank payable at Kolkata in favour of
RITES Ltd., on submission of an application.
5.3
Tender Documents including drawings can also be downloaded from RITES Website
(www.rites.com) or (www.tendertimes.com) and in such a case, the Tenderer shall
deposit the cost of tender documents along with submission of tender, failing which
his tender shall not be opened. The cost of tender documents shall be deposited in the
form of a separate Banker’s cheque / Demand Draft / Pay Order and enclosed in the
envelope containing the Earnest Money Deposit. The amendments / clarifications to
the Tender documents will also be available on the above website. Tender documents
requested by mail / courier / speed post / registered post will not be entertained.
5.4
Tender Documents downloaded from RITES website shall be considered valid for
participating in the tender process. During the scrutiny of downloaded tender
document, if any modification / correction etc. is noticed as compared to the original
documents posted on the website, the bid submitted by such a Tenderer is liable to be
rejected. In case the bid of a Tenderer who has downloaded the document from
website is accepted the contract shall be executed in the original / manual tender
document issued by the concerned RITES officer.
5.5
Clarifications on Tender Documents
A prospective Tenderer requiring any clarification on the Tender Document may
notify Sri P.P.Mitra /Sr. DGM (Mech.) (The official nominated for this purpose) in
writing or by telefax/ or by E-mail at the following Postal Address/ Fax No./E-mail
address: RITES Ltd., Regional Project Office, 56, C.R.Avenue, Kolkata-700 012 (Fax
No. 033-2236-7143 / E-mail to [email protected]
In case no Pre-Bid Meeting is to be held, then request for clarifications including
request for Extension of Time for submission of Bid, if any, must be received not later
than 10 (ten) days prior to the deadline for submission of tenders. Details of such
questions raised and clarifications furnished will be uploaded in RITES website
without identifying the names of the Bidders who had raised the questions. Any
modification of the Tender Document arising out of such clarifications will also be
uploaded on RITES website only.
In cases where Pre-Bid Meeting is proposed to be held, provisions in para 6.0 below
may be referred to.
6.0
PRE-BID MEETING:
Not Applicable
7.0
AMENDMENT OF TENDER DOCUMENT
7.1
Before the deadline for submission of tenders, the Tender Document may be modified
by RITES Ltd. by issue of addenda/corrigendum.
6
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
7.2
Addendum/corrigendum, if any, will be hosted on website only and shall become
a part of the tender document. All Tenderers are advised to see the website for
addendum/ corrigendum to the tender document before submission of Tender.
7.3
To give prospective Tenderers reasonable time in which to take the addenda/
corrigenda into account in preparing their tenders, extension of the deadline for
submission of tenders may be given as considered necessary by RITES.
8.0
TENDER VALIDITY
8.1
The Tender shall be valid for a period of 90 days from the due date for submission of
Tender or any extended date as indicated in sub para below.
8.2
In exceptional circumstances, during the process of evaluation of tenders and prior to
the expiry of the original time limit for Tender Validity, the Employer may request
that the Tenderers may extend the period of validity for a specified additional period.
The request and the tenderer’s response shall be made in writing. A Tenderer may
refuse the request without forfeiting his Earnest Money. A Tenderer agreeing to the
request will not be permitted to modify his Financial Bid to a higher amount but will
be required to extend the validity of the Earnest Money for the period of the extension.
9.0
EARNEST MONEY
9.1
The Tender should be accompanied by Earnest Money of Rs. 85,181/- (Rupees eighty
five thousand one hundred eighty one only) in any of the forms given below:Banker’s Cheque / Pay Order/ Demand Draft payable at Kolkata, drawn in favour of
RITES Ltd.
9.2
Any Tender not accompanied by Earnest Money in an acceptable form shall be
rejected by the Employer as non-responsive.
9.3
Refund of Earnest Money
a) Two Packet System:
Not Applicable
b) Single Packet System
After evaluation of the Financial Bids, the Earnest Money of unsuccessful Tenderers
will be returned without interest within 28 days of the end of Tender Validity Period
subject to provisions of Para 9.4 (b).
c) In case of both Two Packet and Single Packet System, the Earnest Money of the
successful Tenderer, without any interest, will be adjusted as a part of the Security
Deposit payable in terms of provisions in the General Conditions of Contract (Clause
1A of Clauses of Contract).
9.4
The Earnest Money is liable to be forfeited
a)
if after bid opening, but before expiry of bid validity or issue of Letter of
Acceptance, whichever is earlier, any Tenderer
i)
withdraws his tender or
7
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ii)
makes any modification in the terms and conditions of the tender which
are not acceptable to the Employer.
b)
in case any statement/information/document furnished by the Tenderer is found
to be incorrect or false.
c)
in the case of a successful Tenderer, if the Tenderer
i)
fails to furnish the Performance Guarantee within the period specified
under Clause 1 of “Clauses of Contract”.
ii)
fails to commence the work without valid reasons within 15 days after
the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance or from the first date of handing
over of the site, whichever is later.
In case of forfeiture of E.M.D as prescribed hereinabove, the Tenderer shall not be
allowed to participate in the retendering process of the work.
10.0
ALTERNATIVE PROPOSALS BY THE TENDERERS
The Tenderers shall submit offers, which comply strictly with the requirements of the
Tender Document. Alternatives or any modifications shall render the Tender invalid.
11.0
SUBMISSION OF TENDER
11.1 Two Packet System and Single Packet System
(a)
Two Packet System:
Not Applicable
The tenderer shall submit the Tender in original in two packets as under:PACKET A :- TECHNICAL BID
Envelope 1
Envelope 2
Earnest Money & Cost of Tender Document if the bid is
submitted on the document downloaded from RITES
website
“Authority to Sign”, ‘Integrity Pact’ (when applicable)
and Qualification Information along with all enclosures /
documents as per Letter of Transmittal/ Checklist given
in Annexure II A/ II B (L)/IIB(N). As regards
“Authority to Sign” Para 11.2 below may be referred to.
As regards ‘Integrity Pact’, para 11.7 below may be
referred to.
Technical Bid (Part 1 and Part 3) (Refer Para 4.1)
including
signature on Tender Form (Section 2) duly witnessed
after filling up blanks therein.
Each page of the above documents including all
Drawings should bear the dated initials of the Tenderer
along with the seal of the Company, in token of
confirmation of having understood the Contents.
8
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PACKET B: - FINANCIAL BID
Envelope 3
Schedule/Bill of Quantities.
Each page of the Financial Bid (Part 2 – Refer Para 4.1) should be signed by the
Tenderer along with the seal of the company. In the last page of Financial Bid, at the
end, the Tenderer should sign in full with the name of the Company, Seal of the
Company and Date.
All rates and amounts, whether in figures or words, must be written in indelible ink.
Each correction, cutting, addition and overwriting should be initialed by the Tenderer
The rates must be quoted in decimal coinage. Amounts must be quoted in full rupees
by ignoring fifty paise and less and considering more than fifty paise as rupee one. If
the same item figures in more than one section/part of Schedule of Quantities, the
Tenderer should quote the same rate for that item in all sections/parts. If different
rates are quoted for the same item, the least of the different rates quoted only shall be
considered for evaluation of that item in all sections/parts of the Schedule of
Quantities.
Instructions contained in subsequent Para 17.6 (a) on “Item rate tender” and 17.6 (b)
on “Percentage rate tender” may be carefully studied and complied with.
b)
Single Packet System :
Applicable
Both Technical Bid (including signature on Tender Form in Section 2 duly witnessed)
and Financial Bid Documents will be submitted in one Packet. Precautions as
described above for Two Packet System shall be observed by the tenderers.
11.2
Authority to Sign
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
11.3
If the applicant is an individual, he should sign above his full type written
name and current address.
If the applicant is a proprietary firm, the Proprietor should sign above his full
type written name and the full name of his firm with its current address.
If the applicant is a firm in partnership, the Documents should be signed by all
the partners of the firm above their full type written names and current
addresses. Alternatively the Documents should be signed by the person holding
Power of Attorney for the firm in the Format at Annexure IV.
If the applicant is a limited Company, or a Corporation, the Documents shall be
signed by a duly authorized person holding Power of Attorney for signing the
Documents in the Format at Annexure IV.
If the applicant is a Joint Venture, the Documents shall be signed by the Lead
Member holding Power of Attorney for signing the Document in the Format at
Annexure V. The signatory on behalf of such Lead Partner shall be the one
holding the Power of Attorney in the Format at Annexure IV.
Items to be kept in mind while furnishing details
While filling in Qualification Information documents and the Financial Bid, following
should be kept in mind:
9
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
11.4
i)
There shall be no additions or alterations except those to comply with the
instructions issued by the Employer or as necessary to correct errors, if any,
made by the Tenderers.
ii)
Conditional Offer/ Tender will be rejected. Unconditional rebate/ discounts in
the Financial offer will however be accepted.
iii)
The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any conditional
rebate/discounts.
While evaluating the Bid Price, the conditional
rebates/discounts which are in excess of the requirements of the bidding
documents or otherwise result in accrual of unsolicited benefits to the
Employer, shall not be taken into account.
Sealing and Marking of Tenders
11.4.1 Two Packet System:
Not applicable
(a) PACKET A – TECHNICAL BID
Envelopes 1 & 2 as described in Para 11.1 (a) above should be sealed separately
superscribing “Technical Bid” with Envelope Number, Name of the work and Name
of the tenderer. In addition, the following should also be superscribed on the
respective envelopes.
Envelope 1
i) Earnest Money
ii) Cost of Tender Document if the Bid is
submitted on the document downloaded from
RITES website.
Envelope 2
i) Authority to Sign, ‘Integrity Pact’ (when
applicable as per para 11.7 below) and
Qualification Information/ documents as per
checklist in Annexure IIA / IIB (L)/ II B (N).
ii) Technical Bid including Drawings
Both the envelopes should be put in a packet which should be sealed. The following
should be superscribed on the packet:
i)
ii)
iii)
Packet A – Technical Bid
Name of the Work
Name of the Tenderer
(b) PACKET B – FINANCIAL BID
Envelope 3 – Financial Bid should be put in Packet B which should be sealed. The
following should be superscribed on the packet.
i)
Packet B - Financial Bid
ii)
Name of the work
iii)
Name of the tenderer
10
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
(c)
Both packets A and B should be put inside an outer envelope and sealed. This
envelope should be superscribed with the following details:
i)
Tender for (Name of work)
ii)
Tender number
iii)
Date and time of opening of Tender
iv)
From (Name of Tenderer)
v)
Addressed to ---- (RITES Officer inviting the Tender)
11.4.2 Single Packet System:
Applicable
Two envelopes of Technical Bid and one of Financial Bid shall be made out as
stipulated in Para 11.4.1 (a) and (b) above with the Name of the work and Name of
the Tenderer superscribed on each of the envelopes. All the three envelopes shall be
put in a Single Packet which shall be superscribed in the same manner as given in Para
11.4.1 (c) above.
11.4.3 If the envelopes and packets are not superscribed and sealed as indicated in Paras
11.4.1/ 11.4.2 above, the Employer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement
or premature opening of the Tender.
11.5
Deadline for submission of Tender
11.5.1 Tenders must be received by the Employer at the following address not later than
14.00 Hrs. on 02.01.2012. In the event of the specified date for the submission of the
Tender being declared a holiday due to Strike/Bandh or on any account by the
Employer, the Tenders will be received up to the appointed time on the next working
day.
Address for submission of Tender:
General Manager (Project), RITES Ltd., Regional Project Office, 56, C.R.
Avenue, 2nd floor, Kolkata-700 012.
11.5.2 The Employer may extend the deadline for submission of Tenders by issuing an
amendment in writing in accordance with Para 7.3 in which case all rights and
obligations of the Employer and the Tenderer previously subject to the original
deadline will be subject to new deadline.
11.6
11.7
Late Tender / Delayed Tender
Any Tender received by the Employer after the specified date and time of receipt of
Tender will be returned unopened to the Tenderer.
Integrity Pact:
Not Applicable.
(i)
The Bidder/Contractor is required to enter into an Integrity Pact with the
Employer, in the Format at Annexure VIII. The Integrity Pact enclosed as
Annexure VIII will be signed by RITES for and on behalf of Employer as its
Agent/Power of Attorney Holder at the time of execution of Agreement with
the successful Bidder. While submitting the Bid, the Integrity Pact shall be
signed by the duly authorized signatory of the Bidder/Lead Member of JV. In
case of failure to submit the Integrity Pact duly signed and witnessed, along
with the Bid, the Bid is likely to be rejected.
11
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
(ii)
In case of any contradiction between the Terms and Conditions of the Bid
Document and the Integrity Pact, the former will prevail.
Provided always that provision of this para 11.7 – Integrity Pact, shall be
applicable only when so provided in para 11.7A below which will also
stipulate the name and address of the Independent External Monitor as well as
the Name, designation and address of the official nominated by the Employer
to act as the Liaison Officer between the Independent External Monitor and the
Engineer-in-Charge as well as the Contractor.
11.7A Whether para 11.7 (Integrity Pact) shall be applicable
*Strike out whichever is not applicable
*YES / *NO
If Yes, Name and Address of the Independent External
Monitor (In case value of contract is Rs.10 crores or more)
Name, Designation and Address of RITES’ Liaison Officer
11.8
Modification and Withdrawal of Bids
11.8.1 Tenderers may modify or withdraw their bids by giving notice in writing before the
deadline prescribed in para 11.5 for submission of Bids.
11.8.2 Each modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked and
delivered in accordance with paras 11.1, 11.2 and 11.4 with the outer envelopes
additionally marked ‘Modification’ or ‘Withdrawal’ as appropriate.
The envelopes for modifications on ‘Technical Bid’ and ‘Financial Bid’ shall be
submitted in separate sealed envelopes and marked as ‘Modifications of Technical
Bid’ or ‘Modifications of Financial Bid’ as the case may be.
11.8.3 No bid may be modified after the deadline for submission of Bids except as indicated
below. If a Bidder makes a suo moto offer of rebate / discount in his Financial Bid
after the deadline for submission of Bids, such offer will not be considered for
Financial evaluation of Tenders. But if the Tenderer is successful in the Bid based on
his original offer without considering the suo moto offer, the rebate / discount offered
will be taken into account for incorporation in the Contract Agreement.
11.8.4 Withdrawal or modification of a Bid, subject to provisions in Para 11.8.3 above, after
the deadline for submission of Bids shall result in forfeiture of the Earnest Money.
12.0 TENDER OPENING, EVALUATION AND CLARIFICATIONS OF
APPLICATIONS
12.1
The Employer will open all the Tenders received (except those received late or
delayed) as described in para 12.2/12.3 below, in the presence of the Tenderers or their
representatives who choose to attend at 14.30 Hrs. on 02.01.2012 in the office of
General Manager (Project), RITES Ltd., Regional Project Office, 56, C.R.
Avenue, 2nd floor, Kolkata-700 012. In the event of the specified date of the opening
being declared a holiday by the Employer, the Tenders will be opened at the appointed
time and location on the next working day.
12.2
Two Packet System:
Not Applicable
12
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
(a)
(i) The PACKET A will be opened and Envelope 1 containing Earnest Money and
Cost of Tender Document (where Bid is submitted in the document downloaded
from RITES website) of all the Tenderers will be opened first and checked. If the
Earnest Money furnished is not for the stipulated amount or is not in an acceptable
form and where applicable, the cost of Tender Document has not been enclosed
for the correct amount and in an acceptable form, the Envelope 2 of PACKET A
(TECHNICAL BID) and PACKET B will be returned to the Tenderer concerned
unopened at the time of opening of the Tender itself. The Envelopes 2 of
PACKET A (TECHNICAL BID) of other Tenderers who have furnished Earnest
Money of correct amount in acceptable form and where applicable the cost of
Tender Document for the correct amount and in an acceptable form will then be
opened. The Tenderer’s name, the presence of Earnest Money and Authority to
sign and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate will be
announced by the Employer at the time of opening of Packet A. PACKET B
(FINANCIAL BID) of the Tenderers whose Technical Bids have been accepted
for evaluation will be checked to see if the seals are intact. All such PACKETS B
will be put in an envelope and sealed. The Employer’s official opening the Tender
will sign on this envelope and will also take the signatures of preferably atleast
two Tenderers or their representatives present. This envelope will be kept in safe
custody by the Employer.
(b)
The Employer will scrutinise the Technical Bids accepted for evaluation to determine
whether each Tenderer
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
has submitted `Authority to sign’ as per para 11.2 above and Integrity Pact
(where applicable) duly signed and witnessed as per para 11.7 above;
meets the Qualification Criteria stipulated in Para 2.0; and
conforms to all terms, conditions and specifications of the Tender Document
without any modifications or conditions.
(c)
If required, the Employer may ask any such Tenderer for clarifications on his
Technical Bid. The request for clarification and the response from the Tenderer will
be in writing. If a Tenderer does not submit the clarification/document requested, by
the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, the bid of such
Tenderer is likely to be rejected. Tenderers whose Technical Bids are not found
acceptable will be advised of the same and their Earnest Money and PACKET B
(FINANCIAL BID) will be returned unopened. Tenderers whose Technical Bids are
found acceptable will be advised accordingly and will also be intimated in writing of
the time and date and place where and when the PACKET B (Financial Bid) will be
opened.
(d)
At the appointed place, time and date, in the presence of the Tenderers or their
representatives who choose to be present, the Employer will open the envelopes
containing the PACKET B (FINANCIAL BID). The Tenderer’s name, the tender
amount quoted and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate will
be announced by the Employer.
12.3
Single Packet System:
(a)
Envelope 1 of all the Tenders will be opened first and checked. If the Earnest Money
furnished is not for the stipulated amount or is not in an acceptable form and where
applicable the Cost of Tender Document has not been furnished for the correct amount
Applicable
13
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
and in an acceptable form, the remaining envelopes will be returned to the tenderer
concerned unopened at the time of opening of the Tender itself. The Envelopes no. 2
of Technical Bid and no. 3 of Financial Bid of other Tenderers who have furnished
Earnest Money and where applicable the Cost of Tender Document, in acceptable
form will then be opened. The Tenderer’s name, the presence of Earnest Money, the
Authority to Sign the Tender, amount quoted and such other details as the Employer
may consider appropriate will be announced by the Employer.
13.0
INSPECTION OF SITE BY THE TENDERERS
Tenderers are advised to inspect and examine the site and its surroundings and satisfy
themselves before submitting their Tenders, as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil
(as far as is practicable), the form and nature of the site, the means of access to the site,
the accommodation they may require and in general shall themselves obtain all
necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may
influence or affect their Tender. A Tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge
of the site whether he inspects it or not and no extra charges consequent on any
misunderstanding or otherwise shall be allowed. The Tenderer shall be responsible for
arranging and maintaining at his own cost all materials, tools & plants, water,
electricity, access, facilities for workers and all other services required for executing
the work unless otherwise specifically provided for in the contract documents.
Submission of a tender by a Tenderer implies that he has read this notice and all other
contract documents and has made himself aware of the scope and specifications of the
work to be done and of conditions and rates at which stores, tools and plant etc. will be
issued to him by the Employer and local conditions and other factors having a bearing
on the execution of the work.
14.0
EMPLOYER’S RIGHT ON ACCEPTANCE OF ANY TENDER
(i) If required, the Employer may ask any Tenderer the breakdown of unit rates. If the
Tenderer does not submit the clarification by the date and time set in the
Employers request for clarification, such Tender is likely to be rejected.
(ii) The competent authority on behalf of the Employer does not bind himself to
accept the lowest or any other Tender and reserves to himself the authority to
reject any or all the Tenders received without the assignment of any reason. All
Tenders in which any of the prescribed conditions is not fulfilled or any condition
is put forth by the Tenderer shall be summarily rejected.
15.0
CANVASSING PROHIBITED
Canvassing whether directly or indirectly, in connection with tenders is strictly
prohibited and the tenders submitted by the Contractors who resort to canvassing will
be liable to rejection.
16.0
EMPLOYER’s RIGHT TO ACCEPT WHOLE OR PART OF THE TENDER
The competent authority on behalf of the Employer reserves to himself the right of
accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the Tenderer shall be bound to
perform the same at the rates quoted.
17.0
MISCELLANEOUS RULES AND DIRECTIONS
14
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
17.1
The Tenderer shall not be permitted to tender for works if his near relative is posted as
Associated Finance Officer between the grades of AGM (F) and J.M (F) in the
concerned
SBU Unit of RITES or as an officer in any capacity between the grades of GGM/GM
and Engineer (both inclusive) of the concerned SBU of the Employer. He shall also
intimate the names of persons who are working with him in any capacity or are
subsequently employed by him and who are near relatives to any Gazetted officer in
the organization of the Employer. Any breach of this condition by the Tenderer would
render his Tender to be rejected.
No Engineer of Gazetted rank or other Gazetted Officer employed in Engineering or
Administrative duties in an Engineering Department of the Organisation of the
Employer is allowed to work as a contractor for a period of one year after his
retirement from the Employer’s service without the previous permission of the
Employer in writing. The contract is liable to be cancelled if either the Contractor or
any of his employees is found any time to be such a person who had not obtained the
permission of the Employer as aforesaid before submission of the tender or
engagement in the Contractor’s service.
17.2
If required by the Employer, the Tenderers shall sign a declaration under the officials
Secret Act 1923, for maintaining secrecy of the tender documents drawings or other
records connected with the work given to them. The unsuccessful Tenderers shall
return all the drawings given to them.
17.3
Use of correcting fluid anywhere in tender document is not permitted. Such tender is
liable for rejection.
17.4
a) In the case of Item Rate Tenders, only rates quoted shall be considered. Any tender
containing percentage below/above the rates quoted is liable to be rejected. Rates
quoted by the Tenderer in item rate tender in figures and words shall be accurately
filled in so that there is no discrepancy in the rates written in figures and words.
However, if a discrepancy is found, the rates which correspond with the amount
worked out by the Tenderer shall unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the
amount of an item is not worked out by the Tenderer or it does not correspond with the
rates written either in figures or in words then the rates quoted by the Tenderer in
words shall be taken as correct. Where the rates quoted by the Tenderer in figures and
in words tally but the amount is not worked out correctly, the rates quoted by the
Tenderer will, unless otherwise provided, be taken as correct and not the amount. In
the event that no rate has been quoted for any item(s), leaving space both in figure (s)
or word(s) and the amount blank, it will be presumed that the Tenderer has included
the cost of this/ these item (s) in other items and rate for such item (s) will be
considered as zero and work will be required to be executed accordingly.
b)
In case of percentage Rate Tender only percentage quoted shall be considered. Any
tender containing item rates is liable to be rejected. Percentage quoted by the Tenderer
in percentage rate tender shall be accurately filled in figures and words so that there is
no discrepancy. If, for any Schedule in Financial Bid, the total amount has been
indicated by the Tenderer and if discrepancy is noticed in the percentages quoted in
words and figures, then the percentage which corresponds with the total amount, shall,
unless otherwise proved be taken as correct. If the total amount is not worked out or if
worked out, it does not correspond with the percentages written either in figures or in
words, then the percentage quoted by Tenderer in words shall be taken as correct.
When the percentages quoted by the Tenderer in figures and in words tally but the
total amount is not worked out correctly, the percentage quoted by the Tenderes shall
15
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
17.5
17.6
17.7
be taken as correct, unless proved otherwise and the total amount worked out
accordingly.
In the case of any Item rate tender where unit rate of any item/items appears
unrealistic, such tender will be considered as unbalanced and in case the Tenderer is
unable to provide satisfactory explanation, such a tender is liable to be disqualified and
rejected.
(a) In Item rate Tender, all rates shall be quoted on the tender form. The amount for
each item should be worked out and requisite totals given. Special care should be
taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the amount in figures only, in
such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount in each Schedule should
be written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the word ‘Rs.’ should be
written before the figure of rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal figures, e.g. Rs.2.15
P and in case of words, the word, ‘Rupees’ should precede and the word ‘Paise’ should
be written at the end. Unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed by the word
‘only’ it should invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate in
schedule of quantities, the word ‘only’ should be written closely following the amount
and it should not be written in the next line.
(b) In Percentage Rate Tender, the Tenderer shall quote percentage below / above (in
figures as well as in words) at which he will be willing to execute the work. He shall
also work out the total amount of his offer and the same should be written in figures as
well as in words in such a way that no interpolation is possible. In case of figures, the
word “Rs” should be written before the figure rupees and word ‘P’ after the decimal
figures (eg.) Rs.2.15 P and in case of words the word “Rupees” should precede and
the word “Paisa” should be written at the end.
Sales-tax/VAT (except Service Tax), purchase tax, turnover tax or any other tax/ Cess
on material, labour and Works in respect of this Contract shall be payable by the
Contractor and the Employer will not entertain any claim whatsoever in respect of the
same. However, in respect of Service Tax, same shall be paid by the Contractor to the
concerned department on demand and it will be reimbursed to him by the Engineer-inCharge after satisfying that it has been actually and genuinely paid by the Contractor.
17.8
Each Bidder shall submit only one Bid either as an individual or as a Proprietor in a
Proprietary firm or as a Partner in a Partnership firm or as a Director of a limited
Company/ Corporation or as a Partner in a Joint Venture. Any Bidder who has
submitted a Bid for a work, shall not be a witness for any other Bidder for the same
work. Failure to observe the above stipulations would render all such Tenders
submitted as a Bidder and / or as a witness, liable to summary rejection.
17.9
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters arising out of the Performance
of the Contract and shall, at his own expense, comply with all laws/ acts/ enactments/
orders/ regulations/ obligations whatsoever of the Government of India, State
Government, Local Body and any Statutory Authority.
18.0
SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT
18.1
The Tenderer whose tender has been accepted will be notified of the award by the
Employer by issue of a `Letter of Acceptance’ ‘ prior to expiration of the Bid Validity
period, in the form at Annexure VI.
16
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
The Letter of Acceptance will be sent to the Contractor in two copies one of which he
should return promptly, duly signed and stamped. The Letter of Acceptance will be a
binding Contract between the Employer and the Contractor till the formal Contract
Agreement is executed.
18.2
Within the period as specified in Clause 1 of `Clause of Contract’, of the date of issue
of Letter of Acceptance, the successful Tenderer shall deliver to the Employer,
Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (where applicable) in
the format prescribed.
18.3
The Tenderer whose Tender is accepted shall be required to submit at his cost stamp
papers of appropriate value as per the provisions of Indian Stamp Act within 15 days
of the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance.
18.4
At the same time the Employer notifies the successful Tenderer that his Tender has
been accepted, the Employer will direct him to attend the Employer’s office within 28
days of issue of Letter of Acceptance for signing the Agreement in the proforma at
Annexure VII. The Agreement will however be signed only after the Contractor
furnishes Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (where
applicable) and hence, where justified, the period of 28 days stipulated above will be
extended suitably.
17
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE – I
QUALIFYING CRITERIA FOR WORKS CONTRACTS
1.
Annual Financial Turnover:
2.
WORK EXPERIENCE
a)
Not applicable
Similar Works Experience
(i)
For works in normal areas (other than difficult areas)
The Bidder should have satisfactorily completed in his own name or
proportionate share as a member of a Joint Venture, at least one similar
work of minimum value of Rs. 68.14 lakhs OR at least two similar
works each of minimum value of Rs. 42.59 OR at least three similar
works each of minimum value of Rs. 34.07 during the last 5 (five) years
prior to the last stipulated date for submission of the Bid. Works
completed prior to the cut off date shall not be considered.
Similar Works
Similar Works shall mean the work of design, manufacturing, supply, erection and successfully
commissioning of Industrial Fire Fighting System comprising of hydrant System, pumping
system & Automatic Fire Detection and alarm System
Notes :
A weightage of 5% (compounded annually from the date of completion of the work to
the submission of the Bid) shall be given for equating the value of works of the
previous years to the current year.
-
Only such works shall be considered where physical completion of entire work is over
or commissioning of work has been done, whichever is earlier.
-
The Bidder should submit the details of such similar completed works as per the
format at Proforma-1 enclosed.
-
Works carried out by another Contractor on behalf of the Bidder on a back to back
basis will not be considered for satisfaction of the Qualification Criterion by the
Bidder.
-
Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations/
Public Sector Undertakings/ Autonomous bodies of Central/State Governments /
Municipal bodies/ Public Ltd. Cos. listed in Stock Exchange in India or abroad,
shall only be accepted for assessing the eligibility of a Tenderer.
-
The cut off date shall be calculated backwards from the last stipulated date for
submission/ opening of Tender i.e. for a Tender which is being opened on 06.08.2011,
the cut off date shall be 07.08.06.
-
In case JV is permitted the following provisions will apply:
18
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b)
Construction Experience in key activities/specified components
-------N / A-------------------------------------------------------------------------(Ideally only very few and that too, specialized components of the work may be
specified at the discretion of NIT approving authority).
Notes:
-
-
-
-
The work satisfying the criterion for a particular key activity may be different
from a work satisfying the criterion for another key activity.
The Bidder should furnish with his Bid a tabular statement giving contractwise quantities of key activities / specialised components executed in the last 5
years which meet the Qualification Criterion along with documentary proof in
support thereof (indicating page nos.).
Even if a work has not been completed but if the specified quantity of the key
activity has been completed, the same shall be taken into consideration for the
purpose of this criterion.
Any work executed by the Bidder as a member of a Joint Venture will be
accepted provided there is documentary proof in support of the same either in
the MOU/ Agreement of the JV or in a declaration by the other Members of
that JV or the Client confirming that the specialized work was actually
executed by the Bidder.
In case JV is permitted the following provisions will apply: Not Applicabl;e
3.
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE:
Not Applicable
4.
PROFITABILITY:
Not Applicable
5.
POINTS TO NOTE ON SATISFACTION OF QUALIFYING CRITERIA IN
CASE OF BOTH LARGE AND NORMAL WORKS
a)
Sub-Contractor’s Experiences and Resources
Sub-Contractors’ Experiences and Resources will not be taken into account in
determining the Bidder’s compliance with the qualifying criteria.
b)
Experiences and Resources of the Parent Company and other subsidiary
companies
If the Bidder is a wholly owned subsidiary of a company, the experience and
resources of the owner/parent company or its other subsidiaries will not be
taken into account. However, if the Bidder is a Company, the Experience and
Resources of its subsidiaries will be taken into consideration.
6.
DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER
Even though the Bidders may meet the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be
disqualified if they have
a)
Made misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and
attachments in proof of the qualification requirements. In such a case, besides
19
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b)
c)
d)
Tenderer’s liability to action under para 9.4 of Instructions to Tenderers, the
Tenderer is liable to face the penalty of banning of business dealings with him
by RITES.
Records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properly
completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or
financial failures etc.
Their business banned or suspended by any Central/State Government
Department/ Public Undertaking or Enterprise of Central/State Government
and such ban is in force.
Not submitted all the supporting documents or not furnished the relevant
details as per the prescribed format.
A declaration to the above effect in the form of affidavit on stamp paper of Rs. 10/duly attested by Notary/Magistrate should be submitted as per format given in
Proforma 3 enclosed.
20
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Proforma-1
LIST OF SIMILAR WORKS SATISFYING QUALIFICATION CRITERION
COMPLETED DURING THE LAST 5 YEARS
S. Client's Name of Scope of Agreement
/ Letter of
No. Name the Work & work
Location
carried Award No.
and
and date
out by
Address
the
Bidder
Contract Value
Awarded Actual on
completion
Ref. of
Date of start Date of Completion Reasons for
document
delay in
completion (with page
if any
no.) in support
of meeting
Qualification
Criterion
As per
Actual
LOA/
Agreement
SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF THE BIDDER
Note :
1.
In support of having completed above works, attach self attested copies of the
completion certificate from the owner/client or Executing Agency / Consultant
appointed by owner / Client indicating the name of work, the description of work done
by the Bidder, date of start, date of completion (contractual & actual) and contract
value as awarded and as executed by the Bidder. “Contract Value” shall mean gross
value of the completed work including cost of materials supplied by the owner/client
but excluding those supplied free of cost.
2.
Such Credential certificates issued by Govt. Organizations/ Semi Govt. Organizations
/ Public Sector Undertakings / Autonomous bodies of Central or State Government /
Municipal Bodies / Public Ltd. Co. listed on BSE/NSE shall only be accepted for
assessing the eligibility of a Tenderer.
3.
In case of a Certificate from a Public Limited Co., the Bidder should also submit
documentary proof that the Public Ltd. Co., was listed on BSE or NSE when the work
was executed for it.
Information must be furnished for works carried out by the Bidder in his own name or
proportionate share as member of a Joint Venture. In the latter case details of contract
value including extent of financial participation by partners in that work should be
furnished.
21
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4.
If a Bidder has got a work executed through a Subcontractor on a back to back basis,
the Bidder cannot include such a work for his satisfying the Qualification Criterion
even if the Client has issued a Completion Certificate in favour of that Bidder.
5.
Use a separate sheet for each partner in case of a Joint Venture.
6.
Only similar works completed during the last 5 years prior to the last stipulated date
for submission of Bid, which meet the Qualification Criterion need be included in this
list.
22
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Proforma 2
SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE FROM A NATIONALISED
OR A SCHEDULED BANK
NOT APPLICABLE
23
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Proforma 3
DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER
(Affidavit on Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of Rs.10/- duly attested by Notary / Magistrate)
This is to certify that We, M/s. __________________________, in submission of this offer
confirm that:i)
We have not made any misleading or false representation in the forms, statements and
attachments in proof of the qualification requirements;
ii)
We do not have records of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not
properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history or
financial failures etc.
iii)
No Central / State Government Department/ Public Sector Undertaking or Enterprise
of Central / State Government has banned/suspended business dealings with us as on
date.
iv)
We have submitted all the supporting documents and furnished the relevant details as
per prescribed format.
v)
List of Similar Works satisfying Qualification Criterion indicated in Proforma 1 does
not include any work which has been carried out by us through a Subcontractor on a
back to back basis.
vi)
The information and documents submitted with the Tender and those to be submitted
subsequently by way of clarifications / making good deficient documents are correct
and we are fully responsible for the correctness of the information and documents
submitted by us.
vii)
We understand that in case any statement/information/document furnished by us or to
be furnished by us in connection with this offer, is found to be incorrect or false, our
EMD in full will be forfeited and business dealings will be banned.
SEAL, SIGNATURE & NAME OF THE BIDDER
signing this document
24
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE I A
CHECK LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED
1.
a)
BY BIDDERS OTHER THAN JOINT VENTURES
i)
Annual Financial Turnover:
tabular
Not Applicable
Annual financial turnover for each of the last 5 Financial Years in
form.
-
ii)
Work Experience
-
-
iii)
Self attested copies of Auditor’s Report along with the Balance Sheet
and Profit and Loss Statement for the relevant Financial Year in which
the minimum criterion is met (Refer Notes under Para 1 of Annexure
I).
Similar Work Experience : Proforma 1 of Annexure I with details of
1, 2 or 3 works as the case may be, which satisfy requisite qualification
criterion with self attested copies of supporting document (Refer Para
2a of Annexure I).
Construction Experience in Key Activities/Specialised Components:
Tabular Statement giving contract-wise quantities executed in last 5
years along with documentary proof in support of having met the
criterion (Refer Para 2b of Annexure I).
Solvency Certificate.
Suggested format at Proforma 2 of Annexure I (Refer Para 3 of Annexure I)
iv)
Profitability
-
v)
Net profit of last 5 Financial Years in tabular form.
Self attested copies of Auditor’s Report along with the Balance Sheets
and Profit and Loss Statements for last 5 or 3 Financial Years, as the
case may be (Refer Para 4 of Annexure I).
Declaration by Bidder
Proforma 3 (Refer Para 6 of Annexure I)
vi)
Integrity Pact (where applicable) : duly signed and witnessed in the format at
Annexure VIII (Refer para 11.7 of NIT & Instructions to Tenderers)
b)
BY JOINT VENTURE PARTNERS FOR “LARGE WORKS”: Not
Applicable
25
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE II A
QUALIFICATION INFORMATION/CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS
--LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY OTHER THAN JOINT VENTURES
(on letter head of the Applicant)
From
_____________
To
RITES Ltd._________
(Authority
Inviting
Tender)
Sir,
Sub: Submission of Qualification information /documents as per Checklist.
1.
I/We hereby submit the following documents in support of my/our satisfying the
Qualification Criteria laid down for the work:a) Self attested copy of a certificate, confirming that the applicant is a working
contractor or has executed any work within the last five years reckoned from the
date of opening of Tender, issued by Railways, CPWD, MES, DOT, RITES, State
PWD or any other Central/State Government Undertaking, Municipal Body,
Autonomous Body of Central or State Government or Public Limited Company
listed on NSE/BSE.
b) Annual Financial Turnover: Not Applicable
(i)
Annual financial turnover for each of the last 5 Financial Years in a tabular
form.
(ii) Self attested copy of Auditor’s Report along with the Balance Sheet and Profit
and Loss Statement and Schedules for the relevant Financial Year in which the
minimum criterion is met, with calculations in support of the same.
c) Work Experience
i)
Similar Work Experience :- In Proforma 1 with details of 1 / 2 / 3
works as applicable and self attested copies of supporting documents
as mentioned therein.
ii)
Construction experience in key activities / specialised components:
Tabular Statement giving contract wise quantities executed in last 5
years with documentary proof.
d)
Solvency Certificate - Proforma 2. (Not Applicable)
e)
Profitability - (Not Applicable)
2.
In addition the following supporting documents are also enclosed.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Self attested copy of Partnership Deed/Memorandum and Articles of
Association of the Firm.
Self attested copies of PAN/TAN issued by the Income Tax Department.
Declaration – Proforma 3
Self attested copy of Sales Tax, Works Contract Tax, Service Tax Registration
Certificate (as applicable).
26
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
e)
f)
g)
Self attested copy of Registration under Labour Laws, like PF, ESI etc.
Self attested copy of ISO 9000 Certificate ( if any)
Integrity Pact (where applicable): duly signed and witnessed.: Not Applicable
3.
I authorize you to approach any Bank, Individual, Employer, Firm or Corporation,
whether mentioned in the enclosed documents or not, to verify our competence and
general reputation.
4.
I also enclose written Power of Attorney of the signatory of the Tender on behalf of
the Tenderer.
Yours faithfully,
Encl: As in Paras 1, 2 & 4
Signature of Applicant
with Name _________________
Date with seal
27
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE II B (L)
QUALIFICATION INFORMATION /CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS
– LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY JOINT VENTURE
(FOR LARGE WORKS COSTING OVER Rs.30 CRORES)
(To be signed by the Lead Member on his Letter Head)
DELETED
28
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE II B (N)
QUALIFICATION INFORMATION /CHECKLIST OF DOCUMENTS
- LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL BY JOINT VENTURE
(FOR NORMAL WORKS COSTING BETWEEN Rs.1 CRORE and Rs.30 CRORES)
(To be signed by the Lead Member in his Letter Head)
DELETED
29
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE III
DRAFT MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING
EXECUTED BY MEMBERS OF THE CONSORTIUM / JOINT VENTURE
(On each firm’s Letter Head)
DELETED
30
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE IV
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO AUTHORISED SIGNATORY
POWER OF ATTORNEY
(To be executed on non-judicial stamp paper of the appropriate value in accordance with
relevant Stamp Act. The stamp paper to be in the name of the firm/ company who is issuing
the Power of Attorney).
We, M/s.______ (name of the firm/company with address of the registered office) hereby
constitute, appoint and authorise Mr./Ms.______ (Name and residential address) who is
presently employed with us and holding the position of ______ and whose signature is given
below as our Attorney to do in our name and our behalf all or any of the acts, deeds or things
necessary or incidental to our bid for the work _____ (name of work), including signing
and submission of application / proposal, participating in the meetings, responding to
queries, submission of information / documents and generally to represent us in all the
dealings with RITES or any other Government Agency or any person, in connection with the
works until culmination of the process of bidding, till the Contract Agreement is entered into
with RITES and thereafter till the expiry of the Contract Agreement.
We hereby agree to ratify all acts, deeds and things lawfully done by our said Attorney
pursuant to this Power of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our aforesaid
Attorney shall always be deemed to have been done by us.
(Add in the case of a Consortium/Joint Venture)
Our firm is a Member/Lead Member of the Consortium of ___________, _________ and
___________.
Dated this the _____ day of ______ 20
(Signature and name of authorized signatory being given Power of Attorney)
___________
(Signature and name in block letters of *All the partners of the firm, * Authorized Signatory
for the Company)
(* Strike out whichever is not applicable)
Seal of firm/ Company
Witness 1:
Name:
Address:
Occupation:
Witness 2:
Name:
Address:
Occupation:
31
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Notes:
-
In case the Firm / Company is a Member of a Consortium/ JV, the authorized
signatory has to be the one employed by the Lead Member.
-
The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the
procedure, if any, laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the
executant(s) and when it is so required the same should be under common seal affixed
in accordance with the required procedure.
32
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE V
FORMAT FOR POWER OF ATTORNEY TO LEAD MEMBER OF CONSORTIUM /
JOINT VENTURE
DELETED
33
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE VI
(FORM OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE)
(By REGD POST / ACK.DUE)
(On the letter head of RITES)
NO.
: RITES/
Dated :
To
_________________aggregate
(Name & Address of the Contractor)
Dear Sirs,
Sub:
TENDER No.
FOR THE WORK OF
Ref:
Your Tender dated _________________ and letters dated _____________
and this office letter Nos. ___________ dated___________ in reply to the same.
This is to notify you that your Tender for the work under reference has been accepted by the
Competent Authority of RITES LIMITED for a total Contract Price of Rs. _______ (Rupees
_____________only) in its capacity as an Agent /Power of Attorney Holder acting for and on
behalf of ______ (the Employer).
Pursuant to Clause 1 of the Contract, you are required to furnish irrevocable Performance
Guarantee for an amount equivalent to 5% (Five percent) of the Contract Price and an
Additional Performance Guarantee for an amount of Rs. ------------ (if applicable). The
Guarantee Bonds aggregating for an amount of Rs.______________ are required to be
submitted within ___ days of issue of this Letter of Acceptance. Bank Guarantees issued by
the following Banks will not be acceptable _____________________ (Names of Banks
_________)
The time of ________months allowed for execution of the work will be reckoned from the
date of start as defined in Schedule F or from the first day of the handing over of the site,
whichever is later, in accordance with phasing, if any, indicated in tender document.
You are requested to contact _________ (complete designation and address of the Project
Coordinator) for carrying out the contract.
You are also requested to attend this office within Twenty Eight days from the date of issue of
this letter for execution of the formal agreement. It may be noted that no payment shall be
made for any work carried out by you till the Agreement is executed and till such time the
Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (where applicable) has/have
been submitted by you.
34
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
This Letter of Acceptance is being sent to you in duplicate and you are requested to return
without delay one copy of the letter duly signed and stamped, as a token of your
acknowledgement.
Kindly note that this Letter of Acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding Contract between
us pending execution of formal Agreement.
Your letters as well as this office letters referred to above shall form part of the Contract.
Yours faithfully,
RITES LIMITED
Agent / Power of Attorney Holder
For and on behalf of______ (The Employer)
Copy to :
1. ___________ (The Employer) for information.
(To be included on the Original sent to the Contractor)
2. Project Coordinator (Complete designation and address)
3. Associated Finance (Not in original)
35
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE VII
FORM OF AGREEMENT
(ON NON JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE)
Agreement No. ________ dated _________
THIS AGREEMENT is made on ________ day of ______ Two thousand ________ between
RITES Ltd. a Government of India Enterprise and a Company registered under Companies
Act, 1956 having its registered office at SCOPE Minar, Laxmi Nagar, Delhi - 110092 and its
Corporate Office at RITES BHAWAN, Plot No.1, Sector 29, Gurgaon (Haryana) representing
through ____________, RITES LIMITED acting for and on behalf of and as an Agent
/Power of Attorney Holder of _____ hereinafter called the Employer (which expression shall,
wherever the context so demands or requires, include their successors in office and assigns)
on one part and M/s.______ hereinafter called the Contractor (which expression shall
wherever the context so demands or requires, include his/ their successors and assigns) of the
other part.
WHEREAS the Employer is desirous that certain works should be executed viz.___________
(brief description of the work) and has by Letter of Acceptance dated ____ accepted a tender
submitted by the Contractor for the execution, completion, remedying of any defects therein
and maintenance of such works at a total Contract Price of Rs. ______ (Rupees
______________ only)
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows:1.
In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as are
respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract hereinafter referred to.
2.
The following documents in conjunction with addenda/ corrigenda to Tender
Documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this
agreement viz.
The Letter of Acceptance dated______.
Priced Schedule (Bill) of Quantities
Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to Tenderers.
RITES Tender and Contract Form
Special Conditions
Schedules A to F.
Technical Specifications
Drawings
Amendments to Tender Documents (List enclosed)
General Conditions of Contract (read with Correction Slip Nos. 1 to --) comprising of
(i)
Conditions of Contract
(ii)
Clauses of Contract
(iii) RITES Safety Code
(iv)
RITES - Model Rules for the protection of Health and Sanitary
arrangements for Workers
(v)
RITES – Contractor's Labour Regulations.
36
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.
In consideration of the payment to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as
hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute,
complete, remedy defects therein and maintain the works in conformity in all respects
with the provisions of the Contract.
4.
The Employer hereby covenants to pay to the Contractor in consideration of the
execution, completion, remedying of any defects therein and maintenance of the
works, the contract price or such other sum as may become payable under the
provisions of the contract at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused their respective common seals to be
hereinto affixed (or have herewith set their respective hands and seals) the day and year first
above written.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY
____________________________
In the capacity of _____
______________________________
representing RITES LIMITED
In the capacity of Agent / Power of
Attorney Holder
On behalf of M/s. _________
For and on behalf of _________
(The Contractor)
(The Employer)
In the presence of
In the presence of
Witnesses (Signature, Name &
Designation)
Witnesses (Signature, Name &
Designation)
1.
1.
2.
2.
37
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE VIII
INTEGRITY PACT
Between
RITES LTD. acting for and on behalf of and as an Agent / Power of Attorney Holder of
____________hereinafter called the “Employer” AND
____________ hereinafter referred to as "The Bidder/Contractor"
DELETED
38
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEX-A
Guidelines on Banning of Business Dealings
1.
Introduction
1.1
RITES, being a Public Sector Enterprise and ‘State’, within the meaning of Article 12
of Constitution of India, has to ensure preservation of rights enshrined in Chapter III of
the Constitution. RITES has also to safeguard its commercial interests. It is not in the
interest of RITES to deal with Agencies who commit deception, fraud or other
misconduct in the execution of contracts awarded / orders issued to them. In order to
ensure compliance with the constitutional mandate, it is incumbent on RITES to
observe principles of natural justice before banning the business dealings with any
Agency.
1.2 Since banning of business dealings involves civil consequences for an Agency
concerned, it is incumbent that adequate opportunity of hearing is provided and the
explanation, if tendered, is considered before passing any order in this regard keeping in
view the facts and circumstances of the case.
2.
Scope
2.1
The procedure of (i) Suspension and (ii) Banning of Business Dealing with Agencies,
has been laid down in these guidelines.
2.2
It is clarified that these guidelines do not deal with the decision of the Management not
to entertain any particular Agency due to its poor / inadequate performance or for any
other reason.
2.3
The banning shall be with prospective effect, i.e., future business dealings.
3.
Definitions
In these Guidelines, unless the context otherwise requires:
i)
`Bidder / Contractor / Supplier’ in the context of these guidelines is indicated
as ‘Agency’.
ii)
‘Competent Authority’ and ‘Appellate Authority’ shall mean the following:
a)
The Director shall be the ‘Competent Authority’ for the purpose of
these guidelines. MD, RITES shall be the ‘Appellate Authority’ in
respect of such cases.
b)
iii)
MD, RITES shall have overall power to take suo-moto action on any
information available or received by him and pass such order(s) as he
may think appropriate, including modifying the order(s) passed by any
authority under these guidelines.
‘Investigating Department’ shall mean any Department, Division or Unit
investigating into the conduct of the Agency and shall include the Vigilance
Department, Central Bureau of Investigation, the State Police or any other
39
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
department set up by the Central or State Government having powers to
investigate.
4.
Initiation of Banning / Suspension:
Action for banning / suspension business dealings with any Agency should be initiated
by the department/ unit having business dealings with them after noticing the
irregularities or misconduct on their part.
5.
Suspension of Business Dealings
5.1
If the conduct of any Agency dealing with RITES is under investigation by any
department, the Competent Authority may consider whether the allegations under
investigation are of a serious nature and whether pending investigation, it would be
advisable to continue business dealing with the Agency. If the Competent Authority,
after consideration of the matter including the recommendation of the Investigating
Department/Unit, if any, decides that it would not be in the interest to continue
business dealings pending investigation, it may suspend business dealings with the
Agency. The order to this effect may indicate a brief of the charges under
investigation. The order of such suspension would operate for a period not more than
six months and may be communicated to the Agency as also to the Investigating
Department.
The Investigating Department/Unit may ensure that their investigation is completed
and whole process of final order is over within such period.
5.2
As far as possible, the existing contract(s) with the Agency may be continued unless
the Competent Authority, having regard to the circumstances of the case, decides
otherwise.
5.3
If the Agency concerned asks for detailed reasons of suspension, the Agency may be
informed that its conduct is under investigation. It is not necessary to enter into
correspondence or argument with the Agency at this stage.
5.4
It is not necessary to give any show-cause notice or personal hearing to the Agency
before issuing the order of suspension. However, if investigations are not complete in
six months time, the Competent Authority may extend the period of suspension by
another three months, during which period the investigations must be completed.
6.
Grounds on which Banning of Business Dealings can be initiated
6.1
If the security consideration, including questions of loyalty of the Agency to the State,
so warrants;
6.2
If the Director / Owner of the Agency, proprietor or partner of the firm, is convicted
by a Court of Law for offences involving moral turpitude in relation to its business
dealings with the Government or any other public sector enterprises or RITES, during
the last five years;
6.3
If there is strong justification for believing that the Directors, Proprietors, Partners,
owner of the Agency have been guilty of malpractices such as bribery, corruption,
fraud, substitution of tenders, interpolations, etc;
40
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
6.4
If the Agency employs a public servant dismissed / removed or employs a person
convicted for an offence involving corruption or abetment of such offence;
6.5
If business dealings with the Agency have been banned by the Govt. or any other
public sector enterprise;
6.6
If the Agency has resorted to Corrupt, fraudulent practices including
misrepresentation of facts;
6.7
If the Agency uses intimidation / threatening or brings undue outside pressure on the
Company (RITES) or its official in acceptance / performances of the job under the
contract;
6.8
If the Agency indulges in repeated and / or deliberate use of delay tactics in complying
with contractual stipulations;
6.9
Based on the findings of the investigation report of CBI / Police against the Agency
for malafide / unlawful acts or improper conduct on his part in matters relating to the
Company (RITES) or even otherwise;
6.10
Established litigant nature of the Agency to derive undue benefit;
6.11
Continued poor performance of the Agency in several contracts;
(Note: The examples given above are only illustrative and not exhaustive. The
Competent Authority may decide to ban business dealing for any good and sufficient
reason).
7.
Banning of Business Dealings
7.1
A decision to ban business dealings with any Agency shall apply throughout the
Company.
7.2
If the Competent Authority is prima-facie of view that action for banning business
dealings with the Agency is called for, a show-cause notice may be issued to the
Agency as per paragraph 8.1 and an enquiry held accordingly.
8.
Show-cause Notice
8.1
In case where the Competent Authority decides that action against an Agency is called
for, a show-cause notice has to be issued to the Agency. Statement containing the
imputation of misconduct or mis-behaviour may be appended to the show-cause notice
and the Agency should be asked to submit within 30 days a written statement in its
defence. If no reply is received, the decision may be taken ex-parte.
8.2
If the Agency requests for inspection of any relevant document in possession of
RITES, necessary facility for inspection of documents may be provided.
8.3
After considering the reply of the Agency and other circumstances and facts of the
case, a final decision for Company-wide banning shall be taken by the Competent
Authority. The Competent Authority may consider and pass an appropriate speaking
order:
a) For exonerating the Agency if the charges are not established;
41
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b) For banning the business dealing with the Agency.
8.4
The decision should be communicated to the Agency concerned along with a reasoned
order. If it decided to ban business dealings, the period for which the ban would be
operative may be mentioned.
9.
Appeal against the Decision of the Competent Authority
9.1
The Agency may file an appeal against the order of Competent Authority banning
business dealing, etc. The appeal shall lie to Appellate Authority. Such an appeal shall be
preferred within one month from the date of receipt of the order banning business dealing,
etc.
9.2
Appellate Authority would consider the appeal and pass appropriate order which shall
be communicated to the Agency as well as the Competent Authority.
10.
Review of the Decision by the Competent Authority
Any petition / application filed by the Agency concerning the review of the banning
order passed originally by Competent Authority under the existing guidelines either
before or after filing of appeal before the Appellate Authority or after disposal of
appeal by the Appellate Authority, the review petition can be decided by the
Competent Authority upon disclosure of new facts/circumstances/subsequent
development necessitating such review.
11.
Circulation of the names of Agencies with whom Business Dealings have been
banned.
11.1
Depending upon the gravity of misconduct established, the Competent Authority of
RITES may circulate the names of Agency with whom business dealings have been
banned, to the Ministry of Railways and PSUs of Railways, for such action as they
deem appropriate.
11.2
If Ministry of Railways or a Public Sector Undertaking of Railways request for more
information about the Agency with whom business dealings have been banned a copy
of the report of Inquiring Authority together with a copy of the order of the Competent
Authority/ Appellate Authority may be supplied.
12.
Restoration
12.1
The validity of the banning order shall be for a specific time & on expiry of the same,
the banning order shall be considered as "withdrawn".
12.2
In case any agency applies for restoration of business prior to the expiry of the ban
order, depending upon merits of each case, the Competent Authority which had passed
the original banning orders may consider revocation of order of suspension of
business/lifting the ban on business dealings at an appropriate time. Copies of the
restoration orders shall be sent to all those offices where copies of Ban Orders had
been sent.
42
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART-1
SECTION 2
TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS
43
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION 2
TENDER AND CONTRACT FORM FOR WORKS
To
(The Accepting Authority)
Sub:
TENDER FOR THE WORK OF ___________ ______________
(TENDER No. ______________________ ISSUED BY ____________)
TENDER
1.
I/We have read and examined the Notice Inviting Tender and Instructions to
Tenderers, Special Conditions, Schedules A to F, Technical Specifications, Drawings,
Schedule / Bill of Quantities and General Conditions of Contract as well as other
documents and rules referred to in GCC and all the details contained in the Tender
Document for the work.
2.
I/We hereby tender for the execution and completion of the work and remedy any
defects therein, specified in the Schedule of Quantities within the time specified in
Schedule “F”, and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs,
drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Notice Inviting Tender and
Instructions to Tenderers and in Clause 11 of the Clauses of Contract and with such
materials as are provided for, by, and in respects in accordance with, such conditions
so far as applicable.
3.
We agree that our tender shall remain valid for a period of 90 days from the due date
for submission of bid or extended date as stipulated and not to make any modifications
in its terms and conditions.
4.
A sum of Rs. ___________ (Rupees _________ only) is hereby forwarded in the form
of Banker’s cheque/Pay Order /Demand Draft issued in favour of RITES Ltd., payable
at _________ as the Earnest Money.
5.
If I/We withdraw my/our tender during the period of tender validity or before issue of
Letter of Acceptance which ever is earlier or make modifications in the Terms and
Conditions of the Tender which are not acceptable to the Employer, then the Employer
shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit entire
Earnest Money absolutely.
6.
If I/We fail to furnish the prescribed Performance Guarantee and Additional
Performance Guarantee (if applicable) within prescribed period, I/We agree that the
said Employer shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to
forfeit the said Earnest Money absolutely.
7.
If, I/We fail to commence the work within the specified period, I/We agree that the
Employer shall, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available in law, be at
liberty to forfeit the Earnest Money and Performance Guarantee and Additional
Performance Guarantee (if applicable) absolutely.
8.
Further, I/We hereby agree that in case of forfeiture of Earnest Money or both Earnest
Money & Performance Guarantee and Additional Performance Guarantee (if
44
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
applicable) as aforesaid in paras 5 to 7, I/We shall be debarred from participation in retendering process of the work.
9.
On issue of Letter of Acceptance by the Employer, I/We agree that the said Earnest
Money shall be retained by the Employer towards Security Deposit, to execute all the
works referred to in the Tender document upon the Terms and Conditions contained or
referred to therein and to carry out such deviations as may be ordered, upto maximum
of the percentage mentioned in Schedule F at rates as stipulated in relevant Clauses of
contract and those in excess of that limit at the rates to be determined in accordance
with the provisions contained in Clauses 12.2 and 12.3 of the tender form.
10.
I/We hereby agree that I/ We shall sign the Formal Agreement with the Employer
within 28 days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance. In case of any delay,
I/We agree that we shall not submit any Bill for Payment till the Contract Agreement
is signed.
11.
I/We hereby declare that I/We shall treat the tender documents, drawings and other
records connected with the work as secret/confidential documents and shall not
communicate information derived there from to any person other than a person to
whom I/We am/are authorized to communicate the same or use the information in any
manner prejudicial to the safety of the Employer/State.
12.
I/We hereby declare that I/We have not laid down any condition/deviation to any
content of Technical Bid and/or Financial Bid. I/We agree that in case any condition
is found to be quoted by us in the Technical and/or Financial Bid, my/our Tender may
be rejected.
13.
I/We understand that the Employer is not bound to accept the lowest or any tender he
may receive. I/We also understand that the Employer reserves the right to accept the
whole or any part of the tender and I/We shall be bound to perform the same at the
rates quoted.
14.
Until a formal agreement is prepared and executed, this bid together with our written
acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding contract between us and RITES.
15.
I am/We are signing this Tender offer in my / our capacity as one/those authorized to
sign on behalf of my/our company/as one holding the Power of Attorney issued in my
favour as Lead Member by the Members of the Joint Venture.
Signature of Authorized Person/s
Date
Name/s & Title of Signatory
Name of Tenderer
Postal Address
Seal
Witness
Signature
Name
Postal Address
Occupation
45
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART-1
SECTION – 3
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
46
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION 3
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1.0 S C O P E
This specification covers DESIGN, MANUFACTURING, DELIVERY TO SITE, STORAGE AT SITE,
ERECTION, and TESTING AND COMMISSIONING of HYDRANT TYPE Fire Protection System &
Fire Detection, Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon Factory
at KULTI, BURDWAN, West Bengal, India within the existing plant of STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA
LIMITED.
1.1 Bidder shall note that it is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of Designs and
Construction of the System. Any additional Equipment/ Materials, which are not specifically mentioned
but required to make the system complete and acceptable to the CONSULTANT / LOCAL FIRE SERVICE
for obtaining APPROVAL, shall deemed to be included in the scope and be furnished without any extra
cost to the purchaser. However, the Equipment shall conform, in all respects, to high standards of
engineering design and workmanship and capable of performing up to Purchaser’s/ Consultant’s
satisfaction. Purchaser shall have the power to reject any work or materials, which in his opinion, are not
in full as per specification.
1.2 All the Equipment / Items to be supplied under this specification shall have approval from
authorities like UL / FM / BIS as applicable and confirm to applicable codes.
1.3 For Proper/Smooth execution, performance testing and commissioning of the System any specialized
equipment / services required shall be provided by the contractor and as such the cost of these equipment
/ services shall be included in their quoted prices.
1.4 The range of supply stipulated by the contract covers all items presented in bid drawings, though it may
happen that the items under reference might not have shown in the specification or schedule, Likewise
the range of supply also covers all items mentioned in the specification, though the items might not be
figured in the drawings. All such items which are not specifically mentioned in the specification and
drawings but which are required to complete the contract are deemed to be provided by the contractor at
the total price offered unless specifically mentioned by the bidder and accepted by the purchaser.
1.5 The general terms and conditions, instructions to the bidders and other attachment referred to elsewhere
be hereby made part of the tender specification. The equipment materials and works covered by this
specification are subject to all the attachments referred in the specification. The bidder shall be
responsible for and governed by all requirements stipulated herein.
47
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.6 The scope of work, if not otherwise mentioned in the contract documents, shall be on the basis of a
single contractor’s responsibility, completely covering all the equipment / work specified under this
technical specification.
Few of the salient features are follows: a) Detailed design of all the equipment and subsystems and work as per specification.
b) Complete manufacture of all the equipment / subsystem including shop, field-testing and assembly
as per specification.
c) Providing of special tools and tackles and services necessary for satisfactory execution of the
contract.
d) Providing engineering drawings, data, operation manual, etc.
e) Packing and transportation of the goods from the manufacturer’s works to the site.
f) Receipt, storage, preservation and conservation of the goods at the site, as applicable.
g) Supply of spares.
1.7 PRICE
The contract price will be the agreed sum of money stated in the contract documents to be paid to the
contractor for the successful completion of the works in accordance with the terms of the contract
documents. The contract price shall be for the entire scope of the work with the break-ups as specified.
The individual item rates or lump sum price as the case may be, in the schedule of this contract shall be
deemed to be firm for the entire period for the contract or extended period of contract and no escalation in
the rates or price shall be permissible for any reason whatsoever unless otherwise specified
The contract price shall not be varied in respect of the fluctuations in rate of wages or allowances payable to
the lab our or in the cost of materials, consumables, water, fuel, power or for anticipated profit or alleged
losses or for any reason whatsoever.
1.8 SCHEDULE OF COMPLETION
a) The time and date of completion of the works as stipulated in the contract documents shall be
deemed to be the essence of the contract. The contractor shall commence the works and shall
proceed with the same with due expedition and without delay except as may be expressly sanctioned
or ordered by the engineer. If the contractor fails to commence the work within the stipulated time,
PURCHASER at his sole discretion will have the right to cancel the contract. In such case the
contractor’s security deposit with PURCHASER will stand forfeited without any further reference to
the contractor, without prejudice to any and all of the PURCHASER ‘s other rights and remedies in
this regard. The contractor shall so organize his resources and perform so as to complete the work
not later than the aforesaid date of completion.
48
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b) The contractor shall submit a PERT network showing various key phases of the work such as design,
procurement, manufacturing, shipment, etc. within four (4) day's after the date of letter of intent.
This network shall also indicate the interface facilities to be provided by the owner and the dates by
which such facilities are needed by the contractor and also the programmed for phase wise release of
work site for constrictions work as may be needed by the contractor, as applicable.
c) The contractor shall discuss the network so submitted with PURCHASER. The agreed network may
be in the form as submitted or in revised form in line with the outcome of discussions and shall form
a part of the contract documents. The above PART network shall be reviewed and the contractor to
PURCHASER as directed by him should submit periodic review reports.
d) The contractor shall make available to PURCHASER detailed manufacturing, erection, testing and
commissioning and construction programmers, as applicable, in line with the agreed PERT network in
the form of PERT or bar chart as desired by PURCHASER within 3 days from the date of receipt of
LOI. During performance of the contract, such programmers shall be renewed, updated and submitted
to PURCHASER as and when needed by him or periodically as specified by him. If in the opinion of
PURCHASER proper progress is not maintained, suitable changes shall be made in the contractor’s
operation to ensure proper progress.
1.9 PROGRESS REPORTS
a) The contractor shall furnish three (3) prints each of monthly work progress reports as approved by
PURCHASER indicating various stages of manufacture and / or installation as applicable. Progress
report to be submitted month wise showing detail the status of design, drawings, procurement of
raw materials and manufacture of the equipment and delivery of the equipment. PURCHASER shall
advice the contractor about the progress scheduled he has to submit each month together with the
name and addresses of persons to whom they are to be sent.
b) The contractor shall also furnish actual progress against scheduled and such other information as
PURCHASER may require to satisfying himself about the timely manufacture are delivery of
equipment and timely construction and erection work to suit the commissioning date. The report shall
also indicate the reason for the variance between the scheduled and actual progress and the action
proposed for corrective measure whenever necessary.
c) In the event contractor’s continued poor progress of work, PURCHASER shall at his option treat this
as breach of the contract by the contractor. In such an event it shall be open to PURCHASER to
have the work completed through any other agency or agencies and claim the difference in cost in
addition to damages from the contractor without prejudice to any other right or remedy of
PURCHASER under this contract.
49
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2.0 SCOPE OF SERVICE (FIRE FIGHTING)
2.1 SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY BIDDER.
a)
Design, supply, transportation to site, erection, testing and commissioning of Fire Fighting System.
b)
Approval of all above system from Purchaser & West Bengal Fire & Emergency Services.
c)
Supply of spare parts as per list, if ordered separately.
d)
All tools and tackles, consumables required to erection, testing & commissioning of all above system
e)
Furnishing complete calculation, scheme / layout / erection and construction drawings along with
wiring diagram of control panel, annunciation panel, as may be required for Fire Protection System.
f)
All civil work such as alignment of pump and motors, foundation bolts, grouting of bolts, excavation
and backfilling in case of buried piping and supports for over ground pipes.
g)
All civil work related to Hose Cabinets.
h)
Initial supply of Lubricant, Grease, Diesel oil for trial run, test and commission.
i)
Final painting of equipment and structures.
j)
Training of purchaser’s operation and maintenance staff during testing and commissioning period.
k)
Detailed construction manual and drawings for installation operation, trial run, testing and complete
commissioning of the system and submission of operation & maintenance manual of the system.
l)
2.2
Necessary power & control cables required to completing the system.
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS
a)
Construction of pump house and reservoir.
b)
Power supply to panel.
3.00.00 SCOPE OF WORK (FIRE ALARM SYSTEM)
3.01.00 Scope of work under this specification shall include design, engineering, supply, test at works, packing,
forwarding, transportation, loading, unloading and storage at site, erection, testing, commissioning,
performance demonstration at site and handing over to the Purchaser the entire Fire Detection & Alarm
System as described in this specification.
3.02.00 All items covered under this specification shall have approval from statutory authorities like UL/FM
and conform to applicable codes. All indigenous equipment shall have ISI marks on them.
3.03.00 The equipment and items to be furnished under the scope of this specification are outlined in
the subsequent paragraphs & Drawings and those are indicative & minimum requirement.
Bidder has to provide these minimum requirements. However any additional equipment,
material, services which are not specifically mentioned but required to make the system
complete and acceptable to Local Fire Service Authority shall be deemed to be included in the
scope and shall be furnished without any extra cost to the Purchaser.
50
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.04.00 The equipment materials and works covered by this specification are subject to all the attachments
referred in the specification. The bidder shall be responsible for and governed by all requirements
stipulated herein.
3.05.00
Scope of Supply
3.05.1
Detectors of approved make shall be provided as per drawings & as detailed in the Technical
Specification.
3.05.2
ADDRESSABLE ANALOUGE type MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL complete with all
accessories as detailed in Technical Specification
Manual break glass/pull down type call point (MCP) along with all accessories like test probe
3.05.3
insertion jacks, local hooter cum speaker etc. for the complex including cabling from the call
station to audio visual panel (addressable type) board provided at Control Room as detailed in the
Technical Specification.
3.05.4
All instrumentations and controls for the entire fire detection and alarm system as indicated in
flow diagram including manual call point, detector & their erection and commissioning for the safe
and trouble free operation of the entire fire detection & alarm system.
3.05.5
All cabling work within the battery limits specified in the tender document.
3.05.6
3.05.7
All bolts, foundation bolts, nuts, gaskets, packing, support/ thrust block etc. as needed for
complete erection and commissioning shall be provided as detailed in the Technical Specification.
All consumable materials required for complete erection of the system
3.05.8
Supply of paints on support structure.
3.05.9
Various drawings, design calculations, data, test reports, test certificates, erection manual,
operation and maintenance manual as necessary.
3.06.00
Scope of Services.
3.06.1
Design and engineering of the entire fire Detection system.
3.06.2
Obtaining clearance and NOC / occupancy certificate from statutory authorities.
3.06.3
Transportation to site, unloading and intermediate storage at site, complete work of erection
including final grouting, testing and commissioning and handing over to the Purchaser the entire
fire Alarm & Public Address system.
3.06.4
Furnishing complete calculation, scheme / layout / erection and construction drawings along
with wiring diagram of control panel, annunciation panel, as may be required of Fire Protection
System.
3.06.5
All civil work related to Fire Alarm System
3.06.6
Detailed construction manual and drawings for installation operation, trial run, testing and
51
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
complete commissioning of the system and submission of operation & maintenance manual of
the system.
3.06.7
All final dressing of grouting of equipment and patch work during erection.
3.06.8
Excavation and back filling of earth for all buried cabling. The surplus earth shall be disposed off at
a suitable location as per instruction of the Purchaser.
3.06.9
Application of primer and final painting.
3.06.10
Performance demonstration, training of Purchaser's personnel’s for all individual system
3.06.11
The scope of work, if not otherwise mentioned in the contract documents, shall be on the basis of
a single contractor’s responsibility, completely covering all the equipment / work specified under
this technical specification.
3.06.12
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY OTHERS
1. Construction of Control Room.
2. Power supply to panel.
3.07.00 BIDDER SHOULD NOTE THAT SYSTEM DESIGN, SIZES, QUANTITY & RATING OF
EQUIPMENTS ETC AS MENTIONED IN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS ARE
THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT ONLY. BIDDER HAS TO PROVIDE THOSE MINIMUM
REQUIREMENTS. HOWEVER FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM LOCAL FIRE SERVICE, IF
ANY ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT/ MATERIALS, WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED
AND IF SIZES & RATING OF EQUIPMENTS TO BE CHANGED TO HIGHER SIZES / RATINGS
THAN AS MENTIONED IN TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION AND DRAWINGS, HAS TO BE
PROVIDED BY BIDDER WITHOUT ANY EXTRA PRICE.
52
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY
ANNEXURE – A
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO TAKE CARE OF FOLLOWING PREVENTIVE
MEASURES TO ENCOUNTER CONSTRUCTION HAZARD DURING ERECTION
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
CONSEQUENCE OF
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
RISK
RISK
1. Narrow
deep
excavations for
pipelines.
2. Excavation of
pit up to 3 Mts
in depth.
Drop off into pit. Fatal type injury
may take place.
The risk of people
falling
into
excavations
is
almost as serious
an issue as falls
from height.
Frequent collapse
or slides
May Flooded due Drowning situation
may happen.
to Hydro testing
of pipes.
Drop off into pit. People, plant or
materials may fall
The risk of people
into the excavation.
falling
into
excavations
is
almost as serious
an issue as falls
from height.
Ground Collapse
Suffocation
Breathe out.
Buried
53
Suitable Battering/benching of sides
should be provided.
Escape ladders to be provided. Install
ladders, stairways or ramps to provide
a safe means of entrance to and exit
from the trench.
Refer to detail as explained above.
Ladle out accumulated water.
Ventilation arrangement to be ready
for use.
Make available protector rails /
barricade with warning signal.
At least two entries / exits to be
provided.
Escape ladders to be provided. Install
ladders, stairways or ramps to provide
a safe means of entrance to and exit
from the trench; and ensure that the
ladder, stairway or ramp is located not
more than eight meters from a worker
working in the trench.
Suitable size of shoring to be provided
Soil heaps to be kept away from the
edge equivalent to at least depth of
pit.
Vehicles should not allow operating
close to excavated areas. Minimum
2M distance from edge to be
maintained.
Vehicle routes must be planned so as
to maintain a safe distance from the
excavation edges at all times.
Sufficient angle of inclination to be
maintained. Except rocky soil, slope to
be provided less than
1:1 along with sufficient bench of
suitable width at every 1.5 M depth of
excavation.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
3. Excavation of
pit more than 3
Mts in depth.
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Contact with Burned or suffer
buried electric
electric shock if
cables.
existing
Contact with
underground
Gas
/
oil
services
are
Pipelines.
damaged
Explosion
Contact with Burned or suffer
electric shock if
buried electric
existing
cables.
Contact with
underground
Gas
/
oil
services
are
Pipelines.
damaged
Flooding due to Drowning situation
excessive rain /
may happen.
underground
water.
of
Excavating near Collapsing
Plant/Building
/
existing Plant /
structure.
Building
/
Structure.
Struck or trapped
or asphyxiated
Drowned if the
excavation floods
Any type of May cause collapse
vehicular
or slides.
movement close People / plant may
get buried.
to the edge of
cut.
54
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Permission should be obtained from
Engineer-in-charge prior to excavation.
Find the location of buried utilities by
referring to plant layout drawings.
Start digging manually to locate the
exact position of buried utilities and
thereafter use mechanical means.
Careful analysis of the site is required
before the excavation begins wherever
ground water is known or suspected
to be a problem.
Where a worker is in a trench that is
more than 1.2 meters deep, an
employer or contractor shall ensure
that a competent worker is stationed
on the surface to alert the worker in
the trench about the development of
any potentially unsafe conditions and
to provide assistance in an emergency.
The use of de-watering systems such as
well-pumping and well-pointing should
be considered to prevent ingress of
water.
Approval of excavation method should
be obtained from Engineer-in-charge
prior to start of work.
All soils have a safe angle of repose
and under normal conditions should be
self-supporting. Safe angles of
different soils and materials are.
If required under-pining method should
be used.
If required construct retaining wall
side by side.
CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO
CHECK THE SITE/SOIL CONDITION
BEFORE SUBMISSION OF PRICE.
Blockade the trench area with proper
illumination arrangements.
Vehicles should not allow operating
close to excavated areas. Minimum
2M distance from edge to be
maintained.
Vehicle routes must be planned so as
to maintain a safe distance from the
excavation edges at all times.
Shoring and strutting should be
strengthened.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
4. Excavation
of
Rock by blasting
NATURE OF
RISK
Inadequate
experience
handling
explosives
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
to
of
Fatal incident may
take place
Explosion which May cause severe
is
beyond
injuries or prove
control.
fatal to People /
plant
55
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make sure proper storage, handling &
carrying of explosive by trained
personnel only.
Make sure that it complies with the
applicable explosive code of practice.
Do not allow any unauthorized persons
to perform blasting operations.
Only authorize persons should allowed
to perform blasting operations.
Smoking and open flames are to be
strictly prohibited in the vicinity.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Fly rock – Rock Can hurt people.
pieces propelled
into the air
Ground Motion –
Ground vibrations
from the blast.
Air blast – Air
pressure created
by the blast.
56
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Safety Helmets, Safety goggles etc.
as indicated in the code of practice
should be adhered.
Warnings and Signals. Establish a
method of warning to all employees on
the site of an impending blast.
Define the limits of the blasting area
where there is a fly rock danger.
Control the access to the blasting area
to prevent the presents of
unauthorized persons at least fifteen
minutes before each blast.
Notify all employees in the area that a
blast will be fired with a two minute
signal.
On completion of blast, sound an all
clear signal therefore employees in the
area understand that all blasting
operations have been finished.
Two minute prior to the blast, sound
three long signals, lasting 5 seconds,
on an air horn or siren. For the all clear
signal, sound 1 long signal for at least
5 seconds in duration to indicate that
all blasting has ceased.
Lightning Protection. Furnish, maintain
and operate lightning detection
equipment during the entire period of
blasting operations and during the
periods that explosives are used at the
site. Install the equipment if those are
approved.
When the lightning detection device
indicates a blasting hazard potential,
evacuate personnel from all areas
where explosives are present.
When a lightning detector indicates a
blasting hazard, perform the following:
a. Clear the blasting area of all
personnel.
b. Notify the Engineer of the potential
hazards and precautions to be
taken.
c. Terminate the loading of holes and
return the unused explosives to the
day storage area.
d. If blast holes are loaded and would
pose a hazard to traffic if
detonated, close the roads until the
lightning hazard has passed.
e. When the hazard dissipates, inform
the Engineer that production
Signature of the tenderer
blasting can Under
continue.
the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
Entrapping
people.
Misfire
5. WELDING AND
GAS CUTTING
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
of May
cause
severe injuries or
prove fatal
May
explode
suddenly
Rock fall before
commencing
work in the cut.
During welding operation,
ultraviolet
&
infrared
rays
radiates
This is harmful to
eyes & skin of
human.
57
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
The area should be barricaded with red
flags and siren should be blown before
blasting.
Observe the entire blast area for a
minimum of 15 minutes following a
blast to guard against The fifteen
minute delay between blasting and not
allowing anyone but the blaster to
enter the area is needed to make sure
that no misfires have occurred.
During the fifteen minute delay, it is
the blaster’s responsibility to go into
the shot area and check all the holes
to make sure that they have
detonated. If any holes have not fired,
these misfires will be handled by the
blaster before others enter the work
area.
Halt the blasting operations if the
methods being employed result in the
required slopes not being in a stable
condition or the safety and
convenience of the traveling public is
jeopardized.
Do not return to site for at least 20
min. or unless announced safe by
designated person.
The supervisor must ensure availability
of proper specified shielding devices &
personal protective equipment (PPE).
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Flashback during
Improper
oxy-fuel welding,
placement
of
cutting and allied
oxygen
and
processes
can
acetylene
cause
serious
cylinders.
injury.
Safety
with
of
cylinders: When Failure
equipments
may
using fuel and
oxygen cylinders
result in a gas fire
explosion.
they should be
Could even cause
fastened securely
the cylinder to
upright to a wall
explode.
or a post or a
portable cart.
An oxygen cylinders
is
especially
dangerous for the
reason that the
oxygen is at a
pressure of 21 MPa
when full, and if the
cylinders falls over
and its valve strikes
something and is
knocked off, the
tank will become an
extremely deadly
flying
missile
propelled by the
compressed oxygen.
Leakage from May cause fire
hoses or cuts in
hoses
58
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and
other apparatus and fittings containing
or using oxygen shall be kept free from
oil and grease. Oxygen cylinders and
apparatus and fittings shall not be
handled with oily Hands, gloves or
greasy materials.
All cylinders must be stored in a wellventilated, dry location; at least 20
feet away form comb. Keep cylinders
in vertical position of cylinder and
chain them Move out any cylinder
which is leaking.
Approved flash back arrestors should
be used.
Never move an oxygen tank around
without its valve cap screwed in place.
Before lighting the torch for the first
time each day, hoses should be purged
individually.
In case of leakage, purge regulators
immediately and than turn off.
Always use the proper current for
which the cable is designed
Use designated colour of hose for
acetylene & other fuel gases and
separate colour for oxygen. This is a
safety precaution to prevent hoses
from being hooked up the wrong way.
Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and
other apparatus and fittings containing
or using oxygen shall be kept free from
oil and grease. Oxygen cylinders and
apparatus and fittings shall not be
handled with oily hands, gloves or
greasy materials.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
6. RADIOGRAPHY
7. ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
AND USAGE
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
During opening – Cylinder
up of cylinder.
explode.
may
Welding
of Explosion
tanks, Container
occur
or pipes storing
flammable
liquids
may
Ionizing
radiation
Effects of radiation
may react with the
skin which in turn
can cause cancer,
skin irritation, etc.
Carrying
and Effects of radiation
storing
of
may react with the
Radiography
skin which in turn
source
can cause cancer,
skin irritation, etc.
Loss of Radio Effects of radiation
isotope
may react with the
skin which in turn
can cause cancer,
skin irritation, etc.
Short circuiting
Can
cause
Electrocution
or
Fire
59
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
During opening the cylinder, stand
back from the regulator
The valve should be turn slowly to
avoid bursting.
The electrical lug of terminals should
be properly covered so that no short
circuiting happened.
Ensure that those (tanks, container or
pipe storing flammable liquids) are
properly cleaned, washed & emptied
before start of welding.
Ground cable should not be attached
to tanks, container or pipe storing
flammable liquids
LPG should never be used for gas
cutting.
Safety regulations should be ensured
as per BARC guidance before
commencement of job.
Isolate by making barrier the area and
install Radiation warning symbols as
per
BARC
guidance
before
commencement of job.
Unauthorized persons should be
restricted to enter the area where
radiography is being conducting.
Appropriate PPE and film badges
should wear issued by BARC (Bhabha
Atomic Research Centre)
Radiography source should never
touch or handle with bare hands.
Store radiography source as per BARC
guidelines and the same should be
approved by BARC.
Survey Meter should be used to locate
the same.
Local Police station should be
informed.
BARC should be informed.
Ensure that electrical equipment is
safe for its intended use
Rubberized hand gloves and other
protective equipments should be used.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
Drawing
excessive
current
Electrical
system
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
in
System failure
can occur which
leads in turn to
fire Hazard
60
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Wires under carpets, mats etc should
not be laid.
Only licensed electricians to be
allowed for carrying out electrical
work.
Avoid use of Multi socket. Try to use
one socket for one appliance only.
Only fully insulated wires or cables
should be used.
Placing bare wire ends in a socket is
prohibited.
Fully insulated wires or cables should
be used.
Proper earthing should be provided for
all electrical machineries and
equipments
Damaged cords should not be used.
Try to avoid temporary connections.
Try to use spark-proof type field
distribution boxes.
Flame proof type field distribution
boxes should be used where flammable
atmosphere exists.
Electrical cables / equipment’s should
be protected from water and naked
flames
Thorough checking should be
conducted
for
all
electrical
connections before energizing
Ensure Drawing of safe voltage and
current ratings are using.
Display ‘Danger’ signs prominently.
Make sure approved cable size,
voltage grade and types are using.
Make sure that Switches are in OFF
condition of the electrical utilities
when not in use
Make sure that no unauthorized
connections are using.
Make sure that distribution of power
is safe as per IE rules.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Improper laying of overhead and
underground
cables
8. FIRE
PROTECTION
Can
cause
electrocution,
severe injuries or
prove fatal to
People / plant
Fires
from Cause
severe
incipient stage
injuries or prove
can
become
fatal to People /
fatal ones and
plant
may spread to
the surrounding
areas
Improper
It may fail to
Extinguish the fire
placement of Fire
Extinguisher
61
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make sure that unarmored cables are
not laid directly on ground, wall or
roof.
Make sure that at least 3M distance
from HT cables & 1M distance from
LT cables.
Make sure that cables should be laid
at least 750 mm below ground on 100
mm fine sand overlying by brick soling
Make sure that proper sleeves at
crossings/ intersections have been
provided.
Make sure that cable route markers
indicating the type and dept of cables
at intervals not exceeding 30m and at
the diversions / termination have been
provided.
Make sure that buckets are full of
sand & Water.
Make sure that fire extinguishers &
other safety equipments exist near
hazardous locations.
Make sure that smoking is restricted
to ‘Smoking Zones’ only.
People should be trained for using
specific type of fire Extinguishers &
fighting equipments under different
classes of fire.
Make sure that fire door / shutters,
passages and exit doors are not
obstructed.
Make sure that good house keeping
and first-aid boxes containing
equipments as mention in the
specification are ready for use.
Make sure that accesses to Fire
extinguishers are not obstructed.
Elevators should not be used for
evacuation during fire.
In case of a fire, activate manual fire
alarm system by breaking glass of
manual pull station and shout “Fire,
Fire”
Make sure that correct fire
extinguisher meant for the specified
fire has been provided.
Make sure that to extinguish oil and
electric fires, water is not being used.
Can use foam cylinders / CO2 / Sand.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Improper
It may fail to
storage of highly
Extinguish the fire
inflammable
Cause
severe
substances
injuries or prove
fatal to People /
plant.
Explosion
may
occur.
May
explode
suddenly
May cause injury
and prove fatal to
People / plant.
9. HYDROSTATIC/
PNEUMATIC
TESTING
OF
PIPES
Failure of joints.
Bursting of pipe.
10.WORKING
HEIGHTS
Person can fall down
People / plant
can fall down
Material can fall
down
AT
May
sustain
severe injuries or
prove fatal.
May hit the
scrap/material
stacked at the
ground.
May hit the
workers working
a lower levels
and prove fatal.
62
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make sure that safe distance is
maintaining
from
flammable
substances / source of ignition
Distribution of flammable materials to
be restricted to minimum necessary
amount only.
Fuel storage facilities to be built as per
designated code of practice.
Make sure that flammable materials
stored in stable racks and labeled
correctly.
Make sure that all chemicals are
stored in cool and dry place
Make sure that all chemicals are away
from heat.
Make sure that adequate ventilation
system exists.
Make sure that flammable material
removed properly.
Make sure that flammable material
shielded properly before welding.
Incase of spills wipe off the same
immediately
Make sure that calibrated gauge for
pressurizing pump and piping have
been provided.
Make sure that safety relief valve (set
at pressure higher than test pressure)
has been provided while testing with
water / air.
Make sure that necessary safety
measure, steppe increase in pressure,
grouting, tightening of bolts/nuts, etc.
during and before testing.
Make sure that the vents are open
before opening any valve while
draining out of water used for hydro
testing.
All work at height should be properly
planned and organised;
All work at height takes account of
weather conditions that could
endanger health and safety;
Those involved in work at height
should be trained and competent;
Ensure that the place where work at
height is done is safe;
Ensure that equipment for work at
height is appropriately inspected;
Ensure that the risks from fragile
surfaces are properly controlled;
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Ensure that the risks from falling
objects are properly controlled.
Ensure that guard rails/barricade at
the work place provided.
Plan for emergencies and rescue;
Ensure that the work is postponed
while weather conditions endanger
health or safety (but this does not
apply to emergency services acting in
an emergency).
Make sure that safety belts, full body
harness, helmets, safety shoes, etc.
are using as per safety practice.
Catch platform and safety nets
should only be used where it is not
possible to provide any more reliable
means of fall protection.
Make sure that proper work permit
obtained before starting the work at
height above 3 meters.
Make sure that the work place is neat
and clean.
Make sure that the scraps have been
removed immediately on completion of
job.
Ensure that nobody should throw or
drop materials or equipment from
height.
All tools should be carried in a tool-kit
box.
All workers should wear on working
uniform.
Make sure those workers at low level
wearing of helmet.
63
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
11. CONFINED
SPACE
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Serious injury can occur
from
hazardous
substances
or
conditions within
the space or
nearby (e.g. lack
of oxygen).
Liquids and solids
which
can
suddenly fill the
space, or release
gases into it,
Fire
and
explosions
(eg
from flammable
vapours, excess
oxygen etc).
Suffocation
/
drowning
Presence of foul smell and toxic
substances.
Hot conditions
leading to a
dangerous
increase in body
temperature.
Ignition/flame can cause fire.
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Unconsciousness,
death
Make sure that respiratory devices are
ready for use whenever required.
Make sure that confined space is not
over crowded.
Make sure that exhaust fans have
been provided for ventilation purpose.
Make sure that no body should enter
wearing loose clothes, neck ties, etc
inside confined space.
Make sure that every body should
have work permit before entering a
confined space
Inhalation can
pose threat to
life
Everyday there should be a checking
for presence of hydrocarbon and
Aromatic compounds before entering a
confined space
Make sure that one responsible trained
person has been deputed outside the
confined space for continuous
monitoring and extending help in case
of an emergency.
This may be necessary to ensure
fumes do not develop from residues
etc while the work is being done.
Make sure that Fire Extinguishers are
ready for use whenever required in an
easily accessible location.
Make sure that the scraps have been
removed immediately on completion of
job
Make sure that nobody is smoking
inside the confined space
No gas cylinders are allowed inside the
confined space.
Safe & low voltage (24V) lamps for
lighting to be used.
Person
sustain
injuries
explosion
occur
64
may
burn
or
may
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
12. HANDLING
AND LIFTING
EQUIPMENTS
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Failure of load lifting
and
moving
equipments
There may be an
accident which
may turn fatal
of There may be an
accident which
may turn fatal
Overloading
lifting
equipments
65
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Should be checked periodically that oil,
brakes, gears, horns and tyre pressure
of all moving machinery etc are in safe
& good condition.
Should be checked periodically that
quality, size and condition of all chain
pulley blocks, slings, u-clamps, Dshackles wire ropes, etc. are in safe &
good condition.
Make sure that nobody standing under
the lifted load and within the operating
radius of cranes
Make sure that cranes are moving only
on hard, firm and leveled ground only.
Make sure that lifting slings as short
as a possible.
Safe Load indicator should be
installed.
Make sure that lifting capacity of
derricks and winches does not exceed
the limit as written on them.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
13. SCAFFOLDING
FORMWORK
AND LADDERS
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Person can fall down
Person
may
sustain severe
injuries and prove
fatal
66
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make available protector rails /
barricade with warning signal when
working at height
Always face ladder while climbing or
descending.
Always use both hands while climbing
or descending.
Never use top of the ladder as a step.
Do not carry loads that might make
you loose your balance.
Never move or extend a ladder when
someone is on it.
Ladders should not extend about 1 m
above landing for ease access and
tying up purpose or similar.
Avoid leaning, stretching, or making
moves that could throw you off
balance
Follow the “belt buckle rule” by
keeping your body centered within the
ladder’s side rails.
Wait for the person who went up the
ladder first to get all the way off at
the top. Then you can climb. This
applies when coming down the ladder,
too.
Hard hats & fall protection required
when working on scaffolding.
Obtain permission to use scaffolding.
Check the scaffolding and use a notice
as THIS SCAFFOLDING HAS BEEN
INSPECTED & SAFE TO USE.
Ladders should not be placed against
movable objects and maintain base as
safe for the working length of the
ladder.
Make sure that suspended scaffolds
never be less than 500mm wide and
tied properly with ropes
Loose planks should not be allowed.
Make sure that PPE, like helmets,
safety shoes, etc. are using.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF
RISK
of Person
may
sustain severe
injuries and prove
fatal
Material can fall down
Persons working
at lower level
gets injured
Personal
carelessness
and danger of
fall
Can cause injury
or casualty
Failure
scaffolding
material
14. STRUCTURAL
WORKS
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
67
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
All failures were caused either by using
the wrong material correctly or the right
material incorrectly.
Make sure that all scaffolding materials
inspected visually for stability and
anchoring with permanent structures.
Scaffolding should be designed for
maximum load carrying capacity.
Scaffolding planks shall not be less than
as specified in safety code of practice.
Make sure that scaffolds are not
overloaded.
Make sure that short ladders are not
joined to make a longer one.
Make sure that vertical ladders is not
more than 6m
Make sure that the scraps have been
removed immediately on completion of
job.
All tools should be carried in a tool-kit
box.
Safety nets should only be used
where it is not possible to provide any
more reliable means of fall protection.
Do not allow workers to take rest
inside rooms built for welding
machines or electrical distribution
system.
Do not allow workers walking on
beams at height
Make sure that workers wear helmet
with chin strap and safety belts when
working at height
Make sure that workers using hand
gloves and goggles during grinding
operations
Make sure that the sharp and
projected edges are covered or
marked.
Do not allow anybody to stand within
the operating radius of cranes.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
15. PIPELINE
WORKS
NATURE OF
RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Lifting / slipping of material
Can cause injury
or casualty
Erection
/ lowering failure
Can cause injury
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Do not allow anybody to stand under
the lifted load.
Make sure that the all the materials
are properly stacked.
Make sure that there is no slippage
during handling of materials.
Longer piece should be lifted up by
crane from both ends.
Make sure that there is no loose
materials at height
Make sure that all nuts & bolts are
properly tightened.
Do not allow anybody to stand under
the lifted load.
Do not allow anybody to come within
the radii of the side boom handling
pipes
Make sure that lifting capacity of
lifting tools a tackles does not exceed
the limit as written on them.
Safe Load indicator should be
installed.
Make sure that PPE, like helmets,
safety shoes, etc. are using.
Make sure that wearing of gum boots
for the areas where it is necessary.
Depute one trained person to perform
signaling operations while lowering of
pipes in trench.
ANNEXURE – B
FOLLOWING BIS CODES FOR SAFETY TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR
68
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.
2.
3.
4.
IS 816: 1969
IS: 1179 (1967)
IS: 1991(1987)
IS 1989: Part 2 : 1986
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
IS: 2925 (1984)
IS: 3016 (1982)
IS: 3043 (1987)
IS: 3521 (1999)
IS: 3738 (2004)
IS: 3696 (part-1, 1987)
IS: 3696 (part-2, 1991)
IS: 4770 (1991)
IS: 5216 (Part-I) 1982
14.
IS: 5216 (Part-II)
1982
IS: 5983, 1980
IS: 6519, 1971
IS: 6994 (Part-I) 1973
IS: 7293, 1973
IS: 9167
IS: 11006
IS: 1016
IS: 11226
IS: 13367
IS: 13416
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel
Equipment for eye and face protection during welding
Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding wheels.
Specification for Leather Safety Boots and Shoes - Part 2 : For Heavy Metal
Industries
Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets.
Code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operations
Code of practice for earthing.
Industrial safety belts and harnesses - Specification
Rubber Boots - Specification
Safety code of scaffolds and ladders: Part 1 Scaffolds
Scaffolds and Ladders - Code of Safety - Part 2 : Ladders
Rubber Gloves - Electrical Purposes - Specification
Recommendations on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work - Part I :
General
Recommendation on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work - Part II : Life
Saving Techniques
Eye protectors
Code of practice for selection, care and repair of safety footwear
Specification for safety gloves Part 1 Leather and cotton gloves
Safety code for working with construction machinery
Ear protectors.
Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor)
General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation.
Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole.
Code of practice-safe use of cranes.
Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working place
ANNEXURE – C
FOLLOWING STATUTORY ACTS & RULES TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR
69
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SL NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
Indian Explosives Act, 1984
2.
The Motor Vehicles Act,1988.
3.
The Factories Act, 1949.
4.
Indian Electricity Act
5.
Workmen Compensation Act
6.
Indian Boiler Act,1923
7.
Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution)Act, 1974
8.
The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1981
9.
The Radiation Protection Rules – 1971
10.
The Environment ( Protection) Rules- 1986
11.
The Hazardous Wastes ( Management & Handling) Rules- 1989
12.
The Manufacture, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-1989
13.
The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of service)Act, 1996
ANNEXURE – D
FOLLOWING ITEMS TO BE KEPT IN A FIRST AID BOX AT SITE DURING ERECTION BY CONTRACTOR
70
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SL.NO
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
DESCRIPTION
Small size Roller Bandages, 1 inch wide (Finger Dressing small)
Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 inch wide (Hand &Foot Dressing)
Large size Roller Bandages , 4inch wide(Body dressing large)
Large size Burn dressing (Burn Dressing Large)
Cotton Wool (20 gms packing)
Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon
Mercurichrome Solution (100 ml. ) 2% in water
Sal-volatile (20 ml. Ammonia)
A pair of scissors.
Adhesive Plaster ( 1.25 cm x 5 m)
Eye pads in separate sealed Pkt.
Tourniqut.
Safety pins
Time, IODINE (100 ml.)
Ointment for burns (Burnol 20 gms.)
Polythene wash cup for washing eyes
Potassium Permanganate( 20 gms.)
Tinc.Benzoine (100 ml.)
Triangular Bandages
Band Aid Dressing
Iodex (25 gms.)
Tongue Depressor
Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.)
Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.)
Dressing powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.)
Duster
Soap
Toothache Solution
Eye ointment
Forceps
Cotton Buds (5 Nos.)
Note Book
QUANTITY
6 Pcs.
6 Pcs.
6 Pcs.
4 Pkts.
4 Pkts.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 piece
1 spool.
4 pcs.
1 No.
1 Dozen.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 No.
1 Pkt.
1 Bottle
2 Nos.
5 Pcs.
1 No.
2 Pkt.
1 Pkt.
1 Bottle
1 No.
12 Nos.
1 No.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 Pkt.
1 Pkt.
1 No.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
(Besides Activities 1 to 15 in fire fighting system)
ANNEXURE – A
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO TAKE CARE OF FOLLOWING PREVENTIVE
MEASURES TO ENCOUNTER CONSTRUCTION HAZARD DURING ERECTION
71
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
16.Excavation of
pit up to 3 Mts
in depth.
17.Excavation of
pit more than 3
Mts in depth.
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Drop off into pit.
The risk of people
falling into
excavations is
almost as serious
an issue as falls
from height.
People, plant or
materials may fall
into the excavation.
Ground Collapse
Suffocation
Breathe out.
Buried
Contact with
buried electric
cables.
Contact with Gas
/ oil Pipelines.
Burned or suffer
electric shock if
existing
underground
services are
damaged
Explosion
Burned or suffer
electric shock if
existing
underground
services are
damaged
Drowning situation
may happen.
Contact with
buried electric
cables.
Contact with Gas
/ oil Pipelines.
Flooding due to
excessive rain /
underground
water.
72
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make available protector rails / barricade
with warning signal.
At least two entries / exits to be provided.
Escape ladders to be provided. Install
ladders, stairways or ramps to provide a
safe means of entrance to and exit from the
trench; and ensure that the ladder, stairway
or ramp is located not more than eight
meters from a worker working in the trench.
Suitable size of shoring to be provided
Soil heaps to be kept away from the edge
equivalent to at least depth of pit.
Vehicles should not allow operating close to
excavated areas. Minimum 2M distance
from edge to be maintained.
Vehicle routes must be planned so as to
maintain a safe distance from the
excavation edges at all times.
Sufficient angle of inclination to be
maintained. Except rocky soil, slope to be
provided less than
1:1 along with sufficient bench of suitable
width at every 1.5 M depth of excavation.
Permission should be obtained from Engineerin-charge prior to excavation.
Find the location of buried utilities by
referring to plant layout drawings.
Start digging manually to locate the exact
position of buried utilities and thereafter use
mechanical means.
Careful analysis of the site is required
before the excavation begins wherever
ground water is known or suspected to be a
problem.
Where a worker is in a trench that is more
than 1.2 meters deep, an employer or
contractor shall ensure that a competent
worker is stationed on the surface to alert
the worker in the trench about the
development of any potentially unsafe
conditions and to provide assistance in an
emergency.
The use of de-watering systems such as wellpumping and well-pointing should be
considered to prevent ingress of water.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF RISK
Excavating near
existing Plant /
Building /
Structure.
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Collapsing of
Plant/Building /
structure.
Struck or trapped
or asphyxiated
Drowned if the
excavation floods
Any type of
May cause collapse
vehicular
or slides.
movement close to People / plant may
the edge of cut.
get buried.
Entrapping of
people.
Misfire
May cause
severe injuries or
prove fatal
May explode
suddenly
Rock fall before
commencing
work in the cut.
73
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Approval of excavation method should be
obtained from Engineer-in-charge prior to
start of work.
All soils have a safe angle of repose and
under normal conditions should be selfsupporting. Safe angles of different soils
and materials are.
If required under-pining method should be
used.
If required construct retaining wall side by
side.
CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO CHECK
THE SITE/SOIL CONDITION BEFORE
SUBMISSION OF PRICE.
Blockade the trench area with proper
illumination arrangements.
Vehicles should not allow operating close to
excavated areas. Minimum 2M distance
from edge to be maintained.
Vehicle routes must be planned so as to
maintain a safe distance from the
excavation edges at all times.
Shoring and strutting should be
strengthened.
The area should be barricaded with red flags
and siren should be blown before blasting.
Observe the entire blast area for a minimum
of 15 minutes following a blast to guard
against The fifteen minute delay between
blasting and not allowing anyone but the
blaster to enter the area is needed to make
sure that no misfires have occurred.
During the fifteen minute delay, it is the
blaster’s responsibility to go into the shot
area and check all the holes to make sure
that they have detonated. If any holes have
not fired, these misfires will be handled by
the blaster before others enter the work
area.
Halt the blasting operations if the methods
being employed result in the required slopes
not being in a stable condition or the safety
and convenience of the traveling public is
jeopardized.
Do not return to site for at least 20 min. or
unless announced safe by designated
person.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
18.WELDING AND
GAS CUTTING
NATURE OF RISK
During welding
operation,
ultraviolet &
infrared rays
radiates
Improper
placement of
oxygen and
acetylene
cylinders.
Safety with
cylinders: When
using fuel and
oxygen cylinders
they should be
fastened securely
upright to a wall or
a post or a portable
cart.
Leakage from
hoses or cuts in
hoses
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
This is harmful to
eyes & skin of
human.
Flashback during
oxy-fuel welding,
cutting and allied
processes can
cause serious
injury.
Failure of
equipments may
result in a gas fire
explosion.
Could even cause the
cylinder to explode.
An oxygen cylinders
is especially
dangerous for the
reason that the
oxygen is at a
pressure of 21 MPa
when full, and if the
cylinders falls over
and its valve strikes
something and is
knocked off, the tank
will become an
extremely deadly
flying missile
propelled by the
compressed oxygen.
May cause fire
74
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
The supervisor must ensure availability of
proper specified shielding devices & personal
protective equipment (PPE).
Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and other
apparatus and fittings containing or using
oxygen shall be kept free from oil and
grease. Oxygen cylinders and apparatus and
fittings shall not be handled with oily Hands,
gloves or greasy materials.
All cylinders must be stored in a wellventilated, dry location; at least 20 feet
away form comb. Keep cylinders in vertical
position of cylinder and chain them Move
out any cylinder which is leaking.
Approved flash back arrestors should be
used.
Never move an oxygen tank around without
its valve cap screwed in place.
Before lighting the torch for the first time
each day, hoses should be purged
individually.
In case of leakage, purge regulators
immediately and than turn off.
Always use the proper current for which the
cable is designed
Use designated colour of hose for acetylene
& other fuel gases and separate colour for
oxygen. This is a safety precaution to
prevent hoses from being hooked up the
wrong way.
Cylinders, valve regulators, hose and other
apparatus and fittings containing or using
oxygen shall be kept free from oil and
grease. Oxygen cylinders and apparatus and
fittings shall not be handled with oily hands,
gloves or greasy materials.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF RISK
During opening –
up of cylinder.
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Cylinder may
explode.
Welding of tanks, Explosion may
occur
Container or pipes
storing flammable
liquids
19.ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
AND USAGE
Short circuiting
Can cause
Electrocution or
Fire
75
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
During opening the cylinder, stand back from
the regulator
The valve should be turn slowly to avoid
bursting.
The electrical lug of terminals should be
properly covered so that no short circuiting
happened.
Ensure that those (tanks, container or pipe
storing flammable liquids) are properly
cleaned, washed & emptied before start of
welding.
Ground cable should not be attached to
tanks, container or pipe storing flammable
liquids
LPG should never be used for gas cutting.
Ensure that electrical equipment is safe for
its intended use
Rubberized hand gloves and other protective
equipments should be used.
Wires under carpets, mats etc should not be
laid.
Only licensed electricians to be allowed for
carrying out electrical work.
Avoid use of Multi socket. Try to use one
socket for one appliance only.
Only fully insulated wires or cables should
be used.
Placing bare wire ends in a socket is
prohibited.
Fully insulated wires or cables should be
used.
Proper earthing should be provided for all
electrical machineries and equipments
Damaged cords should not be used.
Try to avoid temporary connections.
Try to use spark-proof type field distribution
boxes.
Flame proof type field distribution boxes
should be used where flammable
atmosphere exists.
Electrical cables / equipment’s should be
protected from water and naked flames
Thorough checking should be conducted for
all electrical connections before energizing
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
20.FIRE
PROTECTION
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Drawing
excessive current
in Electrical
system
System failure
can occur which
leads in turn to
fire Hazard
Improper laying of
overhead and
underground
cables
Can cause
electrocution,
severe injuries or
prove fatal to
People / plant
Fires from
incipient stage
can become fatal
ones and may
spread to the
surrounding areas
Cause severe injuries
or prove fatal to
People / plant
76
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Ensure Drawing of safe voltage and current
ratings are using.
Display ‘Danger’ signs prominently.
Make sure approved cable size, voltage
grade and types are using.
Make sure that Switches are in OFF
condition of the electrical utilities when not
in use
Make sure that no unauthorized connections
are using.
Make sure that distribution of power is safe
as per IE rules.
Make sure that unarmored cables are not
laid directly on ground, wall or roof.
Make sure that at least 3M distance from
HT cables & 1M distance from LT cables.
Make sure that cables should be laid at least
750 mm below ground on 100 mm fine sand
overlying by brick soling
Make sure that proper sleeves at crossings/
intersections have been provided.
Make sure that cable route markers
indicating the type and dept of cables at
intervals not exceeding 30m and at the
diversions / termination have been provided.
Make sure that buckets are full of sand &
Water.
Make sure that fire extinguishers & other
safety equipments exist near hazardous
locations.
Make sure that smoking is restricted to
‘Smoking Zones’ only.
People should be trained for using specific
type of fire Extinguishers & fighting
equipments under different classes of fire.
Make sure that fire door / shutters,
passages and exit doors are not obstructed.
Make sure that good house keeping and
first-aid boxes containing equipments as
mention in the specification are ready for
use.
Make sure that accesses to Fire
extinguishers are not obstructed.
Elevators should not be used for evacuation
during fire.
In case of a fire, activate manual fire alarm
system by breaking glass of manual pull
station and shout “Fire, Fire”
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
21.WORKING AT
HEIGHTS
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Improper
placement of Fire
Extinguisher
It may fail to
Extinguish the fire
Improper storage
of highly
inflammable
substances
It may fail to
Extinguish the fire
Cause severe injuries
or prove fatal to
People / plant.
Explosion may occur.
May explode
suddenly
Person can fall
down
People / plant can
fall down
Material can fall
down
May sustain
severe injuries or
prove fatal.
May hit the
scrap/material
stacked at the
ground.
May hit the
workers working
a lower levels
and prove fatal.
77
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make sure that correct fire extinguisher
meant for the specified fire has been
provided.
Make sure that to extinguish oil and electric
fires, water is not being used. Can use foam
cylinders / CO2 / Sand.
Make sure that safe distance is maintaining
from flammable substances / source of
ignition
Distribution of flammable materials to be
restricted to minimum necessary amount
only.
Fuel storage facilities to be built as per
designated code of practice.
Make sure that flammable materials stored
in stable racks and labeled correctly.
Make sure that all chemicals are stored in
cool and dry place
Make sure that all chemicals are away from
heat.
Make sure that adequate ventilation system
exists.
Make sure that flammable material removed
properly.
Make sure that flammable material shielded
properly before welding.
Incase of spills wipe off the same
immediately
All work at height should be properly
planned and organised;
All work at height takes account of weather
conditions that could endanger health and
safety;
Those involved in work at height should be
trained and competent;
Ensure that the place where work at height
is done is safe;
Ensure that equipment for work at height is
appropriately inspected;
Ensure that the risks from fragile surfaces
are properly controlled;
Ensure that the risks from falling objects are
properly controlled.
Ensure that guard rails/barricade at the
work place provided.
Plan for emergencies and rescue;
Ensure that the work is postponed while
weather conditions endanger health or
safety (but this does not apply to emergency
services acting in an emergency).
Make sure that safety belts, full body
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
22. CONFINED
SPACE
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Serious injury can occur from
hazardous
substances or
conditions within
the space or
nearby (e.g. lack of
oxygen).
Liquids and solids
which can suddenly
fill the space, or
release gases into
it,
Fire and explosions
(eg from flammable
vapours, excess
oxygen etc).
Suffocation /
drowning
Presence of foul
smell and toxic
substances.
Hot conditions
leading to a
dangerous
increase in body
temperature.
Ignition/flame can
cause fire.
Unconsciousness,
death
Inhalation can
pose threat to
life
Person may
sustain burn
78
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
harness, helmets, safety shoes, etc. are
using as per safety practice.
Catch platform and safety nets should
only be used where it is not possible to
provide any more reliable means of fall
protection.
Make sure that proper work permit obtained
before starting the work at height above 3
meters.
Make sure that the work place is neat and
clean.
Make sure that the scraps have been
removed immediately on completion of job.
Ensure that nobody should throw or drop
materials or equipment from height.
All tools should be carried in a tool-kit box.
All workers should wear on working
uniform.
Make sure those workers at low level
wearing of helmet.
Make sure that respiratory devices are
ready for use whenever required.
Make sure that confined space is not over
crowded.
Make sure that exhaust fans have been
provided for ventilation purpose.
Make sure that no body should enter
wearing loose clothes, neck ties, etc inside
confined space.
Make sure that every body should have
work permit before entering a confined
space
Everyday there should be a checking for
presence of hydrocarbon and Aromatic
compounds before entering a confined space
Make sure that one responsible trained
person has been deputed outside the
confined space for continuous monitoring
and extending help in case of an emergency.
This may be necessary to ensure fumes do
not develop from residues etc while the
work is being done.
Make sure that Fire Extinguishers are ready
for use whenever required in an easily
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
injuries or
explosion may
occur
23. HANDLING
AND LIFTING
EQUIPMENTS
24. SCAFFOLDING
FORMWORK
AND LADDERS
Failure of load
lifting and moving
equipments
There may be an
accident which
may turn fatal
Overloading of
lifting equipments
Person can fall
down
There may be an
accident which
may turn fatal
Person may
sustain severe
injuries and prove
fatal
79
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
accessible location.
Make sure that the scraps have been
removed immediately on completion of job
Make sure that nobody is smoking inside the
confined space
No gas cylinders are allowed inside the
confined space.
Safe & low voltage (24V) lamps for lighting
to be used.
Should be checked periodically that oil,
brakes, gears, horns and tyre pressure of all
moving machinery etc are in safe & good
condition.
Should be checked periodically that quality,
size and condition of all chain pulley blocks,
slings, u-clamps, D-shackles wire ropes, etc.
are in safe & good condition.
Make sure that nobody standing under the
lifted load and within the operating radius of
cranes
Make sure that cranes are moving only on
hard, firm and leveled ground only.
Make sure that lifting slings as short as a
possible.
Safe Load indicator should be installed.
Make sure that lifting capacity of derricks
and winches does not exceed the limit as
written on them.
Make available protector rails / barricade
with warning signal when working at height
Always face ladder while climbing or
descending.
Always use both hands while climbing or
descending.
Never use top of the ladder as a step.
Do not carry loads that might make you
loose your balance.
Never move or extend a ladder when
someone is on it.
Ladders should not extend about 1 m above
landing for ease access and tying up purpose
or similar.
Avoid leaning, stretching, or making moves
that could throw you off balance
Follow the “belt buckle rule” by keeping your
body centered within the ladder’s side rails.
Wait for the person who went up the ladder
first to get all the way off at the top. Then
you can climb. This applies when coming
down the ladder, too.
Hard hats & fall protection required when
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
25. STRUCTURAL
WORKS
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
Failure of
scaffolding
material
Person may
sustain severe
injuries and prove
fatal
Material can fall
down
Persons working
at lower level
gets injured
Personal
carelessness and
danger of fall
Can cause injury
or casualty
Lifting / slipping
of material
Can cause injury
or casualty
80
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
working on scaffolding.
Obtain permission to use scaffolding.
Check the scaffolding and use a notice as
THIS SCAFFOLDING HAS BEEN
INSPECTED & SAFE TO USE.
Ladders should not be placed against
movable objects and maintain base as safe
for the working length of the ladder.
Make sure that suspended scaffolds never
be less than 500mm wide and tied properly
with ropes
Loose planks should not be allowed.
Make sure that PPE, like helmets, safety
shoes, etc. are using.
All failures were caused either by using the
wrong material correctly or the right material
incorrectly.
Make sure that all scaffolding materials
inspected visually for stability and anchoring
with permanent structures.
Scaffolding should be designed for maximum
load carrying capacity.
Scaffolding planks shall not be less than as
specified in safety code of practice.
Make sure that scaffolds are not overloaded.
Make sure that short ladders are not joined to
make a longer one.
Make sure that vertical ladders is not more
than 6m
Make sure that the scraps have been
removed immediately on completion of job.
All tools should be carried in a tool-kit box.
Safety nets should only be used where it is
not possible to provide any more reliable
means of fall protection.
Do not allow workers to take rest inside
rooms built for welding machines or
electrical distribution system.
Do not allow workers walking on beams at
height
Make sure that workers wear helmet with
chin strap and safety belts when working at
height
Make sure that workers using hand gloves
and goggles during grinding operations
Make sure that the sharp and projected
edges are covered or marked.
Do not allow anybody to stand within the
operating radius of cranes.
Do not allow anybody to stand under the
lifted load.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ACTIVITIES
NATURE OF RISK
CONSEQUENCE OF
RISK
PRECAUTIONARY PROCEDURES
Make sure that the all the materials are
properly stacked.
Make sure that there is no slippage during
handling of materials.
Longer piece should be lifted up by crane
from both ends.
Make sure that there is no loose materials
at height
Make sure that all nuts & bolts are properly
tightened.
ANNEXURE – B
FOLLOWING BIS CODES FOR SAFETY TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR
1.
IS 816: 1969
2.
3.
IS: 1179 (1967)
IS: 1991(1987)
4.
IS 1989 : Part 2 : 1986
Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild
steel
Equipment for eye and face protection during welding
Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding
wheels.
Specification for Leather Safety Boots and Shoes - Part 2 : For Heavy
Metal Industries
81
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
IS: 2925 (1984)
IS: 3016 (1982)
IS: 3043 (1987)
IS: 3521 (1999)
IS: 3738 (2004)
IS: 3696 (part-1, 1987)
IS: 3696 (part-2, 1991)
IS: 4770 (1991)
IS: 5216 (Part-I) 1982
Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets.
Code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting operations
Code of practice for earthing.
Industrial safety belts and harnesses - Specification
Rubber Boots - Specification
Safety code of scaffolds and ladders: Part 1 Scaffolds
Scaffolds and Ladders - Code of Safety - Part 2 : Ladders
Rubber Gloves - Electrical Purposes - Specification
Recommendations on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work Part I : General
IS: 5216 (Part-II) Recommendation on Safety Procedures and Practices in Electrical Work 1982
Part II : Life Saving Techniques
IS: 5983, 1980
Eye protectors
IS: 6519, 1971
Code of practice for selection, care and repair of safety footwear
IS: 6994 (Part-I) 1973 Specification for safety gloves Part 1 Leather and cotton gloves
IS: 7293, 1973
Safety code for working with construction machinery
IS: 9167
Ear protectors.
IS: 11006
Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor)
IS: 1016
General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation.
IS: 11226
Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole.
IS: 13367
Code of practice-safe use of cranes.
IS: 13416
Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working
place
82
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE – C
FOLLOWING STATUTORY ACTS & RULES TO BE FOLLOWED BY CONTRACTOR
SL NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
Indian Explosives Act, 1984
2.
The Motor Vehicles Act,1988.
3.
The Factories Act, 1949.
4.
Indian Electricity Act
5.
Workmen Compensation Act
6.
Indian Boiler Act,1923
7.
Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution)Act, 1974
8.
The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1981
9.
The Radiation Protection Rules – 1971
10.
The Environment ( Protection) Rules- 1986
11.
The Hazardous Wastes ( Management & Handling) Rules- 1989
12.
The Manufacture, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-1989
13.
The Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of
service)Act, 1996
83
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ANNEXURE – D
FOLLOWING ITEMS TO BE KEPT IN A FIRST AID BOX AT SITE DURING ERECTION BY CONTRACTOR
SL.NO
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
DESCRIPTION
Small size Roller Bandages, 1 inch wide (Finger Dressing small)
Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 inch wide (Hand &Foot Dressing)
Large size Roller Bandages , 4inch wide(Body dressing large)
Large size Burn dressing (Burn Dressing Large)
Cotton Wool (20 gms packing)
Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon
Mercurichrome Solution (100 ml. ) 2% in water
Sal-volatile (20 ml. Ammonia)
A pair of scissors.
Adhesive Plaster ( 1.25 cm x 5 m)
Eye pads in separate sealed Pkt.
Tourniqut.
Safety pins
Time, IODINE (100 ml.)
Ointment for burns (Burnol 20 gms.)
Polythene wash cup for washing eyes
Potassium Permanganate( 20 gms.)
Tinc.Benzoine (100 ml.)
Triangular Bandages
Band Aid Dressing
Iodex (25 gms.)
Tongue Depressor
Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.)
Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.)
Dressing powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.)
Duster
Soap
Toothache Solution
Eye ointment
Forceps
Cotton Buds (5 Nos.)
Note Book
84
QUANTITY
6 Pcs.
6 Pcs.
6 Pcs.
4 Pkts.
4 Pkts.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 piece
1 spool.
4 pcs.
1 No.
1 Dozen.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 No.
1 Pkt.
1 Bottle
2 Nos.
5 Pcs.
1 No.
2 Pkt.
1 Pkt.
1 Bottle
1 No.
12 Nos.
1 No.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 Pkt.
1 Pkt.
1 No.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
ALL SCHEDULES
SCHEDULES
(FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM)
85
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
AND
DOCUMENT SUBMISSION
1.0 GENERAL
a) All substitute equipment proposed as equipment specified herein, shall meet or exceed the standards identified
in CODES & STANDARD in the specification.
b) For equipment other than that specified, the contractor shall supply proof that such substitute equipment does
in fact equal or exceed the features, functions, performance, and quality of the specified equipment.
c) Four copies of all submittals shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval.
2.0 INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY TENDERER ALONG WITH OFFER
a) Technical particulars and Schedules as given elsewhere in the specification and relevant section of other
volumes of specification and bidding schedules.
b) The dimensional outline and cross sectional drawings of offered pump sets, control and annunciation
panels etc. indicating the major dimensions.
c) Expected pump performance curves showing head, capacity, efficiency, power, NPSH, Characteristics
etc.
d) Prices as per price schedules.
e) Technical literature in respect of all equipments.
f) Information as asked for in relevant clause of the specification.
g) Schedule of quantities.
h) Specification/ datasheet of equipment.
i)
Confirmation of conformity to specification.
j)
Clause wise list of deviations, if any
k) Total power requirement and power supply scheme
l)
Manufacturers product catalogues.
m) Quality Assurance Plan.
n) Duly filled-in Questionnaire & Schedules.
1) List of spares.
86
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.0 DATA & DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT:
a) The successful Bidder shall submit all drawings / data as described below for customer / consultant’s
approval before commencement of erection. All necessary technical data pertaining to the equipment and
materials required by the customer for proposal shall also be furnished.
b) Flow diagram, showing the complete scheme with associate controls.
c) Dimensional layout and sectional drawings for the complete scope of work i.e., Hydrant system, Pump
House. Sprinkler System etc.
d) Dimensional general arrangement drawing of various equipment/system along with cross-section and bill of
material as per the requirement in technical specification or as required by the Employer.
e) General arrangement drawing of pump sets, suction & delivery headers, cable channel and drain piping etc.
indicating the major dimensions, construction material and weights required for civil construction of the
floor foundation/mounting of the equipment inside the pump house. However the successful Bidder shall
adopt the drawings as approved by purchaser during detail engineering.
f) Isometric drawings along with hydraulic calculations for each individual system/equipment as required by
the Employer.
g) All civil data for design and preparation of equipment foundations by Employer/Engineer (static and dynamic
loadings).
h) Performance test curves and test certificates for all equipment as per the requirement of technical
specifications.
i)
Any other data/curve deemed necessary by the Employer/ Engineer.
j)
GA drawing showing the distribution of portable extinguisher
k) Electrical single line diagram and G.A. and wiring diagram drawing of all panels with foundation details.
l)
Power and other utility distribution schemes.
m) Dimensional layout and sectional drawings for the complete scope of work (including pipe and cable
layout).
n) Dimensional General Arrangement Drawing of various equipment along with cross-section and bill of material.
o) Bill of materials indicating technical description, make, quantity etc. of Fire Protection System being offered by
the Bidder.
p) Dimensional drawing of hose cabinets.
q) Dimensional drawings for hydrant valves, gate valves etc.
r) Any other drawings/documents deemed necessary by the Employer/ Consultant.
87
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
s) As-built drawings for the entire scope of work identifying all layout details, terminal points etc.
t) The successful Bidder shall be required to prepare detailed shop drawings and submit three copies for
approval within four weeks of award of contract. He shall incorporate the comments made by the
purchaser/consultant and re-submit the revised version in four (4) copies for final approval. The job shall be
executed by these duly approved drawings/test certificates.
u) The approval of vendor’s drawings and test certificates by the customer shall not relieve the vendor’s
responsibility for efficient, reliable and satisfactory operation of the equipment offered for which he shall
be fully responsible.
v) Bar or PERT Chart indicating from the date of acceptance of the tender to the time required for the
commencement and completion of all engineering and design work, Procurement, erection, testing,
commissioning & handover of the system
w) Final schedule of quantities.
x) Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
4.0 Write-ups, Manuals & Leaflets
i. Write-up on operation, control and monitoring of the Fire Protection System.
ii. Instruction manuals for maintenance, overhaul and replacement.
iii. Write-up on specific features of equipment, if any.
iv. Replacement parts list with ordering information.
v. Leaflets and catalogues, etc. covering equipment features.
vi. Information, tools & plants, instructions, drawings and all other relevant data regarding erection and
commissioning of the supplied plant.
vii. The information shall be organised in a logical and orderly sequence. A general description of the equipment
including significant technical characteristics shall be included to familiarise operating and maintenance
personnel with the equipment.
viii. Necessary drawings and/or other illustrations shall be included or copies of appropriate final drawings shall
be bound in the manual. Test, adjustment and calibration information, as appropriate, shall be included and
shall be identified to the specific equipment. Safety and other warning notices and installation, maintenance
and operating cautions shall be emphasized.
ix. A parts list shall be included showing part nomenclature, manufacturer's part number and/or other
information necessary for accurate identification and ordering of replaceable parts.
x. Instruction manual shall be securely bound in durable folder.
88
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
xi. If a standard manual is furnished covering more than the specific equipment purchased, the applicable model
(or other identification) number, parts number and other information for the specific equipment purchased
shall be clearly identified. Sectional drawing to suitable scales and characteristic curves for the particular
equipment supplied must be included in the Instruction Manual.
xii. The Instruction Manual shall include the list of spare parts that have been procured along with the
equipment. It shall also include list of all special tools and tackle furnished with complete drawings and
instruction for use of such tools and tackles.
xiii. The Instruction Manual will need approval of Employer in the same fashion as that for drawings.
xiv. The contractor shall submit any other information that may be specified elsewhere in this tender document.
89
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
WARRANTY
&
POST
CONTRACT
MAINTENANCE
90
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
WARRANTY
All work performed and all material and equipment furnished under this contract shall be free form
defects and shall remain so for a period of at least one-year form the date of beneficial use.
POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
Complete maintenance and repair service for the Fire Fighting system shall be available from a factory
trained authorised representative of the major equipment manufacture for a period of five years after
expiration.
As part of this submittal, include a quote for a maintenance contract to provide all maintenance, test
and repair described below. Include also unscheduled maintenance/repair, including deputing technicians
trained on this equipment. Submittals, which do not identify all post contract maintenance costs, will
not be accepted. The rates and costs shall be valid for the period of five years after expirations of the
warranty.
Maintenance and testing shall be as required by the local Consultant / local Fire brigade. A preventive
maintenance schedule shall include:
1) Systematic examination, adjustment, and cleaning of all Fire Fighting pumps. Panel, Piping, valves &
specialties, all instrument, controls panels, power supplies, relays and all accessories of the fire Fighting
system.
2) System shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of TAC/ Purchaser’s guidelines.
3) Bidder should submit the detail plan of maintenance along with the qualifications and experience of the
personnel to be deputed for the purpose.
4) Periodical Testing to be carried out by No’s of Trained Technical personnel.
5) In case of Trouble/Failure Trained personnel should be available immediately round the clock.
91
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF TEST & INSPECTION
Test & Inspection as per Specification shall be performed.
All equipments covered under this specification shall be subjected to inspection and test by the purchaser.
However the purchaser shall have the right to reject the equipment if it does not comply the specification
when erected or does not give complete and satisfactory operation.
The cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor.
The particulars of proposed tests and procedure to be adopted shall meet owner’s prior approval.
SHOP TEST:
i)
Shop tests of all major equipments like centrifugal pump, electric drive motors, piping, valve and
specialties, electric panels, control, instrumentation, etc. shall be carried out as per applicable
standards/codes.
ii)
Shop tests shall include all tests to be carried out at manufacturer’s works. The tests to be carried out
shall include but not be limited to the following:
a)
Hydraulic tests of all pressure parts, piping hoses etc.
b)
Dimensional and visual check.
c)
Balancing test of rotating components.
d)
Determination of characteristics of pumps, electric drive motors,
e)
Performance characteristics of sprinkler.
f)
Performance tests on every equipment individually.
g)
Calibration test of instruments
h)
In the absence of any code / standard, equipment shall be tested as per mutually agreed procedure
between the contractor and purchaser.
i)
All ORIGINAL test certificate and reports shall be submitted to the purchaser for
approval.
SITE TESTS:
a)
All piping and valves, after installation shall be tested hydraulically at a pressure 1.5 times of the
maximum shut off head of pump to check against leak tightness.
b)
All Gate valves shall be operated throughout 100% opening & closing and these shall function without any
trouble.
92
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
c)
All pumps shall run with the specified fluid from shut off condition to valve open condition. Head
developed shall be checked from the discharge pressure gauge reading. During the test, the pumps and
drive shall run smoothly without any undue vibration leakage through gland, temperature rise in the
bearing parts, noise, flow etc.
d)
Painting shall be checked by dry type thickness gauge.
e)
Visual check on all structural components welding, painting etc. shall be carried out and if doubt arises
these shall be tested again.
f)
The contractor, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, shall furnish all test instruments and equipments.
g)
All individual equipments shall be tested at site in line with the requirements of various applicable
standards/codes.
h)
After erection at site, the complete hydrant, Sprinkler system shall be subjected to tests to show
satisfactory performance in line with requirements of TAC/WBFES/PURCHASER.
i)
Automatic starting of all the fire pumps by operating test valves.
j)
Automatic operation of jockey pump.
k)
Operation of hydrants and testing of sequential starting of all the fire pumps.
93
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF TRAINING
OF PURCHASERS PERSONNEL
During Installation, testing and commissioning Purchaser’s Personnel shall be trained thoroughly
by Bidder’s Engineers to acquaint with the system maintenance and operation without any extra
cost.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm__________________
__________________
Signature__________________
_____________________
Designation__________________
___________________
Date_______________________
94
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
FOR TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE
Bidder has to submit list of required for two years trouble free maintenance.
SL.NO.
quantity
DESCRIPTION
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm___________________
Signature___________________
Designation__________________
Date___________________
SCHEDULE FOR COMMISSIONING
AND HANDING OVER
A.
TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED DURING INSTALLATION
In addition to the testing procedure as stipulated by TAC following test to be conducted by contractor.
1) Radiography test to be conducted for 10% of total welded joints.
2) Wrapping & Coating to be tested using Holidays detector as specified in the specification.
3) All underground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump for two
(2) hours keeping trench as far as possible in open condition.
95
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4) All over ground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump for two (2)
hours.
B.
TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED AFTER INSTALLATION
1) All motors shall run Eight (8) hours without any load.
2) All pump sets shall run one (1) hour through test line one after another.
3) Network shall be pressurized and sequence of operation of pumps as per operation philosophy to be
conducted through test line.
4) All cables shall be Meggered and tested for continuity.
5) All annunciation in the panel to be achieved by actual operation.
6) All test as described in the specification to be carried out.
7) Any other tests required by purchaser /TAC
C.
PRE-INSTALLATION TESTING
1) Pre-installation testing consists of testing the equipment at manufacturer’s works.
2) All equipment shall undergo type and routine test at manufacturer’s works before dispatch to site. All test
shall conform to UL/LPC/FOM/TAC /IS and test certificate shall be submitted. The materials shall be
dispatched only after issue of INSPECTION CERTIFICATE/INSPECTION WAIVAL CERTIFICATE. The
equipment or materials dispatched without certificates will be rejected. The tests at manufacturer’s
works will be mutually agreed upon as per QAP to be approved by client.
3) Proper records counter signed by client for actual works executed shall be maintained and submitted to
client.
D.
COMMISSIONING
Before integrated commissioning of Fire Protection System a stage called pre-commissioning activities
will be conducted to trial run of a particular in-order to check the related functional check for systems;
Fire water pumps functioning etc. The entire integrated commissioning of FPS will be the responsibility of
this contractor. This contractor will depute able personnel to handle this job in full co-operation with
other contractors, client, and consultant.
NOTE First fill lubricants grease, fuel etc. as may be required to commission the system shall be supplied
by successful bidder. Bidder shall also include price for commission spare in his price Bid.
All tests listed shall be subject to the satisfaction of Purchaser/TAC/*consultant.
96
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Name of
Firm__________________
Signature__________________
Designation________________
COMPANY SEAL
97
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEE
FOR MATERIALS AND SYSTEM
All materials to be supplied for this project shall be guaranteed for 18 months from receipt at site or 12
months after commissioning.
Any defect if found during this period shall be supplied, erected and commissioned without any
extra cost within the specified time stipulated by purchaser.
SYSTEM shall be guaranteed up to 12 months after commissioning.
Any defect raised during this period shall be rectified without any extra cost within the specified time
stipulated by Purchaser.
Bidder’s Engineer/engineers shall be posted at site during the guarantee period.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of
Firm__________________
Signature__________________
Designation________________
Date_________________________
98
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
In this schedule, the Bidder shall set out all deviations, clause by clause from the Technical Specification.
Unless specifically mentioned in this schedule, the bid shall be deemed to conform to the Purchaser’s
specification.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of
Firm__________________
Signature________________
Designation______________
Date_________________________
99
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM
GENERAL CONDITIONS
In this schedule, the Bidder shall set out all deviations, clause by clause from the General Condition. Unless specifically
mentioned in this schedule, the bid shall be deemed to conform to this Schedule, the bid shall be deemed to the
Purchaser’s specification.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm__________________
Signature____________________
_
Designation___________________
Date_________________________
100
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF DECLARATION SHEET
I, certify that all the above typed in data and information pertaining to this specification are correct and is a true
representation of the equipment and services covered by our formal Proposal No. .......................
Dated.......................
I hereby certify that I am duly authorised representative of the Bidder whose name appears above my
signature.
Bidder’s Name:
Authorised Representative’s Signature: ...............................................................
Authorised Representative’s
Name (Typed): ...............................................................
Bidder’s Intent: The Bidder hereby agrees to fully comply with the requirements and intent of this specification for
the price indicated.
Authorised Representative’s Signature:
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT/ COMPONENT
1.
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
KIORLOSKAR/BEACON WEIR/MATHER & PLATT/ KSB
2.
MOTOR
KIRLOSKAR/ALSTOM/CROMPTON GREAVES/ SIEMENS
3.
DIESEL ENGINE
KIRLOSKAR/GREAVES/CUMMINS
4.
M.S. PIPE
TATA /SAIL/JINDAL
5.
PIPE FITTINGS
VS ENGINEERING/JK FORGING/ BM/HB/SIDDARTH/GAUTAM/
MS FITTINGS (CALCUTTA)/ ECHJAY/TUBEBEND
6.
COATING & WRAPPING FOR PIPES
LLYODS / STP / IWL (PYPEKOTE)
7.
GATE & NON-RETURN VALVE
UPDHYAY / H.SARKAR / KIRLOSKAR / KOLEY / KSB
8.
GLOBE VALVE
LEADER / ZOLOTO
9.
BASKET / Y TYPE STRAINER
TELE FLOW / SPIREX
101
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
10.
PRESSURE GAUGE
H. GURU/A.N. INSTRUMENT/BELLS FIEBIG
11.
PRESSURE SWITCH
DANFOSS (INDFOSS)/SWITZER
12.
NEWAGE / MINIMAX /GEI / SEALFIRE
13.
HYDRANT VALVE, BRANCH PIPE,
HOSE
SIAMESE VALVE
14.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER (PORTABLE)
15.
PANEL WIRING
MIINIMAX/FIRESHIELD/ALERT/NEWAGE/SAFEX/
FIRESHIELD
FINOLEX / HAVEL / PLAZA
16.
POWER CABLE
GOVIND/POLYCAB/LASER/NICCO/PLAZA
17.
CONTROL CABLE
GOVIND/POLYCAB/LASER/NICCO/PLAZA
18.
AIR RELEASE VALVE
SHIVA DURGA, IVPL, STEAM & MINING, SCHRODER
19.
BALL VALVES
20.
SOLENOID VALVE
AUDCO, KSB, MICROFINISH, NITTON, BDK, HI-TECH,
VIRGO,
ROTEX, SICMAG, SCHARDER, AVCON, ASCO.
21.
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
SHAH BHOGILAL/SUKANT/NEWAGE / GEI/ SEALFIRE
FOURESS, BESTOBELL, IL, MAZDA, FORBES, MARSHAL, R.
K. CONTROL.
NOTE: For Items that are not covered in above list, specific approval to be obtained from client
102
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
SL. NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS SUBMISSION
2.
SCHEDULE OF WARRANTY & POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
3.
SCHEDULE OF SHOP TEST & INSPECTION
4.
SCHEDULE OF TRAINING OF PURCHASER PERSONNEL’S
5.
SCHEDULE OF SPARE PARTS FOR TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE
6.
SCHEDULE OF COMMISSIONING & HANDING OVER
7.
8.
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEE OF MATERIALS & SYSTEM
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATION FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
.
103
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
AND
DOCUMENT SUBMISSION
GENERAL
1. All substitute equipment proposed as equipment specified herein, shall meet or exceed the standards
identified in CODES & STANDARD in the specification.
2. For equipment other than that specified, the contractor shall supply proof that such substitute equipment
does in fact equal or exceed the features, functions, performance, and quality of the specified equipment.
3. Four copies of all submittals shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval.
INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY TENDERER ALONG WITH OFFER.
•
System architectural drawings.
•
Schedule of quantities.
•
Specification/ datasheet of equipment/cables/materials.
•
Confirmation of conformity to specification.
•
Clause wise list of deviations, if any
•
Total power requirement and power supply scheme.
•
Details of ratings of batteries to be provided along-with calculation.
•
General view of Master controller and its associated units.
•
Manufacturer’s product catalogues.
•
Time schedule and bar chart indicating various construction activities.
•
Quality Assurance Plan.
•
Duly filled-in Questionnaire & Schedules.
•
List of software provided.
•
List of spares.
•
List of programming tools.
•
Prices as per price schedules.
•
Information as asked for in relevant clause of the specification.
104
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT:
a. The successful Bidder shall submit all drawings / data as described below for customer / consultant’s approval before
commencement of erection. All necessary technical data pertaining to the equipment and materials required by the
customer for proposal shall also be furnished.
b. The successful Bidder shall be required to prepare detailed shop drawings and submit three copies for approval within
four weeks of award of contract. He shall incorporate the comments made by the purchaser/consultant and resubmit the revised version in four (4) copies for final approval. The job shall be executed by these duly approved
drawings/test certificates.
c. Successful Bidder shall submit simultaneously with the shop drawings, complete operating and technical manuals
listing the manufacturer name(s), including technical data sheets.
d. The approval of vendor’s drawings and test certificates by the customer shall not relieve the vendor of the
responsibility for efficient, reliable and satisfactory operation of the equipment offered for which he shall
be fully responsible.
e. Bar or PERT Chart indicating from the date of acceptance of the tender to the time required for the commencement
and completion of all engineering and design work, Procurement, erection, testing, commissioning & handover of the
system.
DRAWINGS TO BE PREPARED BY SUCCESSFUL TENDERER
A. FOR APPROVAL
•
Final schedule of quantities.
•
System architectural drawings and write-up for system operation.
•
Panel general view and construction details.
•
Location of detectors, scheme of panel.
•
Cable routing / earthing layout.
•
Specification data sheets for equipment, cables and Junction Boxes.
•
Master control unit arrangement with associated units.
•
Schedule for cables & conduits.
•
UPS/BATTERY capacity calculation.
•
FOR INFORMATION AND REFERENCE
•
Panel wiring diagrams
•
Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
•
Software required for integrated system operation.
105
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
B. SHOP DRAWINGS
1.
Successful Bidder has to submit sufficient information, clearly presented, to determine compliance with drawings
and specifications.
2. Successful Bidder has to include manufacturer’s name(s), model numbers, ratings, power requirements, equipment
layouts, device arrangement, complete wiring point-to-point diagrams, and conduit layouts.
3. Successful Bidder has to show annunciator layout and main Control Panel Module Layout, configurations and
terminations.
C. MANUALS
1. Wiring diagrams shall include the interconnections between the pieces of equipment.
2. Provide a clear and concise description of operation, which gives, in detail, the information required to
properly operating the equipment and system.
3. Approvals will be based on complete submissions of manuals together with shop drawings.
106
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF WARRANTY & POST
CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
WARRANTY
All work performed and all material and equipment furnished under this contract shall be free form defects
and shall remain so for a period of at least one-year form the date of beneficial use.
POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
a) Complete maintenance and repair service for the fire Alarm & Fire Fighting system shall be available from a
factory trained representative of the major equipment manufacture for a period of five years after
expiration.
b) As part of this submittal, include a quote for a maintenance contract to provide all maintenance, test and
repair described below. Include also unscheduled maintenance/repair, including deputing technicians trained
on this equipment. Submittals, which do not identify all post contract maintenance costs, will not be
accepted. The rates and costs shall be valid for the period of five years after expirations of the
warranty.
c) Maintenance and testing shall be as required by the local Fire brigade / Consultant. A preventive
maintenance schedule shall include:
I)
Systematic examination, adjustment, and cleaning of all instrument, all detectors, manual fire alarm
stations, controls panels, power supplies, relays and all accessories of the fire alarm system.
II)
Each circuit in the fire alarm system shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72
III) Each smoke detector shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 72.
IV) Bidder should submit the detail plan of maintenance along with the qualifications and experience of the
personnel to be deputed for the purpose.
V)
Minimum One person should be available from 8’O clock in the morning to 8’O clock in the evening every
day in the premises.
VI) Periodical Testing to be carried out by No’s of Trained Technical personnel.
VII) In case of Trouble/Failure Trained personnel should be available energizing round the clock.
107
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF TEST & INSPECTION
1. Test & Inspection as per Specification shall be performed.
2. The purchaser shall subject all equipments covered under this specification to inspection and test. The approval
of purchaser shall not however, the right of purchaser to reject the equipment if it does not comply the
specification when erected or does not give complete and satisfactory operation.
3.
The cost of such tests shall be borne by the contractor. The particulars of proposed tests and procedure to be
adopted shall meet owner’s prior approval.
4. SHOP TEST:
iii)
Shop tests of all major equipments and specialties, electric panels, control, instrumentation, automatic detectors etc.
shall be carried out as per applicable standards/codes.
iv)
Shop tests shall include all tests to be carried out at manufacturer’s works The tests to be carried out shall include
but not be limited to the following:
a)
Dimensional and visual check.
b)
Response characteristics of detectors.
c)
Performance characteristics of detectors.
d)
Performance tests on every equipment individually.
e)
Performance test on automatic detectors and manual call points.
f)
Calibration test of instruments
5. In the absence of any code / standard, equipment shall be tested as per mutually agreed procedure between the
contractor and purchaser.
6. All ORIGINAL test certificate and reports shall be submitted to the purchaser for approval.
7. The contractor, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, shall furnish all test instruments and equipments.
8. All individual equipments shall be tested at site in line with the requirements of various applicable
standards/codes.
9. After erection at site, the complete detection and alarm system shall be subjected to tests to show satisfactory
performance in line with requirements of NFPA.
108
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF TRAINING
OF PURCHASERS PERSONNEL
During Installation, testing and commissioning Purchaser’s Personnel shall be trained thoroughly by
Bidder’s Engineers to acquaint with the system maintenance and operation without any extra cost.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm__________________
Signature_____________________
Designation___________________
Date_________________________
109
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
FOR TWO YEARS MAINTENANCE
Bidder has to submit list of required for two years trouble free maintenance.
SL.NO.
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm__________________
Signature_____________________
Designation___________________
Date_________________________
110
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE FOR COMMISSIONING
AND HANDING OVER
PRE-INSTALLATION TESTING
• Pre-installation testing consists of testing the equipment at manufacturer’s works.
• All equipment shall undergo type and routine test at manufacturer’s works before dispatch to site. All tests
shall conform to UL/LPCB and test certificate shall be submitted. The materials shall be dispatched only after
issue of INSPECTION CERTIFICATE/INSPECTION WAIVAL CERTIFICATE. The equipment or materials
dispatched without certificates will be rejected. The tests at manufacturer’s works will be mutually agreed
upon as per QAP to be approved by client.
• Proper records counter signed by client for actual works executed shall be maintained and submitted to client.
COMMISSIONING
Before integrated commissioning of Fire Alarm System a stage called pre-commissioning activities will be
conducted to trial run of a particular module/remote panel in-order to check the related functional check for
systems;The entire integrated commissioning of Fire Alarm System will be the responsibility of this contractor.
This contractor will depute able personnel to handle this job in full co-operation with other contractors, client, and
consultant.
NOTE: Bidder shall also include price for commission spare in his price Bid.
All tests listed shall be subject to the satisfaction of Purchaser/Consultant
A.
TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED AFTER INSTALLATION.
1.
All cables shall be Merged and tested for continuity.
2.
All annunciations in the panel to be achieved by actual operation.
3.
All test as described in the specification to be carried out.
4.
Any other tests required by purchaser/Consultant
5.
Insulation and continuity check along with address of each detector.
6.
Actuation of relay for shutting off A/C. system/ventilation system.
7.
Warning for evacuation.
8.
Alerting security/fire of personnel by siren.( if any)
9.
The contractor to the satisfaction of Client and Consultant will conduct all tests.
10.
Performance test to be conducted at site after installation. As applicable as per IS 2189 Appendix – “A” and
as per Format given in the specification
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm
Signature
Designation
:
:
:
Date
:
111
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF GUARANTEE
FOR MATERIALS AND SYSTEM
All materials to be supplied for this project shall be guaranteed for 18 months from receipt at site or 12 months after
commissioning.
Any defect if found during this period shall be supplied, erected and commissioned without any extra cost within the
specified time stipulated by purchaser.
SYSTEM shall be guaranteed up to 12 months after commissioning.
Any defect raised during this period shall be rectified without any extra cost within the specified time stipulated by
Purchaser.
Bidder’s Engineer/engineers shall be posted at site during the guarantee period.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm__________________
Signature_____________________
Designation___________________
112
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE OF DEVIATIONS FROM
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
In this schedule, the Bidder shall set out all deviations, clause by clause from the Technical Specification. Unless
specifically mentioned in this schedule, the bid shall be deemed to conform to the Purchaser’s specification.
COMPANY SEAL
Name of Firm__________________
Signature_____________________
Designation__________________
Date______________________
113
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
DATA SHEETS TO BE FILLED BY THE BIDDER
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
The Bidder shall fill in the technical information and the data sheets required in the following Schedule and submit
the same along with his proposal.
The information sought out in Data Sheets enclosed hereinafter in this Section, shall be furnished by the Bidder in
the format specified by typing out answers to the questionnaire at the appropriate spaces allotted. These must be
properly signed by the authorised representative of the Bidder as verification of the data submitted.
(All pertinent, data/information must be furnished in the following data sheets).
KEY INFORMATION
1.00
2.00
Name of Bidder
Nationality
3.00
4.00
Responsible officer of Bidder, designation, Fax and
telephone number, postal address, E-Mail
Bidder’s Proposal Number
5.00
Bidder’s Proposal Date
6.00
7.00
Validity of offer, counted from the date of opening of
bid
Price firm?
8.00
If not, escalation formula and ceiling limit
9.00
Terms of payment
10.00
13.00
Whether agreeable to liquidated damage (L.D) due to
Yes/No
deficient performance. If yes, any ceiling limit of L.D?
Whether agreeable to liquidated damage (L.D) due to
Yes/No
late delivery? If yes, any ceiling limit of L.D?
Furnished base offer strictly as per specification
Yes/No
requirement?
Equipment guarantee period
14.00
Guaranteed commissioning period
15.00
Quotation for spare submitted
11.00
12.00
Yes/No
114
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Cl. No.
1.00
Description
Motor
Operated
Diesel Engine
Operated
Jockey Pump
PUMPS
1.01
General
1.02
Manufacturer
1.03
Model No.
1.04
Type of pump
1.05
Number of pumps offered
1.06
Guaranteed Performance
1.06.01 Rated capacity cu.m/hr.
(specify also tolerance limit)
1.06.02 Total dynamic head at rated capacity, MWC
1.06.03 Shutoff head,
MWC
1.06.04 `Range of operation’ of the pump …...% to
…......% of rated capacity
1.06.05 The pump offered have continuously rising head
capacity curves from the specific duty point
towards shutoff point (Yes/No)
1.06.06 The pump offered have stable rising HQ curve
within the ‘range of operation’ only (Yes/No)
1.06.07 Pump rated speed, rpm
1.06.08 Guaranteed pump efficiency at rated capacity
(specify also tolerance limit)
1.06.09 Power consumption a) Guaranteed pump input power at rated
capacity, KW
b) Guaranteed maximum pump input power
within `range of operation’ KW
c) Pump input power at shut off, KW
1.07
Design & Construction Features
1.07.1
Type of pump casing
115
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.07.2
Pump duty (continuous/intermittent)
1.07.3
Location
1.07.4
Pumps suitable for parallel operation (Yes/No)
1.07.5
Pump, number of stages
1.07.6
Permissible maximum suction lift/minimum
suction head required in MWC for pump
operation at maximum discharge point within the
`range of operation” specified
1.07.7 Minimum flow the pump can handle without
overheating, cu.m /hr.
1.07.8 Whether pump is suitably designed so that pump
internals can be attended without disturbing
suction & discharge piping (Yes/No)
1.07.9 Provision of rotor position adjustment available
(Yes/No)
1.07.10 Type of coupling between pump & motor
1.07.11 Coupling guard provided (Yes/No)
1.07.12 Bearing
a) Type
b) Location & quantity
c) Type of lubrication
d) Lubricant
e) Design life (Hrs.)
1.08
Shaft Sealing Arrangement
a) Type
b) Sealing liquid
1.09
Material of Construction - (indicate applicable code / standard)
1.09.1
Casing
116
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.09.2
Casing liner
1.09.3
Diffuser
1.09.4
Impeller
1.09.5
Wearing ring (casing)
1.09.6
Wearing ring (impeller)
1.09.7
Shaft
1.09.8
Shaft sleeves
1.09.9
Mechanical seal parts
1.09.10 Base plate
1.09.11 Bearings
1.09.12 Stuffing box
1.09.13 Fasteners
1.09.14 Companion flanges
1.10
Connections Details
a)
Suction nozzle (NB)
b)
Discharge nozzle (NB)
1.11
Drive Data:
1.11.1
Drive unit output at ambient condition, KW
1.11.2
Rated speed,
1.11.3
Inspection and Testing
1.11.4
Material test (Yes/No)
1.12
1.13
Weight of the pump and drive assembly for
foundation design, kg.
Weight of the pump assembly, kg.
1.14
Weight of the motor only, kg.
rpm
117
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2.00
DIESEL ENGINE DRIVES
2.01
Number and type
2.02
Manufacturer
2.03
Model No.
2.04
Number of cylinder, bore and stroke (in mm)
2.05
Rated speed, rpm
2.06
2.07
Net brake available power at shaft at rated rpm
(KW), after deducting all auxiliary power
consumption and also derating for site elevation
and temperature
Derating factor values considered
2.08
Auxiliary power consumption considered
2.09
Net brake available power required to drive the
pump at 15% of rated discharge (at site
elevation & ambient temperature)
Margin provided over the power required at the
duty point of the pump after considering the
effect of site elevation and ambient temperature
Whether all valves, piping and fittings, filters etc.
provided
Speed governing system provided
2.010
2.011
2.012
2.013
2.014
High water temperature shut down switch
provided
Battery - make & type
2.015
Battery - number per engine
2.016
2.017
Alternative manual starting arrangement
provided?
Lubrication oil pressure gauge
a)
Make and type
b)
Number per engine
c)
Range
d)
Location
e)
Accuracy
118
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2.018
a)
Thermometer for Coolant Temperature
Measurement
Make and type
b)
Nos. per engine
c)
Range
d)
Location
e)
Accuracy
2.019
Tachometer for Engine RPM Measurement
a)
Make and type
b)
Nos. per engine
c)
Range
d)
Location
e)
Accuracy
2.020
Battery Charging System
a)
Make
b)
Type
c)
Number per engine
d)
Both engine driven generator and rectifier type Yes/No
battery charger furnished ?
Automatic controlling arrangement for rectifier Yes/No
type battery charger furnished
Ammeter details
e)
2.021
a)
Make
b)
Nos. per engine
119
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
c)
Range
d)
Dial size, mm
2.022
Fuel system
a)
Fuel oil tank details
b)
No. (for each engine)
c)
Whether integral with engine?
d)
Capacity, litres
e)
Material
f)
Size, mm
g)
h)
Time of continuous full load running with full
capacity storage, hours
Accessories/instruments provided
i)
Engine fuel pump supplied
Yes/No
2.023
All piping, valves, fittings, filters etc. supplied?
Yes/No
2.024
Cooling System
2.025
Direct cooling system provided?
2.026
Type of cooling
2.027
Necessary piping, fitting, valves, pressure
reducing orifice, pressure gauges, duplex strainer
etc. furnished?
Cooling water requirement, cum./hr.
2.028
2.029
Yes/No
a)
Level gauge for Fuel Oil, Tank and
Lubricating Oil Pump
Make and type
b)
Numbers
c)
Gauge glass body and cover material
d)
Accessories e.g., offset valves, union bonnet,
female union level connection, flanged tank
connection, vent and drain plug are provided
Location
e)
120
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2.030
a)
Temperature indicator in Lubricating Oil
Outlet from the Oil Cooler
Make and type
b)
Nos. per engine
c)
Range
d)
Location
e)
Accuracy
2.031
Temperature Indicator for Exhaust Gas
a)
Make and type
b)
Nos. per engine
c)
Range
d)
Location
e)
Accuracy
2.032
a)
Differential Pressure Gauges Across
Strainers and Filters
Make and type
b)
Nos. per engine
c)
Range
d)
Location
e)
Accuracy
2.033
Whether engine is provided with all accessories as Yes/No
specified in the specification like base plate, inlet
and exhaust duct with filters, silencers etc.?
Diesel engine approved by the Regional
Yes/No
Committee of the Tariff Advisory Committee?
Weight and Loading Data
2.034
2.035
2.036
2.037
Weight of the engine assembly along with the
weight of other accessories (kgf) for foundation
design
Drawing/Literature submitted
Yes/No
121
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.00
3.01
a)
PIPING, VALVES AND SPECIALTIES
PIPES & FITTINGS
e)
Complete piping, fittings, valves, strainers, Yes/No
counter - flanges and all other accessories
furnished
Class and type of underground steel pipes and
fittings of different sizes along with relevant
codes/standards
Class and type of steel pipes erected over
ground of different sizes along with relevant
codes/ standards
Type of protective coating/painting on the
outside of piping surface
Steel pipes buried in soil
f)
Steel pipes carried in trenches/laid over ground
g)
All bolts, nuts, gaskets, bends, unions, packing,
pipe hangers, supports, anchoring materials etc.
as required for complete erection and
commissioning furnished
GATE/BUTTERFLY VALVE
b)
c)
d)
3.02
3.03.01
Number, size, type and pressure rating (a
separate list shall be enclosed if necessary)
Code/Standard
3.03.02
Material of construction
a)
Body
b)
Valve Trims/Disc
3.03.03
Flange drilling standard
3.03.04
Approved by
3.03.05
Hydrostatic test pressure kg./cm.2 for -
a)
Body
b)
Seat/Disc.
3.03
CHECK VALVES
Yes/No
122
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.04.01
Code/Standard
3.04.02
Material of construction
a)
Body
b)
Valve trims
3.04.03
Flange drilling standard
3.04.04
Approved by BIS
3.04.05
Hydrostatic test pressure kg./cm.2
a)
Body
b)
Seat
3.04
HYDRANT VALVES AND ACCESSORIES
3.04.01
Code/Standard
3.04.02
Material of construction
a)
Standpost column
b)
Hydrant valve body
c)
Hydrant valve internal
d)
Quick coupling end
3.04.03
Minimum acceptable pressure at inlet
3.04.04
Accepted by BIS?
3.05
3.05.01
Yes/No
HOSE PIPES AND ACCESSORIES
Material of construction
a)
63 mm diameter and 15 meters long hose
b)
Branch pipe
c)
Nozzles (also sizes)
d)
Spanner
e)
Hose box
123
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.06
PRESSURE GAUGE
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Model Number
c)
Nos. offered
d)
Year of Manufacture
e)
Type
f)
Dial size
g)
End connection
h)
Range
i)
Accuracy
j)
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
1.
Pressure element
2.
Casing
3.
Socket
4.
Colour specification
5.
Dial
6.
Numerals
7.
Documents submitted
8.
Test to be carried out by Manufacturer.
k)
Approved by
3.07
Level Switch
a)
Type
b)
Manufacturer
c)
Mounting detail
d)
Float/displacer material
I.
No. provided
II.
Float/displacer material
124
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
e)
Wire rope, spring housing sleeve pipe material
f)
Sleeve material and size (NB)
g)
Spring material
h)
Switch housing and cover
i)
Maximum working temperature
j)
Switch housing type, enclosure type
k)
Type of switch
l)
Switch configuration
m)
Contact rating and no. of contacts
n)
Set point adjustment
o)
Accessories
p)
Catalogue furnished?
q)
Whether the switch can monitor high & low level
independently
PORTABLE WATER TYPE EXTINGUISHER
3.08
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Year of manufacture
c)
Performance
I.
Capacity, litres
II.
Maximum effective range when tested in still air
condition, m
Minimum period during which the jet shall be
maintained at a length of not less than 6 m, sec.
Maximum period for discharge of 95% of the
solution, sec.
Construction features
III.
IV.
d)
I.
Relevant standard
125
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
II.
Test pressure for extinguisher body (kg./cm2g)
III.
Whether handle is provided?
IV.
Provided any indication that the extinguisher has
not been used
Material of construction (specify code/ standard)
e)
I.
Body
II.
Neck ring
III.
Cap
IV.
Nozzle
V.
Washer
f)
g)
Approximate weight of extinguisher (cylinder
filled), kg.
Capacity of CO2 gas cartridge
h)
Dimension
I.
Cartridge length, mm
II.
Cartridge diameter, mm
III.
Cartridge shell thickness, mm
IV.
External diameter of extinguisher, mm
V.
Overall height of extinguisher, mm
VI.
Throat diameter of nozzle, mm
VII.
Length of hose pipe, mm
VIII.
Bore of hose pipe, mm
i)
Code/Standards followed
j)
Supply of accessories
k)
List of accessories provided
l)
Condition of refilling
126
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
m)
Drawing/literature enclosed with offer
n)
Whether bearing ISI marking?
3.09
CARBON-DI-OXIDE TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Year of manufacture
c)
Performance
I.
Capacity, kg.
II.
Maximum effective range, m
III.
Effective complete discharge time, sec.
d)
Construction features
i.
Relevant standard
ii.
Filling ratio at 30 °C
iii.
Pressure rating of control valve, kg/cm2(g)
iv.
Test pressure of cylinder, kg/cm2(g)
v.
Test pressure of hose, kg/cm2(g)
vi.
Gas storage pressure, kg/cm2(g)
vii.
Whether safety release provided
Yes/No
e)
Material of construction (specify standard/ code)
i.
Cylinder material
ii.
Control valve material
iii.
Internal discharge tube
iv.
Hose pipe
v.
Discharge horn
vi.
Carrying handle
vii.
Insulation for hand grip on the discharge horn
127
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
f)
g)
I.
Approximate weight of one extinguisher cylinder
filled, kg
Dimensions
II.
Maximum diameter of extinguisher cylinder filled,
kg
Overall height, mm
III.
Length of hose pipe, mm
IV.
Bore of hose pipe, mm
V.
Length of discharge horn, mm
VI.
Area of discharge of cylinder, mm
VII.
Internal diameter of cylinder, mm
VIII.
Thickness of cylinder shell, mm
h)
List of codes and standards followed
i)
Supplied first charge of extinguishing agent
j)
List of accessories provided
k)
Conditions for refilling
l)
Drawing/Literature enclosed
m)
Whether bearing ISI markings?
n)
Whether approved by Chief Inspector of
Explosive, Govt. of India
DRY POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER,
3.010
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Year of manufacture
c)
Performance
I.
Capacity, kg.
II.
Maximum effective range, m
III.
Effective complete discharge time, sec.
128
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
d)
Construction features
i.
Relevant standard
ii.
Filling ratio at 30 °C
iii.
Pressure rating of control valve, kg/cm2(g)
iv.
Test pressure of cylinder, kg/cm2(g)
v.
Test pressure of hose, kg/cm2(g)
vi.
Gas storage pressure, kg/cm2(g)
vii.
Whether safety release provided
e)
Yes/No
Material of construction (specify standard/ code)
i.
Cylinder material
ii.
Control valve material
iii.
Internal discharge tube
iv.
Hose pipe
v.
Discharge horn
vi.
Carrying handle
vii.
Insulation for hand grip on the discharge horn
f)
Approximate weight of one extinguisher cylinder
filled, kg
Dimensions
g)
i.
ii.
Maximum diameter of extinguisher cylinder filled,
kg
Overall height, mm
iii.
Length of hose pipe, mm
iv.
Bore of hose pipe, mm
v.
Length of discharge horn, mm
vi.
Area of discharge of cylinder, mm
129
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
vii.
Internal diameter of cylinder, mm
viii.
Thickness of cylinder shell, mm
h)
List of codes and standards followed
i)
Supplied first charge of extinguishing agent
j)
List of accessories provided
k)
Conditions for refilling
l)
Drawing/Literature enclosed
m)
Whether bearing ISI markings?
n)
3.011
Whether approved by Chief Inspector of
Explosive, Govt. of India
ABC POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER,
a)
Manufacturer
b)
Year of manufacture
c)
Performance
i.
Capacity, kg.
ii.
Maximum effective range, m
iii.
Effective complete discharge time, sec.
d)
e)
Construction features
i.
Relevant standard
ii.
Filling ratio at 30 °C
iii.
Pressure rating of control valve, kg/cm2(g)
iv.
Test pressure of cylinder, kg/cm2(g)
v.
Test pressure of hose, kg/cm2(g)
vi.
Gas storage pressure, kg/cm2(g)
vii.
Whether safety release provided
Yes/No
Material of construction (specify standard/ code)
130
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
i.
Cylinder material
ii.
Control valve material
iii.
Internal discharge tube
iv.
Hose pipe
v.
Discharge horn
vi.
Carrying handle
vii.
Insulation for hand grip on the discharge horn
f)
g)
i.
Approximate weight of one extinguisher cylinder
filled, kg
Dimensions
ii.
Maximum diameter of extinguisher cylinder filled,
kg
Overall height, mm
iii.
Length of hose pipe, mm
iv.
Bore of hose pipe, mm
v.
Length of discharge horn, mm
vi.
Area of discharge of cylinder, mm
vii.
Internal diameter of cylinder, mm
viii.
Thickness of cylinder shell, mm
h)
List of codes and standards followed
i)
Supplied first charge of extinguishing agent
j)
List of accessories provided
k)
Conditions for refilling
l)
Drawing/Literature enclosed
m)
Whether bearing ISI markings?
n)
Whether approved by Chief Inspector of
Explosive, Govt. of India
131
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS - ELECTRICAL
1.00
A. C. MOTOR
NOTE:1.
The Bidder must submit along with the Bid at least those data, which are marked with asterisk (*).
2.
After award of contract, the successful Bidder shall resubmit completely filled in datasheets.
1.01.00
GENERAL
1.01.01
Application*
1.01.02
Quantity*
1.01.03
Make*
1.01.04
Frame Size
1.01.05
Applicable Standard*
1.02.00
TYPE AND RATING
1.02.01
Type of Motor*
1.02.02
Service*
1.02.03
Duty Cycle/Designation*
1.02.04
Rated Continuous Output*
a)
At 50 °C ambient (kW)
b)
Rated Speed* (r.p.m.)
c)
Rated Voltage & % variation*
d)
Rated Frequency & % variation*
e)
Full load current*
f)
No load current*
g)
Rated Power Factor*
1.02.05
Efficiency at rated voltage and Frequency
132
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a)
Full load* (%)
b)
¾ load
c)
½ load (%)
(%)
1.03.00
PERFORMANCE
1.03.01
Method of Starting*
1.03.02
Starting Current at rated Voltage* (% f.l.c.)
1.03.03
Starting Torque at rated Voltage* (kg.m)
a)
Pull out torque
b)
Break way torque
1.03.04
Starting time at -
a)
With load* (sec.)
b)
Without load (driven Equipment coupled) (sec.)
1.03.05
80% Voltage
100% Voltage
Safe stall time at 110% rated voltage (sec.)
a)
Hot condition* (sec.)
b)
Cold condition (sec.)
1.04.00
CONSTRUCTION
1.04.01
Type of Enclosure*
1.04.02
Method of Cooling*
1.04.03
Insulation Class*
1.04.04
Temperature Rise over 50°C ambient (by resistance)*
1.04.05
Tropicalised* (Yes/No)
1.04.06
Winding Connection*
1.04.07
Bearings
D.E.
133
N.D.E.
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a)
Make
b)
Type
c)
Recommended lubricant
1.04.08
Motor Terminal Box
a)
Type
b)
Fault withstand
1.05.00
GROUNDING
1.05.01
No. of grounding pads provided*
a)
On motor body
b)
On terminal box
1.06.00
MISCELLANEOUS
1.06.01
Type of mounting
1.06.02
Overall dimension (L x B x H) (mm x mm x mm
1.06.03
Moment of Inertia (GD Sq.)
a)
Stator (kg.sq.m)
b)
Rotor (kg.sq.m)
c)
Total (kg.sq.m)
1.07.00
WEIGHT
a)
Stator (kg)
b)
Rotor (kg)
c)
Total (kg)
2.00
2.01.00
MOTOR CONTROL PANEL
ASSEMBLY
134
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2.01.01
Make*
2.01.02
Type*
2.01.03
Reference Standard*
2.01.04
Voltage (Nom./Max.)*
2.01.05
Phase, Frequency*
2.01.06
Short Circuit Rating*
a)
Interrupting Symmetrical (kA)
b)
Short time for 1 sec. (kA rms)
2.01.07
a)
2.01.08
a)
2.01.09
Insulation Level*
1-min., 50 Hz Voltage withstand (kV rms)
Construction*
Sheet steel enclosed, wall mounting Yes/No
Enclosure*
a)
b)
Degree of Protection
Minimum thickness of sheet metal (mm)
2.01.010 Overall Dimensions (L mm x D mm x H mm)
2.01.011 Paint Shade
2.02.00
SWITCHES
2.02.01
Make*
2.02.02
Type*
2.02.03
Reference Standard*
2.02.04
Switch furnished with a)
Operating handle
135
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b)
Door interlock
c)
Provision for padlocking in ON & OFF Positions
2.02.05
All feeders provided with bolted Disconnect link?
2.02.06
Current Ratings at 50 °C
2.03.00
FUSE
2.03.01
Make*
2.03.02
Type*
2.03.03
Reference Standard*
2.03.04
Rupturing capacity* in KA rms (sym)
2.03.05
Continuous current at 50 °C Ambient & within cubicle
2.04.00
CONTACTORS
2.04.01
Make*
2.04.02
Type*
2.04.03
Reference standard*
2.04.04
Duty class*
2.04.05
Utilization category*
2.04.06
Operating Coil Voltage
2.04.07
Operating Coil VA
a)
Rated*
b)
Pick-up
c)
Drop-out
2.04.08
Continuous Current rating & 50 °C & within cubicle (A)
2.04.09
Power Consumption
136
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a)
During closing (VA)
b)
After closing (VA)
2.04.010 Auxiliary Contacts Furnished per Contactor
a)
Normally open (NO)
b)
Normally closed (NC)
2.04.011 Thermal Overload Relay & Single Phase Preventor
a)
Temperature compensted*
b)
Hand Reset?*
c)
No. & type of contacts
2.05.00
PUSHBUTTON & LAMPS
2.05.01
Push Button
2.05.02
2.05.03
a)
Make*
b)
Type*
c)
Cat. No.*
Lamps
a)
Make*
b)
Type*
c)
Cat. No.*
d)
Watts/Voltage*
e)
Lamp & lens replaceable from front ?
METER
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Make*
Type*
Reference standard*
Size*
Scale*
137
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
f)
2.05.04
2.05.05
Accuracy class*
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
i.
Make*
ii.
Type*
iii.
Reference Standard*
iv.
C. T. Ratings
a)
Current ratio
b)
Rated burden*
c)
Accuracy class*
SECONDARY WIRING
i.
Type of Insulation
ii.
Voltage Grade
iii.
Conductor material
iv.
Conductor size (minimum)
v.
2.05.06
a)
Potential Circuit (sq.mm)
b)
Current & control Circuit (sq.mm)
Wires identified at both ends with ferrules
TERMINAL BLOCK
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Make*
Type*
Cat. No.
Voltage Grade
20% spare terminals furnished ?
2.05.07
CABLE TERMINATION
2.05.08
Cable entry provision from top & bottom
2.05.09
Power Cable Lugs*
138
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a)
Type
b)
Material
2.05.010 Power Cable Glands*
a)
Make
b)
Type
c)
Materials
d)
With tapered washers
2.05.011 Removable Gland Plate
a)
Material for multicore cable
b)
Material of I/C cable
c)
Thickness of the plate
2.05.012 GROUND BUS*
a) Ground bus furnished ?
b) Material
c) Size
2.05.013 PAINTING*
Finish of Panel
a)
Inside
b)
Outside
2.05.014 POWER & CONTROL CABLES
i.
Make*
ii.
Type*
iii.
Applicable Standard*
139
L. V.
Control
Special
Cable
Cable
Cable
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
iv.
Voltage Grade*
v.
Suitable for System with -
vi.
a)
Service Voltage
b)
Neutral Time
Maximum Conductor Temp.*
a)
Continuous (°C)
b)
Short Time (°C)
vii.
Conductor
a)
Material*
b)
Size (sq.mm)
c)
No. & Diameter of wire in Each conductor
viii.
Insulation*
a)
Material
b)
Type
c)
Thickness (mm)
ix.
Inner Sheath
a)
Material*
b)
Type*
c)
Thickness* (mm)
d)
Extruded ?* (Yes/No)
e) Approx. Outside dia over Sheath (mm)
x.
Armouring
a)
Material*
b)
Size* (No. x dia)
c)
D.C. Resistance at 20 °C (Ohm/Km)
xi.
Overall Sheath
a)
Material*
b)
Type*
c)
Thickness*
Note: Similar information for any special cable shall also be furnished. Add separate sheets.
140
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
DATA SHEETS TO BE FILLED IN BY BIDDER
CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
SL.
NO.
1.
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
2.
MULTI CRITERIA TYPE DETECTOR
3.
MANUAL CALL POINT
4.
CONTROL MODULE
MONITOR MODULE
5.
6.
HOOTER AND STROBE LIGHT
7.
FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE
8. MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
9.
FIRE DETECTION LOOP CABLE
10.
LIST OF DRAWINGS
141
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Does equipment conform to the
standards and codes as listed
Are all equipment model
numbers given?
Does equipment enclosure
conform to Protection class
as specified?
Have power requirement for
entire system been specified
Whether catalogues with
specification, dimension and
pictorial view submitted
Are all the auxiliary equipment
details, specification books furnished
Bar charts submitted
Whether equipment supplied are
rated for environmental working
conditions specified:
Whether Guarantee and Warranty
have been offered:
142
:
YES
NO
:
YES
NO
:
YES
NO
:
YES
NO
:
YES
NO
:
:
YES
YES
NO
NO
:
YES
NO
YES
NO
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
MULTI CRITERIA TYPE DETECTOR
1
Manufacturer
2
Country of Origin
3
Type of Detector
4
Model
5.
Is the detector provided with Dual LEDs, dual colour (green and red
YES
NO
indications)?
6.
Addressable Capability
7.
Sensor Coverage
8.
Sensitivity Range
9.
Nominal Sensitivity
10
Allowable air velocity in m/Sec.
11.
Operating Temperature
12.
Operating RH
13.
Operating Voltage
14.
Operating voltage and power consumption
15.
Normal Operating Current/Alarm Current
16.
Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode
17.
During Communication
18.
Remote / Local Test capability
19.
No. of chambers
143
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
20.
Sensitivity in mg / meter cube
21.
Rating of output contact
22.
Response time a Response time and range of adjustment
23.
Max No. of detectors which can be connected in loop
24.
Max. Circuit length without influencing No. of detectors
25.
Color
27.
Weight
28.
Standards
29.
Other Std. Approvals
30.
31.
32.
Life of detector( to be justified by letter / certificate from authority
having jurisdiction
Catalog
Catalogues Enclosed
Copy of Approval letter from Authority enclosed
144
YES
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
MANUAL CALL POINTS
1
Manufacturer
2
Country of Origin
3
Model
4
Dimensions
5
Mounting
6
Shipping Weight
7
Operation
8
Voltage rating
9
Current rating
AC
DC
10
No. of contacts
AC
DC
11
Type of mounting for complete unit
AC
DC
12
Enclosure Protection class
13.
Weight of each unit with accessories
14.
Whether dust sealing gland provided
15.
Authority approved by
16.
Catalogues enclosed
17.
Finish
18.
Approval
YES
145
NO
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
CONTROL MODULE
1
Manufacturer
2
Country of Origin
3
Type
4
Model
5
Wiring Supervision
6
Output
7
Operating Voltage
8
Operating Current
9
Color
10
Temp
11
Humidity
12
LED Operation
13
Installation
14
Other Std. Approvals
15
Approvals
146
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
MONITOR MODULE
1
Manufacturer
2
Country of Origin
3
Type
4
Model
5
Wiring Supervision
6
Input
7
Operating Voltage
8
Current Consumption
9
Operation
10
Max. Allowable wire resistance
11
Max. Allowable wire capacitance
12
Temp
13
Humidity
14
LED Operation
15
Installation
16
Color
17
Other Std. Approvals
18
Approvals
147
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
HOOTER AND STROBE LIGHT
1
Manufacturer
2
Country of Origin
3
Type of operation
4
Model
5
Speaker Dimensions
6
Color
7
Voltage required
8
Power rating
9
Connections
10
Indoor Operating Environment
11
Shipping Weight
12
Mounting
13
Voice Coil Impedance
14
Agency Listings
148
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE
1
Manufacturer
2
Country of Origin
3
Type
4
Model
5
Operating voltage
6
Current Consumption
7
Max. ckt resistance between isolators
8
Temp
9
Humidity
10
LED Operation
11
Installation (mm)
12
Color
13
Other Std. Approvals
149
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
1
2
3
4
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
Manufacturer
Country of Origin
Model
Type
Approximate dimension
Construction features of panel
Enclosure protection class
Panel door provided with lock key
Type of annunciation provided
Power supply
a) Rated DC voltage
b) Make & Type of Battery
Rating of battery bank
Time for which battery will supply power to system
Whether Battery low alarm provided
Power Consumption of the Panel
Under Normal Condition
Computer Compatibility
Redundancy
LOCKABLE PRINTER
PROGRAMMING KEYBOARD
Type of Display
Addressable Capability
Intelligence Capability
Fault Isolation Capability
Alarm Verification Capability
Sensor Self-Test Capability
Fault Tolerant wiring capability
Power supply
Number of Devices/Detectors / Loop
Loop Length
Power consumption on a fully loaded system
Self Diagnostics
Indications
Detector Disable facility
Operator controls
Enclosure
Color of Enclosure Door
Listing
150
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FIRE DETECTION LOOP CABLE
1
Make
2
Size / No. of cores
3
Conductor
4
Core Insulation
5
Laying
6
Inner Sheath
7
Armouring
8
Voltage rating
9
Min. no. Of twists per meter
10
Capacitance between cores
11
Maximum resistance per conductor
12
Outer Sheath
13
Standard for construction
14
Fire resistance Testing Standards
15
Period of burning after removal of flame
16
Total length of cable decomposed on removal of flame
17
Temp. Index
18
Oxygen Index
19
Acid Gas generation
20
Smoke density rating
21
Anti Rodent Test
151
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART-1
SECTION 4
SCHEDULES A TO F
152
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION 4
PROFORMA OF SCHEDULES
(Operative Schedules to be supplied separately to each intendingTenderer)
SCHEDULE ‘A’
Schedule of quantities ( As per Bill of Quantities attached)
(BOQ to be attached with Financial Bid)
SCHEDULE ‘B’ –
- Not Applicable -
Schedule of materials to be issued to the contractor. (Refer Clause 10 of Clauses of Contract)
S.No
Description of
items
1
2
SCHEDULE ‘C’ –
Quantity Rates in Figures & words at
which the material will be
charged to the contractor
3
4
Place of Issue
5
- Not Applicable -
Tools and plants to be hired to the contractor. (Refer clause 34 of Clauses of Contract).
S.No
1
Description
2
SCHEDULE ‘D’
Hire charges per day
3
Place of Issue
4
- Not Applicable -
Extra schedule for specific requirements/documents for the work, if any.
SCHEDULE ‘E’ –
- Not Applicable -
Schedule of components of Cement, Steel, other materials, POL,
Labour etc .for price escalation. (Refer Clause 10CC of Clauses
of Contract).
(To be worked out and filled by NIT approving authority. The
Components and their percentages may be modified depending on
the nature of work)
CLAUSE 10 CC
- Not Applicable -
Component of Cement (Xc)
expressed as percent of total value of work _______%
Component of steel (X5)
153
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
expressed as percent of total value of work ______%
Component of other materials (XM) (except cement & steel)
expressed as per cent of total value of work ______%
Component of labour (Y)
expressed as percent of total value of work _______%
Component of P.O.L (Z)
expressed as percent of total value of work _______%
______________
Total
100 %_
SCHEDULE ‘F’
Reference to General Conditions of Contract
Name of Work:
Design, manufacturing, delivery to site, storage at site, erection, testing and
commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection,
Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon
Factory at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B.
Estimated cost of work Rs. 85,18,050/Earnest money:
Rs. 85,181/-
Performance Guarantee (Ref. Clause 1)
5% of Tendered value.
Security Deposit: (Refer clause 1A)
5% of Tendered value
Notice Inviting Tender and Instruction to Tenderers
Officer inviting tender :
General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd
RPO, 56, C.R. Avenue, 2nd floor, Kolkata-12
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Definitions
2 (iv) Employer
Bengal Wagon Industry Pvt. Ltd. (A SAIL-RITES JV Co.)
2(v)
General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd
Engineer-in-Charge
or His Authorised Representative
(Authority competent to execute Contract
Agreement as per Item 7.2 of SOP)
2(vii) Accepting Authority
General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd for & on behalf of
SRBWIPL (A SAIL-RITES JV)
(Authority competent to accept Tenders as per
Item 3.1/3.2/ 3.3 of SOP as applicable)
154
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2(ix)
2(x)
Percentage on cost of materials
and labour to cover all
overheads and profits.
15%
Standard Schedule of Rates
Market Rate Analysis.
2(xiii) Date of commencement of work
15 days from the date of issue of LOA or the first
date of handing over of site whichever is later
9 (a) (ii) General Conditions of Contract
RITES General Conditions of Contract for works
July, 2011 Edition as modified & corrected upto
C.S.No. 1 dated 28.11.2011
CLAUSES OF CONTRACT
Clause 1
1 (i)
Time allowed for submission of
P.G. from the date of issue of
Letter of Acceptance
21 days.
Maximum allowable extension
beyond the period provided in
(i) above
10 days.
Clause 2
Authority for fixing compensation under
Clause 2
General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd for & on
behalf of SRBWIPL (A SAIL-RITES JV)
(Authority competent to accept Tender)
Clause 2A
Whether Clause 2A shall be applicable
NO
Clause 5
5.1 (a) Time allowed for execution of work
6 months from the date of start
Date of start
15 days from the date of issue of
Letter of Acceptance or the first date
of handing over of site whichever is
later
155
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.1 (b) TABLE OF MILESTONE(S): NOT APPLICABLE
S.No Description of Milestone Time allowed in days
(Physical)
(from date of start)
1
2
3
4
Clause 5A
Shifting of stipulated date of completion
Amount to be withheld in case of
non achievement of milestone
Competent Authority
Clause 6 A
Accepting Authority as
Specified in Clause 2(vii) of
Conditions of Contract above.
Whether Clause 6 or 6A applicable
6*/6A*
(* Strike out whichever is not
applicable)
Clause 7
Gross work to be done together with net
payment/adjustment of advances for
material collected, if any, since the last such
payment for being eligible to interim payment
10 lakh
Clause 10A
i) Whether Material Testing Laboratory is to
be provided at site.
ii) If “YES” list of equipments to be provided
YES/NO
Refer Annexure ------- (to be attached)
Clause 10 B
Whether Clause 10 B(ii) to (v) applicable
YES / NO
Clause 10 CC
Whether Clause 10CC applicable
YES / NO
Clause 11
Specifications to be followed for execution
of work
For CPWD DSR Items:CIVIL WORKS
CPWD Specifications 2009 Vol. I & II
.
ELECTRICAL WORKS
CPWD General Specifications
Part I
Internal 2005
Part II
External 1994
156
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Part III
Part IV
Part V
Part VI
Part VII
Lifts & Escalators 2003
Substations 2007
Wet Riser
Sprinkler System 2006
Heating, Ventilation &
Air Conditioning Works 2005
DG Sets 2006
For Non DSR Items and items of Specialised
nature in Railway Works etc.
Technical Specifications under Section No. 5.
Clause 12
Clause 12.2
12.3 & 12.5
12.5
Deviation Limit beyond which
Clauses 12.2,12.3 & 12.5shall
apply
Definition of Foundation item if
other than that described in
Clause 12.5
Clause 16
Clause 18
i) For Non-foundation items.
Plus
25%
Minus
No limit
ii) For Foundation Items
Plus
100%
Minus
No limit
Note: For Earthwork, individual classification quantity can vary to any extent
but overall Deviation Limits will be as
above.
As stated in Clause 12.5
(If not applicable write accordingly)
Competent Authority for
deciding reduced rates
General Manager (P)/RITES Ltd for & on
behalf of SRBWIPL (A SAIL-RITES JV)
(Authority Competent to accept Tender)
List of mandatory machinery, tools & plants to be deployed by the Contractor at site:-
1._5 T Chain block- 2 nos. 2. 10 T Chain block-2 nos. 3. Lifting & pulling device
-2 nos.
4._Rig- 2 Sets 5.
-
6
Clause 25
25 (i) Appellate Authority
Appointing Authority
-
-
-
ED (RI)/RITES/Gurgaon
(The Authority immediately above
Engineer-in-charge to whom the
Engineer-in-charge report)
ED (RI)/RITES/Gurgaon
(The Authority competent to appoint
Arbitrator as per Item 9.2 of SOP)
Clause 36 (i) & (iii)
157
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Minimum Qualifications & Experience required and Discipline to which should belong
Designation
Minimum
Qualification
Principal Technical Graduate Engineer
Representative
Deputy
Technical Diploma Engineer
Representative
Engineers
Diploma Engineer
Minimum
working
experience
5
Discipline to
which should Number
belong
Mech./Civil
1
3
Mech./Civil
1
2
Civil
1
36 (iv) Recovery for non-deployment of Principal Technical Representative and Deputy Technical
Representative
Designation
Principal Technical
Representative
Deputy Technical Representative
Engineer (Degree Holder)
Engineer (Diploma Holder
Rate of Recovery per month (in Rs.) for nondeployment
Rs. 500/Rs. 300/Rs. 200/-
Clause 42
i)(a)
ii)
a)
b)
c)
d)
Schedule/statement for determining
theoretical quantity of cement &
bitumen on the basis of Delhi
Schedule of Rates printed by CPWD
Variations permissible on theoretical
quantities
Cement
- for works with estimated cost
put to tender not more than Rs.5 lakhs
- for works with estimated cost put to
tender more than Rs.5 lakhs
Bitumen for All Works
Steel Reinforcement and structural
steel sections for each diameter,
section and category
All other materials
158
DSR 2007
3% plus / minus
2% plus / minus
2.5% plus only & nil on minus side
2% plus / minus
Nil
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
RECOVERY RATES FOR QUANTITIES BEYOND PERMISSIBLE VARIATION: NOT
APPLICABLE
Sl.
No.
Description of
Item
1
2
Cement
Steel
reinforcement
Structural Sections
Bitumen issued
free
Bitumen issued at
stipulated fixed
price
3
4
5
Rates in figures and words at which recovery shall be made
from the Contractor
Excess beyond permissible
Less use beyond the
variation
permissible variation
Clause 46
Clause 46.10
Details of temporary accommodation
including number of rooms and their
sizes as well as furniture to be made
available by the Contractor
Not Applicable
(If not applicable indicate accordingly)
Whether Clause 46.11.1A applicable
YES /NO
Whether Clause 46.13A applicable
YES / NO
Clause 46.17
City of Jurisdiction of Court
Clause 47.2.1
Sum for which Third Party
Insurance to be obtained.
KOLKATA
Rs. One Lakhs per occurrence
with the number of occurrences limited to four.
Clause 55
Whether clause 55 shall
be applicable.
YES/ NO
If yes, time allowed for completion
of sample floor/unit.
Not Applicable months from
Date of start of work
159
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Section - 5
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
160
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION 5
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED SYSTEM
1.1 HYDRANT SYSTEM
1.1.1
CODES AND STANDARD
The design & installation of complete system shall comply with the latest applicable codes as mentioned below: -
SL. NO
CODES
ISSUED BY
1.
Recommendation of Fire Safety
West Bengal Fire & Emergency Services
2.
NBCC CODES
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE (PART – IV )
3.
IS: 3844
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR INSTTALATION OF FIRE HYDRANT &
HOSE REELSYSTEM.
4.
FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL
5.
NFPA CODES
TARIFF ADVISORY COMMITTEE (TAC).
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION ( USA )
1.1.2 BASIS OF DESIGN
Fire Hydrant System shall meet the following requirements: i)
Risk: Factory Main and adjacent areas like Sub-station, Hard Stands, Parking area, Office building etc.
ii)
Design Standard: As per West Bengal Fire & Emergency Services recommendation & NBC.
iii)
Min. running pressure: 3.5 Kg. / cm2 required at remotest Hydrant / Landing Valve
1.1.3 DESCRIPTION OF HYDRANT SYSTEM
1.1.3.1 The fire protection system shall consist of pump sets along with necessary instruments, valves, and large
network of pipes both underground and over ground which feed pressurized water, to a number of indoor and
outdoor hydrant valves, Installation Control Valve and Hose reel. These hose reels, Installation Control Valve
and hydrant valves shall be located at different locations throughout the Plant & associated Building complex.
1.1.3.2 The piping network shall be provided with a number of cut-off valves or isolation valves located inside valve
pits so that water can be diverted from any damaged section to the point of use such that the availability of
the water supply piping network is maintained at high level along with the best possible water pressure at the
seat of fire.
For meeting the water requirement for hydrant system there shall be one horizontal centrifugal pump. The
pump is electrical motor driven only. In addition to the above there shall be one Diesel Engine driven
161
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
STAND-BY Fire pump. In case of failure to start the Electric Motor driven Fire Pump or owing to any other
reason whatsoever when the Main fire pump does not come in operation the stand by Fire Pump will come
in operation automatically through pressure switch and will feed the water in the system. In addition to
the above two there shall be one electrical motor driven jockey pump to maintain constant pressure in the
supply header.
1.1.3.3 The pumping arrangement as explained above shall serve for the Hydrant system only. Jockey pump shall serve
system as explained in the enclosed Drawing. Starting of all the fire pumps shall be automatic but stopping of
the pumps, other than the jockey pump, shall be manual. Manual starting/ stopping can be done only from
Composite Control Panel located inside the Pump House.
1.1.3.4 Pipelines for hydrant system shall be charged with pressurized water up to the hydrant valves. Small system
leakage shall be made up by makeup water supply from the jockey pump installed inside the Pump House. The
jockey pump shall be stopped automatically on build-up pressure in the water header.
1.1.3.5 When any of the hydrant valves in the system is opened; water pressure in the water pipe line shall fall
rapidly. In such circumstances, the water shall be supplied from the jockey pump to make up for this
water loss. But being inadequate to meet the demand, water pressure in the water main shall decrease
further and impulse from pressure switch shall start the fire pump through the panel to be located in the
Fire Water Pump House. Setting of Pressure switches shall be adjustable so that any desirable sequence
of starting may be achieved at site.
1.1.3.6 ALL FIRE PUMPS; JOCKEY PUMP ALONG WITH COMPOSITE CONTROL PANEL ETC. SHALL BE
LOCATED IN THE FIRE WATER PUMP HOUSE.
1.1.3.7 In case of fire outbreak, hose pipes fitted with branch pipe and nozzle are to be connected to the
hydrant valves / landing valve and then hydrant valves/landing valves are to be opened, and the
pressurised water jet is to be directed towards the seat of fire for extinguishments.
1.2 PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS
Portable fire extinguishers will be provided at all working floors of all buildings / plants / substation, and it
associated areas at strategic locations and as guided by IS: 2190 – Selection, Installation of First –Aid
Fire Extinguishers – code of Practice / Rule No.4.0 of Fire Protection Manual issued by Tariff Advisory
Committee (TAC) to arrest small fire at their incipient stages. Based on the class of fire the following
type of extinguishers are proposed to be installed at suitable locations in the respective area as per
class of fire identified in IS: 2190.
162
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5Kg & 10 Kg Capacity DCP Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 2171 (Latest edition)
4.5Kg & 22.5 Kg Capacity CO2 Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 2878 (Latest edition)
9 Liter Capacity Water Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 940 (Latest edition)
9 Liter Capacity Mechanical Foam Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 10204 (Latest
edition)
4.5 kg Capacity ABC Powder Type Fire Extinguishers conforming to IS: 13849 (Latest edition)
Fire Bucket conforming to IS: 2546 (Latest edition)
1.2.1
GENERAL
a)
The design, manufacture, material of construction and performance of all extinguishers will comply
with the requirements of latest revisions of the relevant codes/standards and codes of practice as
indicated in the relevant data sheets.
b)
Each extinguisher will be complete with handle, initial charge, fixing bracket, screws and other
accessories. The front of the extinguishers will be permanently marked with the type, fire class for
which it is suitable, its contents, usage and method of operation.
c)
The Extinguisher manufacturer will conduct all tests required to ensure that the equipment furnished
would conform to specification requirements, relevant Indian Standards and applicable codes. The
particulars of the test will be submitted to the Purchaser/Consultant for approval before conducting
the tests. The manufacturer will inform the purchaser/consultant well ahead of major shop tests, so
that if the purchaser/consultant so desires, his representative can witness the tests.
d)
The manufacturer will guarantee all equipment supplied by him against any defect due to faulty
design, material and workmanship. The equipment shall be guaranteed to operate satisfactorily at the
rated conditions.
e)
Necessary tools, spanners etc will be supplied for regular maintenance.
f)
Copies of ISI approval, manufacturer’s test certificate will be supplied along with extinguishers. For
CO2 type extinguishers, certificate from chief Inspector of Explosive will be submitted.
163
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
g)
Except trolley mounted extinguisher, all portable extinguishers will be mounted along the column /
walls near entry / exit and at a height of 1200 mm from finished floor level. Necessary grouting /
welding of supporting fixture to be done.
h)
In addition to mandatory markings as stipulated in relevant IS codes, each extinguishers will have
following permanent punching at the bottom of ring.
Manufacturer’s Name.
Year of Manufacturing.
Manufacturer’s Serial number.
Purchase Order Number & Date.
Inspector’s stamp
The date of hydraulic test along with next date of hydraulic test where applicable.
Filling height to be marked on the extinguisher where applicable.
i)
Drawings of distribution of extinguishers with respect to their type, capacity & numbers in various
premises to be submitted for approval along with QAP in TAC’s format.
1.00.00 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
The design & installation of complete system shall comply with the latest applicable codes as mentioned below: SL. NO
CODES
ISSUED BY
1.
IS: 2189
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
2.
UL UL 268
SMOKE DETECTORS FOR FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS.
3.
NFPA 72
4.
NFPA 72 F
NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE
INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND USE OF EMERGENCY
VOICE/ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.
1.1.0
PROPOSED SYSTEM
1.1.1
The AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION, ALARM AND PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM has been
designed to provide, an instantaneous visual and audible fire Signal in the event of Fire, to prevent loss
of life, damages property etc. by early warning to occupants in the effected premises so as to extent
necessary help to rescue trapped occupants and to obtain necessary help of the fire fighting and
salvage Staff.
164
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
The fire condition in different areas shall be indicated on Main fire alarm panel located in the Fire
Control Room. This panel will be connected to various intelligent type automatic detectors and
intelligent type manual call points located at various vulnerable points of the complex by suitable
cable to be run through cable facility.
As soon as there is any fire at any part of the plant / building it will be automatically announced in
the Fire Alarm Audibly and Visually pinpointing the location of fire so that people can take adequate
measure to extinguish fire. Spacing of detector’s shall be strictly as per IS: 2189.
The general principles shall be to provide good design and construction of Fire detection system.
Firstly to detect quickly enough to fulfill its intended function, transmitting the detecting signal
reliably,
Translate this signal into a clear alarm indication (Audio & Visual) which will attract the attention of
the user in an immediate and fail-proof way, & pinpointing location of fire and initiate operation of
ancillary service like Fire Extinguishing System etc.
2
SYSTEM: Following areas to be covered by automatic Fire Alarm and Detection System. Location /
Spacing of Detectors and type of Detectors for specific application to be provided strictly as per
NFPA-72 / IS: 2189. The minimum quantity should be as per enclosed drawings.
(a) ALL OFFICE FLOOR
(b) MAIN FACTORY SHED.
(c) FIRE PUMP HOUSE
(d) HT RM. & LT. RM
(e) SUB STATION
The fire condition in different areas shall be indicated on Main fire alarm panel located in the Fire Control
Room. This panel will be connected to various ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type automatic detectors and
ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type manual call points (refer to SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE & various
drawings enclosed) located at various vulnerable points of the Building and associated areas by suitable cable
to be run through cable facility.
Number of detectors and their location shall be so selected that complete zone of individual
detectors shall overlap without leaving any blind zone. Shop / Floor wise drawings have been
enclosed with bid so that bidder can estimate the quantity of equipment required for the System.
It is the responsibility of bidder to develop detail drawings and get it approved by consultant/
purchaser and from Local Fire Service.
165
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
The automatic detectors shall be type suitable for detection of smoke caused due to slow fire or detection of
heat caused due to rate of rise in temperature in the surrounding. The Fire alarm panel shall draw its power
from an integral uninterrupted power supply arrangement comprising suitable battery capable of supplying
maximum alarm and hooter load at an adequate voltage for at least 24 hours in normal condition and 30
Minutes in Trouble condition. These batteries together with automatic trickle charging and re-charging
facility land suitable surge preventive device shall have to be provided.
The system has been explained in various drawings enclosed with the specification. The entire Building and
associated area has been covered by ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type detection system. As soon as there
is any fire at any part of the building it will be automatically announced in the Fire Alarm Panel audibly and
visually pinpointing the location of fire so that people can take adequate measure to extinguish fire.
3
FIRE ALARM PANEL:
The Fire Alarm Panel shall work as the central controller of the entire system(s). The Fire Alarm Panel shall be
compatible to receive and process analogue information from the detection devices, provide audible and visual
indication of alarm and other conditions to the user, automatically initiate alarm response sequences and provide
the user interface for interrogation and user programming of the system.
The Fire Alarm Panel shall be compatible to updates to the panel operating software shall be simple to undertake
and shall not require the use of replaceable components. The operating program and configuration memory shall
be stored in non-volatile memory and shall not rely on batteries for retention. The Fire Alarm Panel shall
incorporate separate microprocessors for signaling loop control and central operation. The Fire Alarm Panel shall
be compatible to easily configure all basic operating characteristics and variables through the user interface on
the FACP to satisfy the detection zone and output mapping of the premises. If called in Bill of Material, A PC
Tool operating under the Windows ™ operating system shall also be available to fully program the panel. It shall
be possible to utilize this PC Tool from a remote location, via modem, to interrogate the FACP for event history,
fault diagnosis and maintenance history. ALL RELATED SOFTWARE FOR ENTIRE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO
BE SUPPLIED SEPARATELY BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER. PRICE FOR THE SAME SHOULD BE
INCLUDED IN THEIR BID. NO EXTRA / SEPARATE PRICE FOR THOSE SOFTWARE’S WILL BE PROVIDED
The panel shall communicate with the connected devices on the Signalling Line circuit for status monitoring.
Fire Alarm Panel shall be suitable to receive signal from all types of intelligent / conventional type automatic
and manual actuators. When signal is received a visual alarm consisting of red LED and intermittent buzzer
comes on. This pin points the area of distress. The external hooters shall start sounding on receipt of fire
signal from the respective area only. The panel shall have the following features.
166
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a. Main fire alarm panel at control room shall be floor / wall mounted type.
b. Panel shall have a glass front door which can be locked internal operational controls are always visible
but not accessible to unauthorised person.
c. Repeat alarm annunciation and cancellation facility shall have to be provided through common accepted
push button.
d. Automatic charge over to secondary power source shall have to be provided in case of interruption in the
incoming AC supply.
e. An audiovisual alarm to be provided in the event of ‘Low Battery Voltage’.
f. Both Detectors and Control panels are of ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE type. Based on the type of fire
risk, smoke (Optical), multi sensor (optical +heat), heat detectors etc are connected in panel.
g. The protected area should be divided into zones in order that a clear indication can be given of that part
of area from which the alarm has originated. Careful consideration is necessary in determining the
arrangement of zones.
The protected area should be divided into zones in order that a clear indication can be given of that part of area
from which the alarm has originated. Careful consideration is necessary in determining the arrangement of
zones. Accessibility, size the provisions for containment of smoke and fire and the fire routine determined for the
premises have been taken into account. Zones should readily be accessible from the main circulation routes
leading from the point where the control and indicating equipment is sited.
The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be of metal construction. It shall be capable of surface or semi-flush mounting.
The panel shall meet IP30 minimum ingress protection classification. It shall not be possible to open the enclosure
without a key or special tool. The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be equipped with a graphics liquid crystal display
as the primary indicator. The display shall incorporate an LED backlight that will illuminate upon any event or
button press.
It shall be possible to provide remote terminals to monitor (Remote Display Terminal) or monitor & control (Remote
Control Terminal) operation of the Fire Alarm Panel. The remote terminals shall connect to the Fire Alarm Panel via
a network communications card. The Remote Control Terminal shall provide the same display, indication and
buttons as the Fire Alarm Panel.
Remote Control shall provide the capability to silence alarms, resound alarms, evacuate and reset the system. In
addition, it shall be possible to remotely enable or disable zones and points and remotely configure a zone walk test.
The fire alarm system should have minimum following features in addition to other features explained in the
technical specification:
167
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4
a)
BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY.
b)
FLEXIBILITY.
c)
ADDRESSABILITY.
d)
WALK TEST.
e)
SENSIVITY ADJUSTMENT.
f)
PRE-ALARM SIGNAL.
g)
HISTORY-LOG:
h)
GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATION (if asked for)
i)
USER FRINDLY
j)
FIELD PROGRAMMABILITY
k)
FLEXIBILITY FOR EXTERNAL SYSTEM.
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM
The public address system specially designed typically used during fire situations, which the Life-Safety Code
requires for certain types of installations. The public address system is usually part of high-end fire alarm
systems, primarily in places of assembly. The system uses spoken messages to evacuate public facilities in an
orderly fashion during emergencies. A typical alarm message would state, "Attention please: There has been a
report of an emergency. Proceed calmly to the nearest exit, and leave the plant / building immediately.
The public address system requirements include:
a)
Occupant notification shall be by means of voice announcements, either prerecorded, or initiated by the
person in the constantly attended location.
b)
The announcement shall be made via an approved voice communications or public address system,
provided with an emergency power source above the ambient noise level of the assembly occupancy.
c)
Measure or estimate the ambient noise level and determine speaker wattage and locations. Use
manufacturer's tables and recommendations.
d)
Be sure speakers are in normally occupied areas to protect workers or personnel.
It is basically consists of a required capacity (Bidder to decide) Amplifier Panel with separate Battery & Charger,
Microphone etc. This panel is again connected to different Hooter / Speaker via interface Modules located
throughout the plant.
In case of fire, due to rise of temperature or smoke the detector(s) will be actuated for respective zone.
Since the control modules meant for Hooter / Speaker are programmed, therefore hooters are starts
sounding due to actuation of detectors. In case concern Fire Officer feels that some announcement is
168
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
require to announce for fire affected zone, the same shall be achieved from Microphone connected to
Amplifier Panel by simply pressing respective zone switch. The hooter in that case shall change to speaker
for voice announcement. If it is required to announce for all area / zone, there shall be an arrangement of
ALL CALL announcement also.
5
COMPONENTS OF THE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM
The components shall consist of:
1. Intelligent (addressable/analog) fire alarm control panel(s), CPU, VDU, Printer.
2. Equipment and circuits for the following:
i. Evacuation notification devices
ii. Fire alarm system monitored ,controlled and fault isolation equipment
iii. Analogue Addressable Manual Call Station.
iv. Analogue Addressable Multi-criteria Detectors.
v. Analogue Addressable Optical smoke Detectors.
vi. Analogue Addressable Rate of Rise cum fixed temperature Heat detectors
vii. Response Indicator.
viii. Sounders and Strobe Light
ix. Analogue Addressable Interface unit
x. Analogue Addressable Interface Control unit
xi. Analogue Addressable Fault Isolator Module,
xii. LCD Alphanumeric Display Annunciator
xiii. P. A. Equipment and circuits
xiv. Cable and raceways for interconnecting the above
169
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
1.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF PUMP
1.1
GENERAL
a) The pump shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated capacity for continuous operation at
its best efficiency point.
170
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b) Pump shall have a continuously rising head characteristic from its operating point towards shut-off without any
zone of instability.
c) The pumping set(s) shall be directed-coupled and securely mounted on a robust base plate, shall free from
vibration at all variations of load.
d) Pumps shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150% of rated capacity at a head of not less than 65% of
the rated head. The shut – off head shall not exceed 120% of rated head in the case of horizontal pumps.
e) Pumps shall comply with the regulations of Tariff Advisory committee (TAC). In case of difference between
any sections of this specification and Technical Data specification Sheet, the requirement as given in Technical
Data specification sheet – shall govern.
1.2
DESIGN REQUIREMENT
a) The pump shall be A.C. Electric Motor driven / Engine driven as called for in Technical Data specification sheet.
b) The equipment shall be capable of developing the required total head at rated capacity for continuous
operation.
c) The total head capacity curve shall be continuously rising towards the shut-off. The maximum head shall be
equal to the shut off head.
d) Pumps of a particular category shall be identical. Identical pumps shall be suitable for parallel operation with
equal load division, if specified in Technical Data specification sheet, components of identical pumps shall be
interchangeable.
e) Impellers shall preferably be of non – overloading type.
f) Pumps shall run smooth without undue noise and vibration. The magnitude of peak-to-peak vibration at shop
shall be limited to 75 microns at the bearing housings. After installation at site the magnitude of vibration shall
be limited to 50 microns.
1.3
FEATURES OF CONSTRUCTIONS
Pumps shall be of horizontal centrifugal type with required number of stages suitable for the services
conditions.
1.3.1 CASING
Pump casing may be axially or radically split as specified in Data Sheet. The casing shall be of robust
construction. Liquid passages in the casing shall be finished smooth. Casing drain and vent connection
shall be provided. Casing shall withstand without expansion joint the usual moments and thrusts.
1.3.2 IMPELLER
a. The impeller shall be dynamically balanced so as not to cause any vibration during operation.
Signature of the tenderer
171
Under the seal of the firm
b. Impellers shall be made in one piece and securely keyed to the shaft. Means shall be provided to
prevent loosening during operation including rotation in reverse direction.
c. Impeller fastening nuts (if provided) shall be of cap type and shall tighten in the direction of normal
rotation.
1.3.3 WEARING RINGS
Wearing rings shall be of renewable type, these shall be held in place by screwing against rotation, press fit
and locked with pins. Opposed wear surfaces of harden able material shall have a hardness difference of at
least 50 BHN.
1.3.4 SHAFT
The shaft shall be finished to close tolerance at the impeller, coupling pulley and bearing diameters. The
impeller, pulley and shaft sleeves shall be firmly secured to the shaft by key and / or nuts. The size of the
shaft shall be calculated on the basic of maximum combined shear stress. The shear stress shall not exceed
30 percent of the elastic limit I tension or 18 percent of ultimate tensile strength whichever is lower.
1.3.5 SHAFT SLEEVES
Replaceable shaft sleeves shall be provided to protect the shaft where it passes through stuffing boxes
unless the pump is equipped with mechanical seals, in which case sleeves are preferred but not essential.
The end of the shaft sleeve assembly shall extend through the packing gland. Shaft sleeves shall be
securely locked or keyed to the shaft to prevent loosening or rotating.
1.3.6 BEARINGS
The bearings may be ball, roller or sleeve type. Provision shall be made to take axial and radial loads,
Bearings shall be water-cooled, if the temperature of the liquid to be pumped exceeds 176.5 Degree C. (350
degree F) oil level indicators shall be provided in oil baths.
Grease lubricated ball bearings are acceptable, if the pump is specifically designed for grease lubrication
and if operating conditions meet the following three requirements: a)
Shaft speed does not exceed the speed limit recommended by the bearing manufacturers.
b)
Fluid temperature is not more than 65.50 C (135 F)
c)
Suction pressure is below 7 Kg / cm2 and with no other source of high thrust load.
d)
Wherever thrust bearings are fitted, suitable arrangement for adjusting clearances shall be
provided.
e)
Each bearing housing shall have a drain plug.
172
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.3.7 STUFFING BOXES
Stuffing boxes shall be of such design that they can be repacked without removing any part other than the
gland and lantern ring. Packed stuffing boxed with lantern ring shall be provided with inlet and outlet piping
connections to the lantern ring so as to cool them with water for services where the pumping temperature
exceeds 420 degree C (248 Degree F). Stuffing boxes shall be so designed that standard packing ca be
removed and replaced be mechanical seals, or vice-versa, when desired.
In case where lantern ring is use, it shall be sandwiched between rows of pickings, and shall be easily
removable. Lantern rings shall be axially split type.
1.3.8 COUPLING
Pumps shall be furnished complete with an approved type of flexible coupling. Spacer type couplings shall
be provided when required to permit dissembling the pump without removing the pipe connections or to
permit removal of mechanical seal without disturbing pump and driver. Coupling halves shall be bored and
keyed to fit shafts of the pump and the motor by the vendor. Both halves of the coupling shall be match
marked. Coupling guards, made of expanded metal and bolted to the base plate shall be furnished for all
coupled pumps.
1.3.9 BASE PLATE
The common base plate for pump and motor shall be in one piece. Suitable holes shall be provided for
grouting and they shall be so located that the base can be grouted in place without disturbing the pump and
motor. All pumps and motors shall be properly aligned, bolted and dowelled to the base plates by the
vendor. Adequate space shall be provided between pump drain connections and base plate for installation
of minimum 15 mm drain piping. Pumps shall supply with suitable drain pans or drain rim type base plates
with tapped drain connections.
1.3.10 ACCESSORIES.
a)
All accessories required for proper and safe operation shall be furnished with the pumps.
b) Each stage of the pump, unless self-venting, shall be provided with a suitable vent connection, complete
with valves.
c)
Darin connection shall be provided at low points. All incidental piping (including valves) required for
sealing, lubrication and cooling for stuffing box packing and or bearing of pumps shall be furnished by the
supplier.
173
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.3.11 TESTS & INSPECTION
A) Performance Tests
Pumps shall be tested in the MANUFACTURER’S works. Pumps shall be given running test over the entire
operating range covering from the shutoff head to the run-out flow. The duration of test shall minimum of
five readings approximately equidistant shall be taken for plotting the curves
B) NPSH TESTS
NPSH tests shall be conducted with water as the medium,
C) MECHANICAL BALANCING
I.
Static balancing
Major rotating components of the pumps like impellers, etc. shall be individually statically balanced.
II.
Dynamic Balancing
In addition to static balancing, pumps shall be balance dynamically also in the following cases:
a) For speeds in excess of 1500 RPM, if rated capacity is more than 60 M3/hr and impeller diameter is
more than 150mm.
b) All pumps for speeds more than 3000 RPM.
c) For the pumps other than those listed above, dynamic balancing shall be offered,
D) VISUAL INSPECTION
Pumps shall be offered for visual inspection by the vendor before shipment. The components of the pumps
shall not be painted before inspection.
E) FIELD TESTING
After installation, the pumps offered will be subjected to testing at field also. If the field performance is
found not
to meet the requirements, then the equipment shall be rectified or replaced by the vendor, at
no extra cost to the purchaser.
F) MATERIAL TEST CERTIFICATE
Material of the various pump components shall be tested in accordance with the relevant standards, Test
certificates for these shall be furnished for the purchaser’s approval.
G) WELDMENTS
I. All welding shall be done in accordance with ASME section VIII/IS: 2825/IBR. All welding procedures
shall be submitted for the purchaser’s approval prior to welding.
II. The vendor for the purchaser’s approval shall furnish necessary test certificated for the various tests.
174
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
III. Performance curves capacity vs total head, efficiency, NPSH and KW requirement ranging from run-out
flow to shut off hand. Typical cross sectional drawing showing constructional details and indicating
materials of construction of various components.
H) NAME PLATE
Each pump shall be provided with a name plate indicating the following details
a.
Design capacity
b.
Total head.
c.
Speed.
d.
Motor rating.
e.
Model.
f.
Manufacturer’s serial number.
g.
Weight of equipment.
h.
Tag number.
1.4 DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
a)
Final overall dimensional drawings for the pump set. These shall show all the major parameters of
the pump set.
b)
Civil drawings, with the detail of fixing, grouting, sealing, net weights, clearances and any other
relevant data required for the design of civil structure.
c)
Cross sectional drawings for pump with the complete bill of material and relevant standards.
Recommended spare parts for 3 years normal working shall be indicated.
2.0
d)
Piping arrangement drawing for sealing, lubricating, cooling system with terminal point details.
e)
Motor drawings with details of cable entry, grouting etc.
f)
Performance curves.
g)
Test certificates for materials.
h)
Operation and maintenance manual.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF MOTOR
2.1 CODES AND STANDARDS
The design, materials, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and performance of induction motors shall
comply with all currently applicable standard, regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment
175
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
will be installed. The equipment shall also conform to the latest applicable standard. Nothing in this
specification shall be construed to relieve the vendor of responsibility.
Motor shall conform to the latest applicable standard specified. In case of conflict between the standards and
the specification, this specification shall govern.
2.2 PERFORMANCE AND CHARACTERISTICS
A) Motors shall be capable of giving rated output without reduction in the expected life span when
operated continuously under either of the following supply conditions as specified.
1)
Variation of supply voltage from rated motor voltage
10%
2)
Variation in supply frequency from rated frequency
5%
3)
Combined voltage and frequency variation
10%
B) Motor shall be suitable for starting as specified in the drawing.
C) Motor shall be cable of starting and accelerating the load with the applicable method of starting,
when the supply voltage is in the range 85% of the rated motor voltage to maximum permissible
voltage specified in the data sheet.
D) The locked motor current shall not exceed 600% of full load current (subject to tolerance as per the
applicable standard) of rating.
E) Motor shall be designed to withstand 120% of rated speed for two minutes without any mechanical
damage, in either direction of rotation.
F) The motor vibration shall be within the limits specified in applicable standard unless otherwise
specified for the driven equipment.
G) Except as mentioned herein, the generated performance as of the motor shall be made with tolerance
specified in applicable standard.
H) Motors to be supplied in one frame higher size than the standard IEC frame to take care of higher
Thermal Withstand Time because of Fire Pump duty.
2.3 INSULATION
a) Any joints in the motor insulation such as at coil connections or between slot end winding sections, shall
have strength equivalent to that of the slot sections of the coil.
b) The insulation shall be given tropical and fungicidal treatment for successful operation of the motor in hot,
humid and tropical climate. The tropical treatment shall be as per the applicable standard.
2.4 TEMPERATURE RISE
176
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a) The temperature rise shall not exceed the values given in Table below:
Temperature Measurement by
Insulation class
Max. Temperature rise for all
types of enclosures
Thermometer Method
B
70 o c
Winding Resistance Method
E
75 o c
B
80 o c
F
100 o c
H
125 o c
These temperature rises are acceptable for an ambient temperature of 40 oC. The temperature rises for other
ambient conditions shall be as specified in data sheet
2.5 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES
a) The motor construction shall be suitable for easy disassembly and assembly. The enclosure shall be sturdy
and shall permit easy removal of any part of the motor for the inspection and repairs.
b) Motors weighing more than 25kg. shall be provided with eyebolts, other means to facilitate
lifting/handling.
c) Except, as noted, horizontal motor shall be foot mounted type and vertical motors shall be flange-mounted
type. When the motor is supplied with driven equipment including a common base (bed plate, channels etc.)
the vendor shall ensure that such bedplate is adequately braced to keep vibration and misalignment within
satisfactory limits
2.6 BEARINGS
a) Greased ball bearings or greased roller bearings shall be of reputed make subject to the PURCHASER
Approval. The life expectancy of the bearings shall be stated.
b) The bearings shall be so constructed that the loose of lubricating fluid is kept to a minimum and greasing
shall be possible without any dismantling operation.
c)
The bearing shall prevent dirt and water from getting into the motor. Bearing lubricant shall not find
access to motor windings.
d) The bearings shall permit running of the motor in either direction of rotation.
e) If the bearings are oil lubricated, a drain plug shall be provided for draining residual oil and oil level sight
gauge shall be provided to show precise oil level sight for standstill and running conditions.
177
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
f) Unless otherwise approved, bearing lubricating system shall be such that no external forced oil or water is
necessary to maintain the required oil supply or keep bearing temperature within design limits.
g) Lubricants shall be so selected for prolonged storage and normal use of the motors in tropical climate and
shall contain corrosion and oxidation inhibitors. Grease shall have suitable bleeding characteristics to
minimize setting.
h) Sleeve bearings for use with motors having flexible couplings with limited end play, shall have adequate
axial end play to permit assembly so as to prevent transmitting of thrust from driven equipment to motor
bearings.
2.7 TERMINAL BOX
a) Terminal boxes shall be of weatherproof construction designed for outdoor service, to eliminate entry of
dust and water, Gaskets of neoprene or approved equivalent shall be provided at cover joints and
between box and motor frame.
b) The terminal box shall be suitable for top and bottom entry of cables.
c) Unless otherwise approved, the terminal box shall be capable of being turned through 360 degree in steps
of 90 degree.
d) The terminal shall be of the stud type with necessary plain washers, spring washers and check-nuts.
They shall be substantially designed for the current carrying capacity and shall ensure ample phase to
phase and phase to ground clearances.
e) The motor vendor to match purchaser’s cables shall supply suitable cable glands and cable lugs.
f) Two independent earthing points shall be provided on opposite sides for the motor, for bolted connection
of the purchaser’s earthing conductors, as specified in the Data Sheet. These earthing points shall be in
addition to earthing stud provided in the terminal box.
g) Except when otherwise specified, the motors shall be provided with a bare shaft extension having a key
slot and key at the driving end.
2.8 PAINT AND FINISH
a) Motor external parts shall be finished and painted to produce a neat and durable surface, which would
prevent rusting, and corrosion. The equipment shall be thoroughly degrease, all rusty, sharp edges and
scale removed and treated with one coat of primer and finished with two coats of Grey enamel paint.
b) The motor fan shall also be painted to withstand corrosion.
2.9 WINDING:
178
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a) All six leads of the stator winding shall be brought out to the terminal box. Winding shall be adequately
braced and overhang portion shall be suitably strengthened. End connections between winding leads and
motor terminal studs shall be done through brazed or crimping type lugs.
b) Rotor: The rotor shall be dynamically balanced and shall rotate perfectly with no preferential
stop points.
2.10 TESTS
a) Motor shall be subjected to all the routine tests as per applicable standard in the presence of the
purchaser’s representative. Copies of test certificate of type and routine tests, as specified in the
specification shall be furnished for the purchaser’s approval.
2.11 DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
a)
Final overall dimensional drawings for the Motor. These shall show all the major parameters of
the Motor.
b)
Civil drawings, with the detail of fixing, grouting, sealing, net weights, clearances and any other
relevant data required for the design of civil structure.
c)
Cross sectional drawings for pump with Motor, the complete bill of material and relevant
standards. Recommended spare parts for 3 years normal working shall be indicated.
d)
Piping arrangement drawing for sealing, lubricating, cooling system with terminal point details.
e)
Motor drawings with details of cable entry, grouting etc.
f)
Performance curves.
g)
Test certificates for materials.
h)
Operation and maintenance manual.
3.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DIESEL ENGINE
3.1
INTENT OF SPECIFICATION
This specification covers the design, performance, manufacturing, construction features and testing of compression
ignition diesel engine, to drive centrifugal pumps, used for the purpose of fire fighting.
3.2
CODES AND STANDARDS
The design, manufacture, shop testing, erection, testing and commissioning of compression ignition diesel engines
shall conform to the latest revision of followings standards and codes, in addition to other relevant standards and
manufacturer’s own standard. Nothing in this specifications shall be construed to relives the bidder’s responsibility.
BS-649: performance of reciprocating compression-ignition diesel engines for general purposes.
179
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
IS: 10000 (Pt 1 to 12): code for type testing of constant speed IC engines for general purposes.
ASME. PTC-17: performance test code for reciprocating IC engines.
FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL: Issued by tariff advisory committee.
3.3
DESIGN AND COSTRUCTION REQUIREMENT.
3.3.1
General
a) The diesel engine shall be of:
I.
Multi cylinder type.
II.
Direct injection.
III.
Four stroke cycle.
IV.
Water Cooled.
V.
Cold starting type.
Considering all auxiliary power consumption, the continuous engine b. h. p. rating shall be at latest 20% greater
than the requirements at the/duty point of pump at rated r. p. m. at the 150% site conditions, in any case, shall not
be less than the maximum power requirement at any condition of operation of pump.
b) De-rating factors, considered by the manufacturer to arrive at the shaft power of the diesel engine at site,
shall not be less than the
i)
3% for each 305-meter elevation above MSL.
c) 1% for each 5.6 0 C rise in air temperature above 15. 60 C
d) Since the fire-pumping unit is not required to run continuously for long period and operation will not be very
frequent, special features shall be built into the engine to allow it to start instantaneously against full load,
even if it has remained idle for long period.
e) The engine shall have an integral positive displacement pump to provide normal pressure lubrication to the
engine bearing; cylinders; big and bearings; valves gear etc. the pump shall be driven by main engine
camshaft. Additional splash lubrication shall be provided to protect the cylinder walls when engine wall start
after an ideal period.
f) The engine shall be design considering case of maintenance, repair, cleaning and inspection.
g) Every part should be subjected to substantial temperature changes and shall be designed and supported to
permit free expansion and contraction without resulting in leakage, harmful distortion or miss-alignment.
h) The engine shall be designed for continuous operation at full load for a period of at least eight (8) hours.
i)
The cooling water system for the diesel engine shall be once through type and radiator shall not be used. The
cooling water shall be taken from the pump delivery and after circulation thorough the cooling jackets; it
180
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
shall be discharged above the engine level into an open drain tunic. The rate of flow shall be regulated
through an adequately sized orifice.
3.3.2
START-UP.
a) The engine shall be able to start quickly from cold condition. The starting system shall include a DC motor
having high starting torque to overcome full engine compression. The engine shall be provided with two (2)
sets of 24 volts heavy duty, stationery type lead acid batteries encased in a hard rubber container. The
batteries shall have ample capacity to start the engine several times in succession. One (1) set of battery
shall be used for automatic starting of the engine and the other shall be used for manual starting. The Battery
charger should be with provision of battery voltage monitoring at appropriate location as suggested by
Consultant.
b) The diesel engine driven pumping set shall be started automatically by a switch mounted on the end cover
of the starting motor, which shall be coupled to the engine pump shaft. The starting motor shall be left
burning the engine for an indefinite period without any danger of damage from over heating. The weighted
switch area shall be normally held in a raised position by a spring catch. In the event of fire, owing to the
fall of pressure in the main header up to a pre-determined value, the spring catch shall be released against
a diaphragm connected to it. When the switch arm falls, the switch shall close and the starting motor
shall cause the diesel engine to start. The engine shall run up to full speed automatically and the switch
shall remain closed during the operation of the set as the motor shall be so designed that when the diesel
engine reaches full speed, it takes no current from the battery but actually recharged it at a low rate.
c) The engine shall be capable of both automatic and manual start. The normal mode of starting is automatic but
in the event of failure of automatic start the engine can be started remote-manually.
d) The battery capacity shall be adequate for ten (10) consecutive starts without recharging with a cold engine
under full compression
3.3.3
Engine stop mechanism.
The engine stop mechanism shall be manually operated and return automatically to the starting position after
use
3.3.4
Governing.
a) The engine shall be fitted with a speed control device, which will control the speed under all condition of
load.
b) There should be an over speed alarm mechanism which will give an alarm at a certain speed above the
rated speed.
c) The governor shall be suitable for operation without external power supply.
181
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3.3.5
Fuel system.
a) The engine will run or light diesel oil.
b) The feed shall be fed by gravity from an adequately sized storage tank mounted separately close to the
pumping unit. The fuel storage tank shall be lead coated steel having sufficient capacity to run the engine at
full load from a minimum period of eight (8) hours. As per the statutory regulations, any valve in that pipe
between the tank and the engine shall be such that it can be locked in the open position. The tank shall be
fitted with all required accessories including magnetic level indicator etc. a sludge and sediment trap shall
also be provided.
c) The fuel tank shall be constructed of welded steel. The tank shall be above the inlet of fuel injection pump
of the diesel engine to ensure adequate pressure at suction of injection pump.
d) Fuel oil pipelines shall be independent for each engine and gradually slopped from the tank to the injection
pump. Valves in this line shall be kept near to the tank and kept locked in open position.
e) A filter shall be incorporated in this pipeline, in addition to other filters in the fuel oil system and shall be
mounted in an accessible position for cleaning.
f) Fuel oil system shall be designed to avoid any air pocket in any part of the pipe work, fuel pump,
sprayers/injectors, filter system etc.
3.3.6
Cooling water system.
The type of cooling system shall confirm to TAC rule No. 7.4.5.3 as follows:
Cooling by water from the discharge of fire pump (taken off prior to the pump discharge valve) direct into the
engine cylinder jackets via a pressure reducing device to limit the applied pressure to a safe value as specified
by the engine manufacturer. The outlet connection from this system shall terminate at least 150 mm. above
the engine water outlet pipe and be directed into an open tundish so that the discharge water is visible.
If cooling water tapped off from the discharged line of fire pump then the capacity of fire pump shall be
increased so that net capacity meant for fire extinguishments meets the specification requirements.
3.3.7
Accessories.
a) Steel guards for coupling, flywheel and other moving parts shall be provided.
b) The pump and engine shall be mounted on a steel fabricated base plate. Adequate access shall be
provided on the base plate to the big end and main bearings, can shaft and governor drives, water jacket
etc.
c) Indicator cocks on the cylinder head the engine shall also be provided with the followings: I. Inlet filter and silencer.
II. Outlet muffler.
182
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
III. Expansion joints.
IV. Dampers etc. as necessary for efficient operation, intake air should be taken from inside the buildings
in which the engine is located.
V. Other accessories necessary for efficient operation.
VI. The exhaust should be discharged out side the buildings (a minimum of 15 M route length envisaged)
and the exhaust duct shall be adequately sized for minimum pressure drop.
VII. The exhaust pipe shall be routed clearing man height.
VIII. The exhaust system shall be suitably designed to prevent condensate following into the engine.
3.3.8
Instrumentation.
Adequate instrumentation to be provided which will be located in panel. These shall include, but not
limited to the following:
3.4
a)
Speed indicator.
b)
Lubricating oil sump level indicator.
c)
Fuel oil tank level indicator.
d)
Voltmeter and ammeter in battery charging circuit.
e)
Temperature indicator in cooling water inlet and outlet.
f)
Temperature indicator in lubricating oil out let from the oil cooler.
g)
Pressure gauges for lubricating oil system.
DETAILS TO BE FURNISHED AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT
a)
Final overall dimensional drawings for the engine. These shall show all the major parameters of the
engine.
b)
Civil drawings, with the detail of fixing, grouting, sealing, net weights, clearances and any other
relevant data required for the design of civil structure.
c)
Cross sectional drawings for engine with the complete bill of material and relevant standards.
Recommended spare parts for 3 years normal working shall be indicated.
d)
Piping arrangement drawing for sealing, lubricating, cooling system with terminal point details.
e)
Engine drawings with details of cable entry, grouting etc.
f)
Performance curves.
g)
Test certificates for materials.
h)
Operation and maintenance manual.
183
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4.0
COMPOSITE CONTROL PANEL
4.1 SCOPE
This specification covers the design, manufacture, inspection and testing at manufacturer's works, packing
and dispatch of Composite control panel. The composite panel will be as per following details:
SL. NO.
DRAWING NO.
TITLE
1.
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003
G. A. OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL
2.
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003-1
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL
It is not the intent to specify completely herein all details of design and construction of the equipment.
However, the equipment shall conform to high standard of engineering, design and workmanship and shall be
capable of performing in continuous commercial operation up to vendors guarantee period.
4.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
The design, material, construction, manufacture, inspection, testing and performance of control cabinets
shall comply with all currently applicable regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment
will be installed. Nothing in this specification shall be construed to relieve the Vendor's responsibility.
Supply items, which are bought out by the Vendor, shall be procured from approved manufacturers
acceptable to the PURCHASER/CONSULTANT.
4.3 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES
4.3.1
Control cabinets shall be sheet steel enclosed and shall be dust, weather and vermin proof providing a
degree of protection of IP 52 for indoor use and IP 54 for outdoor use. Sheet steel used shall be cold
rolled and at least 2.0 mm thick and properly braced to prevent wobbling. Panel must be metal clad
compartmentation conforming to FORM 3b of IEC 60439-1.
4.3.2
Control cabinets shall be provided with hinged door(s) with padlocking arrangement and suitable
brackets / channels shall be provided for the type of mounting.
4.3.3 All live parts shall be provided with at least phase to phase and phase to earth clearances in air have
25 mm and 20 mm respectively.
4.3.4 Adequate interior cabling space and suitable removable cable gland plate shall be provided. Necessary
number of cable glands shall be supplied and fitted on to this gland plate. Cable glands shall be
screwed-on type and made of brass
184
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4.3.5 No fuse shall be used in the Control Panel & MCC. MCCB to be used for Short Circuit Protection
Device and MCB for control circuits.
4.3.6
The low voltage panels shall be fabricated from CRCA sheet steel cubicles and should conform to IEC 3B
Compartmentation, indoor floor mounted and free standing type.
4.3.7
All doors and openings shall be provided with moulded polyurethane dust proof gaskets with fasteners
designed to ensure proper compression of gaskets.
4.3.8
Each feeder compartment shall be provided with front access hinged door of adequate strength and
padlocking facility with main switch handle.
4.3.9
Compartment door shall be interlock mechanically with the switch such that door cannot be opened unless
switch is made OFF.
4.3.10 Busbar shall be made of Electrolytic Copper (Minimum 99.9% purity) provided with heat shrinkable Black
PVC sleeve and busbar joints provided with clip on shrouds. The operating temperature of the busbar does
not exceed 85 "C.
4.3.11 Power and control terminals in cable alley for each module shall be covered with bolted type FRP sheet.
4.3.12 Control wiring including CT circuit shall be carried out flexible heat resistant switchboard wires of
minimum size 2.5 sq. mm. FRLS Cu cable.
4.3.13 Separate Earth bus rated to carry maximum fault current for the specified time shall be provided along
with the full length of each board.
4.3.14 Two earthing terminals shall be provided to suit the Purchaser's earthing conductor.
4.3.15 Two earthing terminals shall be provided to suit the Purchaser's earthing conductor.
4.3.16 All sheet steel work shall be degreased, pickled, phosphated and then applied two coats of Zinc chromate
primer and two coats of finishing synthetic enamel paint, both inside and outside, of colour as specified in
Drgs
4.4 MAIN BUSBARS
Busbars shall be insulated and of Electrolytic Copper and shall have adequate cross-section to carry the
required continuous currents such that the operating temperature of the busbars does not exceed 85 "C.
4.5 MOTOR FEEDERS
Each motor to be controlled from the control cabinet shall be provided with 3- pole / 2 pole isolating switch,
HRC fuses, contactors with thermal overload relays and other equipment required for satisfactory control of
motor. When schematic drawings/bills of material is enclosed, the Vendor shall supply all equipment shown. The
isolating switch and contactor shall be rated at least 20% more than the connected motor full load current.
185
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Unless otherwise specified motors rated 0.5 kW and above being controlled from the control cabinet will be
rated for 415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz and motors rated below 0.5 kW will be 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz.
4.6 SWITCHES / MCCBs
a) Switches / MCBs shall be hand operated, air break, heavy duty, quick make, quick break type
conforming to applicable standards.
b) The rating of switch shall be so chosen as to get complete protection by associated relay or fuse
under all normal/abnormal conditions such as full load, overload, locked rotor, short circuit etc.
MCCBs shall be provided with overload/short-circuit protective device.
c) It shall be the responsibility of the vendor to fully coordinate the overload and short circuit tripping
of the MCCBs with the downstream MCCBs/fuses/motor starters, to provide satisfactory
discrimination.
d) Switch handle shall have provision for locking in both fully open and fully closed positions, MCCBs
shall be provided with locking facility when called in.
4.7 CONTACTORS
a)
Contactor type motor starters shall be of the full voltage, Automatic star-delta, air break, single
throw, and Electro-magnetic type unless otherwise specified.
b)
Contactors shall be provided with at least 2 'NO' and 2 'NC' auxiliary contacts.
c)
Contactor shall be provided with three elements, position acting, ambient temperature
compensated time lagged, hand reset type thermal overload relay with adjustable settings to suit
the rated motor current.
4.8 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS
Current and voltage transformer shall be dry type. Unless otherwise specified it shall be the responsibility of
the vendor to ensure that the class and VA burdens of the instrument transformers provided are
adequate for the relays and meters connected to these. Facilities shall be provided for short-circuiting and
grounding the CT secondary at the terminal blocks. Test links shall be provided in the CT secondary leads to
carryout current and phase angle measurement tests with CTs in service. Voltage Transformers shall be
provided with suitably rated primary and secondary fuses. The details of the instrument transformer are
subject to the Purchaser's approval.
4.9 RELAYS
Necessary auxiliary relays for alarm, time-delay relays, voltage relays as required for control and protection
shall be mounted inside the cabinet. Relays shall be equipped with externally reset, positive action operation
186
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
indicator. Voltage relays shall have sufficient thermal capacity for continuous energization, using external
resistors, if necessary. Each relay shall be provided with at least two potential free contacts for the
Purchaser's use.
Make and type of relay shall be subject to the Purchaser's approval.
4.10 CONTROL AND SELECTOR SWITCHES
Control and selector switches shall be of the rotary type provided with properly designated escutcheon
plates clearly marked to show the operating positions. Control switches shall have momentary contacts
spring return to center, with pistol grip handle. Selector switches shall have stay put contacts with oval
handles. The number of contacts and their operation in each switch shall be as indicated in control
schematic (when enclosed) or shall be as per the requirements of the connected circuit. The switches shall
be rated for minimum 10A at 240V A.C. and 1A inductive break at 220V D.C.
4.11 PUSHBUTTONS
All push buttons shall be of push to actuate type having 2 'NO' and 3 'NC' self reset contacts. They shall be
provided with integral escutcheon plates, engraved with their functions. Push buttons contacts shall be
rated for 10 amps at 240V A.C. and 1 amp inductive breaking at 220V D.C.
4.12 INTERIOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE
Control cabinet shall be provided with a 240V, 1 phase, 50 Hz, 40 W preferably fluorescent lighting, fixture
for interior illumination controlled by a 'ON-OFF' switch and 240V, 1 phase, 5 amp, 3 pin receptacle, Power
source for interior lighting and receptacles shall be completely independent of control power source.
4.13 INDICATING LAMPS
Indicating lamps shall be of the filament type and low watt consumption. Lamps shall be provided with
series resistors
4.14 CABINET INTERNAL WIRING
Control cabinets shall be supplied completely wired, ready for the purchaser's external connections at
the terminal blocks. All wiring shall be carried out with 650 V grade, PVC insulated, stranded
conductors. Power circuits shall be wired with stranded aluminum conductors of adequate sizes to suit
the rated circuit current, the minimum size shall be 4 sq.mm.. Control alarm and indication circuits shall
be wired with stranded copper conductors of sizes not smaller than 1.5 sq.mm. C.T. circuits shall be
wired with stranded copper conductor of sizes, not smaller than 2.5 sq. mm.
Engraved identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring diagram shall be fitted at both ends
of each wire. Alt wiring shall be terminated on terminal blocks.
187
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4.15 LABELS AND DIAGRAM PALATE
a. Every equipment mounted in the cabinet shall be provided with individual labels with equipment
designation/rating. Also, the cabinet shall be provided on the front with a non-rusting label engraved with
the designation of the cabinet as furnished by the purchaser.
b. Inside the door a circuit diagram engraved on non-rusting metal/PVC shall be fixed for reference.
4.16 DRAWINGS AND DATA.
Following drawings, data and manuals shall be submitted by the bidder after award of contract:
a)
Detail drive/feeder list along with rating.
b)
Single Line Diagram for entire System indicating power distribution and rating of each component /
device.
c)
Dimensional GA drawing of panel including mounting arrangement.
d)
Detail Control Scheme drawings based on approved system design.
e)
Schematic diagram for Annunciation System along with control and instrumentation scheme for the
system.
f)
Confirmed data sheets duly filled in along with technical particulars.
g)
Routine and type test report.
h)
Complete system write-up.
i)
The Bidder may note that the drawings, data and manuals listed are minimum requirement only. The
Bidder shall ensure that all other necessary write-ups, curves and information required to meet the
completeness of work are submitted to owner for approval.
4.17 TESTS & TEST REPORTS
a) Acceptance and routine tests for all supply equipments/components parts shall be carried out as per the
relevant standards for the respective equipment-These test reports and available type test reports shall be
submitted to the purchaser before despatch of the equipment.
b) Control cabinet shall be subjected to following tests:
1.
High voltage test (2000 volt for 1 minute)
2.
Megger test
3.
Electrical control, interlock and sequential operation tests.
c) Type test report shall be submitted for panel.
d) Fault level rating shall be as indicating in the drawing.
188
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.0
BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER
5.1
Design Basis and System Concept
5.1.1 The battery and battery charger will constitute the D.C. power supply source for automatic/manual
cranking of Diesel engine, automatic cranking shall be effected by a battery driven D.C. Motor having
high starting torque to overcome full engine compression. The battery should hold adequate retainable
charge to provide the starting of the diesel engine. Starting power will be supplied from two (2) sets of
storage batteries. One (1) set of battery is for automatic starting of the engine and the other provided
for manual starting. A selector switch will be provided at the automatic starting control panel to select
any of the two (2) sets of battery for manual/auto starting of the engine. The automatic starting
feature shall include ‘Repeat start’ facility so that if the pinion of the starting motor does not engage
the flywheel at the first attempt, it is automatically retracted and after a short pause again will
advance towards the flywheel. The battery capacity shall be adequate for ten (10) consecutive starts
without recharging.
The battery shall be of 24V (2 x 12V) of hermetically sealed, heavy-duty, maintenance-free, leak proof,
lead acid of capacity 180 AH (approximately).
5.1.2 The batteries shall be used exclusively for starting the diesel engine and kept fully charged all the time
in position. Arrangement for both trickle and boost charge shall be provided. At no time should the
battery be disconnected so that it is not available to start up the engine. When the engine starts
running, provision should be kept to ensure that the charger is automatically disconnected and the
battery is charged by engine dynamo.
The engine shall be provided with two (2) battery charger units of air cooled design. Each charger unit
shall be capable of charging one (1) set of battery at a time. Provision shall be kept so that any of the
charger units can be utilised for charging any of the two batteries of the engine.
5.1.3 The equipment will be installed indoor in a clean but hot humid and tropical atmosphere.
5.1.4 The float charger will be normally ON, for float charging the battery.
5.1.5 The engine starting load will be supplied by the battery.
5.1.6 The boost charger will be normally in stand-by mode and will cut into the circuit automatically (a) to
provide occasional equalizing charge as required, (b) to take over the functions of float charger in case
of its failure.
189
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.1.7 The boost charger shall also have provision for float, equalizing and boost charging the battery through
manual selection.
5.1.8 On failure of station AC supply both float and boost chargers will go out of service.
5.1.9 Two (2) nos. battery charger and two (2) sets of battery of above type and rating shall be integrally
mounted in the fire protection panel.
5.2
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
5.2.1 Battery
5.2.1.1 General
a)
The battery shall be hermetically sealed, maintenance-free leak proof, lead acid type.
b)
The plates shall be designed for maximum durability during all service conditions including high rate
of discharge and rapid fluctuation of load.
5.2.1.2 Construction
a)
The battery terminal posts shall be provided with connecting bolts and nuts effectively coated with
lead to prevent corrosion.
b)
Provision and Negative terminal posts shall be clearly and indelibly marked for easy identification.
c)
The construction features of the battery shall be as per practice of standard reputed manufacturer
and batteries shall be of reputed make.
d)
The two (2) sets of battery shall be installed in a separate module of the diesel engine panel with
adequate shock absorber, ensuring no damage of battery due to vibration while motors or engine is
running.
e)
The battery shall be shipped unchanged.
5.2.2 24V Battery Charger
5.2.2.1
General
a)
The charger shall be natural air cooled, solid-state type with full wave, fully controlled, bridge
configurations.
b)
The charger shall be provided with automatic voltage regulation, current limiting circuitry,
smoothing filter circuit and soft-start feature.
c)
Voltage control shall be step less, smooth and continuous.
d)
The charger shall be self-protecting against all A.C. and D.C. transients and steady state
abnormal currents and voltages.
e)
Charger A.C. input and D.C. output shall be electrically isolated from each other.
Signature of the tenderer
190
Under the seal of the firm
f)
Isolation shall also be provided between power and control circuits.
g)
Changeover switch shall be 3 position, 4 pole, load break type with 2 NO + 2 NC auxiliary
contacts.
h)
Contactor shall be air-break type with thermal overload relays having in built single phase
preventor.
i)
Fuses shall be HRC type and arranged for easy replacement. Semi-conducting device fuses shall
be fast-acting.
j)
Indicating lights shall be of clustered ‘LED’ type. Both lamp and lens shall be replaceable from
front.
k)
AC & DC voltmeter and DC Ammeter shall be 96 x 96 mm switchboard type, antiglare glass, ±
2% accuracy with zero adjuster on the front.
5.2.2.2
Construction
a)
The chargers shall be installed in a separate module of the fire protection panel.
b)
All equipment within the panels shall be arranged in modular units and laid out with sufficient space
for easy maintenance.
c)
Switches, meters, relays etc. Shall be flush mounted on the front of the panels. Nameplates of
approved size and type shall be provided for all circuits and devices.
5.2.2.3
Charger Equipment
a) All power diodes and control rectifiers shall be silicon type. Rectifier transformer shall be dry type,
double wound, with copper conductor and class B insulation.
b) Blocking diodes shall be fully rated and redundant so that failure of a single diode shall not
incapacitate the system in any way.
c) Isolating switches shall be heavy duty, load break type, operated by an external handle with provision
for padlocking in ON and OFF position.
d) The battery charger shall be suitable for 415V ± 10%, 3 phase, 50 Hz ± 5% supply.
e) The voltage regulation shall be within ± 1% for a 0 - 100% load variation and ± 10% voltage variation
on the A.C. side.
5.2.2.4
Alarms
a) One (1) ten-points alarm facia shall be provided on the charger panel, complete with proper actuating
devices, circuitry and legends.
191
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b) The arrangement shall be such that on occurrence of a fault the corresponding window will light up
and stays lighted until the fault is cleared and reset button is pressed.
c) Each time a window lights up, a master relay will get energised to provide group alarm signal.
5.2.2.5
Controls
The following manual controls shall be provided on the front of the panel in addition t the information
contained under design criteria.
a) Selection of float, equalising of boost charge.
b) Voltage setter for setting the output of float/equalizing /boost charge. Setting shall be independent of
each other so that setting of one voltage shall not require resetting other.
c) Current limit setter.
d) Alarm window reset button.
5.2.2.6
Lamp / Receptacles
a. The charger panels shall be provided with :•
internal illumination lamp with door switch
•
3 pin 5A receptacle with plug
b. Lamp and receptacle circuits shall have individual switch and fuses.
5.3
Wiring / Cabling
a) The panels shall be completely wired-up. All wiring shall be routed through wiring troughs.
Wires shall be ferruled at both ends for identification.
b) Panels shall have 4 mm thick removable gland plates duly gasketted with neoprene rubber at
the bottom/top for cable entry. All incoming/outgoing cables shall be terminated in suitable
terminal blocks.
c) Control terminal blocks shall be box-clamp type ELMEX 10 mm2 or approved equal. 20% spare
terminals shall be furnished.
5.4
Grounding
a) The charger panels shall have fully rated galvanised steel ground bus with two ground
terminals, one at each end.
b) Each terminal shall comprise two-bolt drilling with M10 G.I. bolts and nuts to receive Owner’s
ground connection of 50 x 6 mm G.I. flat.
5.5
Painting
192
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a) The panels shall be chemically cleaned, with due de-rusting, degreasing, phosphating and
spraying with two coats of high quality primer and stoved after each coat. The usual 7 tank
process shall be adopted.
b) The panels shall be finished in light gray IS 5 shade 631 with two coats of synthetic enamel
paint.
c) Sufficient quantity of touch up paint shall be furnished for application at site.
5.6
TESTS
5.6.1 Shop Tests
All equipment and components thereof shall be subject to shop tests as per relevant IS standards.
The tests shall be included but not limited to:
a) Type tests on each battery.
b) Tests on battery charger.
c) Dielectric tests
d) Voltage regulation check from 0 to 100% load with ± 10% input voltage variation.
e) Ripple content measurement
f) Heat run test on current limiting value.
g) Routing tests on component parts.
5.6.2 The testing shall be carried out at manufacturer’s works as per relevant standards before delivery
and at site after erection to demonstrate thoroughly, satisfactory operation for the equipment. All
the routine and acceptable tests shall be performed in accordance with relevant Codes & Standards.
5.7
Test Certificates
(a)
Certified reports of all the tests carried out at the works shall be furnished in six (6) copies
for approval of the Authority.
(b)
The equipment shall be despatched from works only after receipt of Owner’s written
approval of the test reports.
(c)
Type test certificates on any equipment, if so desired by the Authority, shall be furnished.
Otherwise the equipment shall have to be type tested, free of charge, to prove the design.
5.8
DRAWINGS, DATA & MANUALS
Drawings, Data and Manuals shall be submitted in triplicate with the bid and in quantities and
procedures as specified in this specification for approval and subsequent distribution after the issue
of Letter of Intent.
193
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.9
RATINGS AND REQUIREMENTS
1.0
BATTERY
1.1
Application
1.2
Ambient temperature
a. Maximum
b. Minimum
Type
1.3
1.4 a)
b)
1.5
1.6
Nos. of cells per battery
Battery minimum
voltage
D. C. System voltage
Starting of diesel engine
50 °C
6 °C
Hermatically sealed, heavy duty, maintenance-free, leak proof, lead
acid.
6
12 V
24 V (2 x 12 V Battery)
1.7
Ten hour rating to 1.85
Volt / Cell at
27 °C
Mounting
180 A. H. (Approx.)
2.0
BATTERY CHARGER
2.1
Charger
Float + Boost
2.2
Type
Solid state, full wave, fully controlled
2.3
Enclosure
Sheet steel enclosure, IP-54
Installed resilient mounting within fire protection panel.
2.4
2.5
a) Supply
415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz 4 wire
b) Voltage variation
± 10%
c) Frequency variation
± 5%
D.C. Output
a)
Float charge
Adequately sized for duty specified. Output voltage adjustable
between 25.27 volt.
b)
Boost charger
Restoring fully discharged battery to full charge condition, in 10
hours with 25% margin over maximum charging rate. Output
voltage adjustable between 20-32 Volt.
d) Combined volt +
frequency variation
e) Short-circuit level
N.B.:
10% (absolute sum)
10 KA r.m.s. symmetrical
Rating of Battery in Ampere-hour (AH) at 27O C indicated as 180 is tentative. However, bidder shall be fully
responsible regarding the A.H. rating of battery.
194
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.10 Performance Requirements
a)
The output voltage of the charger shall be regulated within + 1% of the set value for any load
variation from 0 to 100% and A.C. input voltage and frequency variation as indicated above in
2.4.
The ripple content in charger D.C. output shall be limited to ± 1%.
b)
5.11 FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES
5.12 BATTERY
5.12.1
Each battery shall be furnished complete with following:
5.12.2
Battery inter-connectors and end take-off.
5.12.3
One (1) inter-connector bolt wrench.
5.13
ALARM
Each Battery Charger shall be furnished complete with one (1) 10-point annunciation panel.
Alarm points shall include:
i)
i)
i)
i)
i)
i)
i)
i)
N.B.:
A.C. supply failure
D.C. Voltage low
D.C. Voltage high
D.C. System ground
Charger overload
SCR fuse blown
Filter fuse blown
D.C. output fuse blown
Spare annunciation window provided in charger panel shall be of inscription-less type.
6.0
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF POWER AND CONTROL CABLE
6.1
CODES AND STANDARD
The equipment to be furnished under this specification shall unless otherwise stated, be designed, constructed and
tested in accordance with the applicable sections of the latest revisions of relevant Indian Standard (IS) and Indian
Electricity Rules. The equipment conforming to any other material standard, which ensures equivalent quality, is
acceptable.
6.2
GENERAL INFORMATION
The size of various cables to be used shall be suitable or the ratings of the connected equipment, maximum short
circuit current voltage drop within permissible limit, ambient current voltage rating factor due to grouping spacing
and depth of laying. However minimum size of cables shall be as per the Tender Drawings.
195
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
6.3
DESIGN REQUIREMENT
Cables shall be designed and manufactured, so that damage will not result from transportation, installation and
operation under all the climatic and operating conditions to which they may be subjected.
6.4
CONTROL CABLE
All control cables shall be stranded copper conductor, PVC insulated, extruded PVC inner sheathed, single wire
armoured and overall PVC seethed, 1.1 KV grade and shall conform to latest revision of IS 1554. The minimum size of
cable used shall be 7/0.29 copper conductor. However, in some cases, flexible connection may be necessary and that
would be done by 80/0.2 mm copper conductor, silicon.
6.5
Cable Length
Cable lengths shall be considered from the layout of the equipment, so that cable joints are totally avoided.
6.6
415 V Power cables
Power cables for 415V and below shall be stranded copper / aluminium conductor, PVC insulated, extruded PVC inner
sheathed, single wire armoured and PVC seethed overall, 1.1 KV grade and shall conform to latest revision of IS: 1554.
Cables shall be suitable for laying in conduits, ducts, trenches, and trays or for direct burial in ground in both wet and
dry locations.
6.7
Tests
The testing shall be carried out at the manufacturer’s works as per relevant standards before delivery and at site
after erection to demonstrate thoroughly satisfactory operation of the cables. All routine and acceptance tests
shall be performed in accordance with the relevant codes and standards. All shop (works) tests are under the
scope of this specification.
7.0
PIPING, VALVES & SPECIALITIES.
7.1
SCOPE
7.1.1 This specification is intended to cover the requirements regarding design, Construction, performance, shop
testing, erection, testing and commissioning of Piping, valves and specialties in the Fire Protection Systems.
It also covers painting and protective coating of piping system.
7.1.2 This specification is not intended to specify all the detailed requirements and the Bidder must furnish
equipment conforming in all respects to high standard of Engineering, design and workmanship capable of
continuous commercial operation in a manner acceptable to PURCHASER / Consultant.
7.1.3 Complete piping system, which shall include but not be limited to the following:
196
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a) Drawing furnished with the specification give a general idea of the job involvement. The successful
Bidder shall develop all necessary details for actual pipe routing, after clearing various obstacles and
interference with other ducts, piping, equipment, structures, cables etc.
b) Plain run of piping, bends, elbows, tees, branches, internals, crosses, reducing unions, couplings, caps,
expansion joints, flanges, blank flanges, thrust blocks, anchors, supports, saddles, shoes, vibration,
dampeners, sampling connections, orifice plates etc. wherever necessary.
c) Gaskets, ring joints, packing rings, jointing materials etc. as required. Also all welding electrodes and welding
rod, including special ones, if any.
d) Instrument tapping connections, stubs, etc
e) Gate and globe valves to start/stop and regulate flow and swing check valves for one directional flow.
f) Installation control valve assembly, Sprinklers etc as shown in the drawings.
g) Valve chambers shall be suitably covered by chequered plates / slabs on the top and the same shall be
in the scope of contractor along with excavation and backfilling for underground piping.
h) Bolts and nuts shall be of hexagonal head conforming to IS: 1367 (Latest Revision). Gaskets shall be 3
mm thick, full-face rubber.
i)
The underground pipes shall be laid approximately 1.0 meter below finished ground level.
j)
Pipe lines carrying water should be sized on the basis of allowable velocities as specified in Data
Specification Sheet.
k) For steel pipelines, welded construction would be adopted unless specified otherwise.
l)
Hangers and supports shall be capable of carrying the sum of all concurrently acting loads. They shall
be designed to provide the required supporting effects and allow pipe line movements as necessary. All
guides, anchors, braces, dampener, expansion joint and structural steel to be attached to the building /
structure / trenches etc. shall be provided. Type of hangers and components for all piping shall be
selected by Contactor and approval on the same shall be obtained from the Purchaser along with
calculation.
m) All piping system shall be capable of withstanding the maximum pressure arising from any condition of
operation and testing, including water hammers effects.
n) Any materials shall be of the quality conforming to the specifications and subject to the approval of
the PURCHASER / Consultants.
o) Piping & other work to be carry out in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in any process, passages etc.
197
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
p) Pipes should be supported (for indoor) to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps and supports
(galvanised after fabrication) at span as specified. Only approved type of anchor fasteners shall be
used for RCC slabs and walls / floors etc.
q) Valves and other accessories should be so located that they are easily accessible for operations,
repairs and maintenance.
r)
Any Pipes and fittings shall be fixed exactly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat
workmanship.
s) Any pipe work should be free from burrs, rust and scale and shall be cleaned before installation. All
personnel engaged on welding operations must possess a certificate of competence issued by an
acceptable / recognized authority.
7.2
Piping distribution arrangement
a)
The system will be designed as to ensure proper flow (Hardy cross method) with isolation
valves at strategic locations. The hydraulic calculation shall be as per FIRE PROTECTION
MANUAL issued by TARIFF ADVISORY COMMITTEE (TAC). The pipe sizes shall be justified
by computerized analysis to meet the above criteria.
b)
The pipe will normally run as indicated in the drawings however where applicable, over
ground pipe will normally run at 300 mm above finished ground level on RCC pedestals.
c)
Design condition of piping system and material of construction of various pipes shall be as
specified in technical specification / data sheet.
d)
Underground pipes shall be provided with proper anti-corrosive treatment as specified
hereinafter.
e)
Pipes shall be provided with air release valves at all high points.
f)
Painting (of above ground non-galvanized pipes) on the external surface and painting of
equipment will be undertaken by the successful bidder as specified hereinafter.
g)
All pipe bends of sizes below 50 mm NB shall be socket weld type having bend radius,
measured to the centre line of pipe, of three times the pipe diameter (R=3 D). Bend of size
above 50 mm NB and up to 300 mm NB shall be long radius elbows having bend radius
R=1.5D. Bends above 300 mm shall be mitered bends.
h)
Concrete anchor blocks shall be provided at all turning points for pipe size 6” and above to
absorb water hammer and Pipe vibration.
198
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
i)
Anchor blocks at suitable interval should be provided to take care of bouncy force coming on
the pipe when the pipe is passing on the riverbed type area or through water (if any).
j)
In all cases where trenches have been cut across roads and back filling of the trench is not
completed, temporary bridge work of full width of road and of adequate strength shall be
installed to ensure safety of traffic by contractor.
k)
The dimensions of the trench may have to be locally increased to facilitate welding of pipe.
Field joints should be kept to a minimum as possible.
7.3
VALVES
a) Valves shall be used to start, stop or control flow. Non return valves shall provide one directional
flow. Suitable size of drain valves shall be used in drain lines.
b) All valves shall be suitable for service conditions i.e. flow, temperature and pressure under which
they are required to operate.
c) Gate / sluice valves will be used for isolation of flow in pipe lines and shall be as indicated in
Technical Data sheet. Gate valves shall be non rising spindle type.
d) Bypass valve and/or spur gear reduction unit only for valves of size 350 mm and above.
e) All valve shall be of ISI marked and should be PN-1.6
f) Globe valves shall be provided with contoured plug to facilitate regulation and control of flow.
g) Non-return valves shall be swing check type. Valves will have a permanent 'arrow* inscription on
its body to indicate direction of motion of the fluid.
h) Whenever any valve is found to be so located that it cannot be approached manually from the
nearest floor/gallery/platform, hand wheel with floor stand or chain operation shall be provided
for the same
i)
Valves below 50 mm size shall have screwed ends while those of 50 mm and higher sizes shall
have flanged connections.
j)
Safety relief valves shall be of direct spring loaded pop type and shall have a tight, positive
and precision closing and shall be provided with a manual lifting lever.
k) Safety relief valves shall be constructed and adjusted to permit the fluid to escape without
increasing the pressure beyond 10 percent above the set blow off pressure and shall reset at a
pressure not less than 2.5 percent and not more than 5 percent of the set pressure.
199
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
l)
The seat and disc of safety valve shall however be of suitable material to resist corrosion. The
seat of the valves shall be fastened to the body of the valves in such a way that there is no
possibility of seat lifting.
7.4
HYDRANT VALVE (OUTDOOR) & STAND POST ASSEMBLY
a) The general arrangement of outdoor stand post assembly, consisting of a column pipe and a hydrant
valve with a quick coupling, shall be as indicated in the drawings.
b) Material of construction shall be as indicated in Technical Data Sheet.
7.5
INDOOR HYDRANT VALVES (INTERNAL LANDING VALVES
Material of construction of hydrant valve shall be as indicated in Technical Data Sheet.
7.6
HOSES, NOZZLES, BRANCH PIPES & HOSE BOXES
a) The hoses for the internal and external hydrant system shall be rubber lined, woven cover jacketed type
conforming to IS: 636, Type - A. Each hose will be provided with quick connecting coupling branch pipe
nozzles etc.
b) Hose pipes of all types shall be capable of withstanding an internal water pressure of not less than 35
kg/cm2 without bursting. It must also withstand pressure of 21 kg/cm2 without undue leakage or sweating.
c) Each hose shall be fitted with instantaneous spring lock type couplings at both ends. Hose shall be fixed to
the coupling ends by copper rivets and the join shall be reinforced by 1.5 mm copper wires and leather
bends.
d) Branch pipes shall be constructed of stainless steel and have rings at both the ends. One end of the branch
pipe will receive the quick coupling while the nozzle will be fixed to the other end.
e) Nozzles shall be constructed of stainless steel. The nozzle sizes shall be of not less than 16 mm in
diameter, nor more than 25 mm in diameter.
f) Suitable spanner of approved design shall be provided in adequate numbers for easy assembly and
dismantling of various components like branch pipes, nozzles, quick coupling ends.
g) 2 Nos. 15 M long /2 Nos. 7.5M long hose pipe fitted with quick coupling ends, branch pipes, nozzles, spanner
etc. will be kept in a hose box, which will be located near point of use. The general design and construction
of instantaneous couplings, branch pipes and nozzles shall comply with IS: 903 (latest revision)
7.7
FABRICATION AND ERECTION
The contractor shall fabricate all the pipe work strictly in accordance with the related approved drawings,
Tolerances in pipe fabrication shall be limited within the figures as given below
200
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
i. Internal misalignment: 1.5 mm.
ii. External misalignment: 1.5 mm.
iii. Length: ± 3.0 mm.
iv. Perpendicular: 2 mm in 1M.
v. Horizontality: 2 mm in 1 M
7.8
WELDING SPECIFICATION
7.8.1 GENERAL
All welding for pipe shall be done in accordance with the following accepted standard and procedure
a) IS-9595: Electricity welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage.
b) IS: 823: Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel- (for structural work only)
c) Contractor that the compliance with this specification does not relieve fully or partially the
contractor’s responsibilities for piping fabrication and erection of his own responsibilities as well as on
any contractual obligations should note it.
d) For field and shop welding of steel piping, following type of joints shall be followed for bends, branch
connection, valves etc.
i. Between pipes, flanges, bends branch connection, valves etc.: Butt-welds.
ii. For junction of slip on flanges and socket weld fittings, etc.: Fillet welds
e) Before welding, all foreign matter shall be removed from the beveller ends. If any of the pipes joint is
damaged to the extent the satisfactory welding contact cannot be obtained, the damaged pipe ends
shall be cut and field beveled with beveling machine. The cost of all beveling shall be borne by
contractor. Split ends or other defects in the pipe be discovered, the length of pipe containing such
defects shall be cropped, repaired or removed from the line at the contractor’s cost.
f)
Only qualified welder / certified welders shall be allowed to weld. Please refer to qualifying requirement
explained hereinafter.
g) The ends shall be cleaned by wire brushing; each weld-run shall be cleaned of slag before the next run.
h)
Contractor shall furnish all labour, equipments, tools and consumable materials, including shielded type
welding electrodes of the correct specification.
i)
It is contractor’s responsibility to maintained in satisfactory condition of all welding equipment, line up
clamps, bevelling machines and other welding tools and materials those shall be of suitable type only.
j)
All joints shall be completed uninterrupted.
201
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
k)
Manual shielded metal arc process shall be followed for socket weld joint with low hydrogen type
covered electrodes.
l)
Welding machines shall be equipped with the amperage and voltage ranges recommended for are size
and type of electrode to ensure proper fusion and maximum penetration.
m) Prior to starting of production welding, pipe joint welding procedure shall be established, qualified are
recorded for submission to the engineer-in-charge for approval and adhere to in accordance with
PURCHASER guidelines.
n) The filler metal classification number and the size of electrodes to be used for each bead and the
number and sequence of beads shall be strictly in accordance with the established, qualified and
recorded welding procedure specification.
o)
The standard of acceptability of welds shall be examined as set forth in PURCHASER Guide line by
non-destructive means of inspections if arranged by PURCHASER regarding the acceptability of welds,
shall be final and binding on contract. The non-destructive test of welds shall consist of examination of
a portion of the welds and on the line according to the procedure of PURCHASER Guide line and the
number of welds to be examined shall be at least 10% (ten percent) of total welds.
p) During welding, where the spans are greater length than those indicated in table, intermediate supports
shall be provided. However, in no case the unsupported length of pipe shall be more than that indicated
in table.
Number of beads required shall be covered by the wall thickness of the pipe provided, however, that the
completed weld shall have a substantially uniform croons section around the circumferences of the pipe.
The root bead shall be applied completely around the pipe and a grinder must immediately run each bead
and the groove shall be thoroughly cleaned for visual inspection of all free scale, slag of flux and other
foreign materials prior to the application of successive beads. The hot pass shall fully penetrate the pipe
bevel at each site of the stringer making a deposit heavy enough to avoid pinching. The completed
welds is to be cleaned free of all scale, slag or flux and other foreign materials prior to the application
of successive bead. The stringer bead must approach full and complete penetration thorough out the
periphery of the weld and built up with reinforcement at the root. If the circumferential weld fails
during testing or test run, the contractor shall repair the defects at his own cost irrespective of it being
found to be acceptable earlier.
202
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
q)
When welding the line together as place where test welds have been cut, one replacement weld will be
used, if practicable to pull the line back into position, otherwise, two welds will be made by fitting in a
pipe joint having a length of not less than 1.0 M.
r)
The CONTRACTOR shall exercise special care to ensure that the pipe is properly aligned and not
subjected to any strain. The CONTRACTOR should repair defective welds according to the requirement
of PURCHASER / consultant without any extra cost.
s) Welding shall not be carried on when weather condition is unsuitable. The decision of PURCHASER /
consultant regarding the suitability or otherwise of weather conditions shall be final and binding on the
CONTRACTOR.
t) All movements, vibration, shocks, or stresses should be carefully avoided in order to prevent weld
cracks during the process of welding.
u) Irrespective of thickness and class of pipe, Fillet weld should be made by shielded metal arc process.
Size of Electrodes should not exceed 10 SWG (3.25 mm). Minimum two runs should be made on sockets
weld joints.
v) Pipe fittings of 50 NB and below should be socked weld type only.
w)
Welding Electrodes should conform to IS: 815 latest editions and the same should be approved by the
engineer-in-charge after conducting test as per IS: 8.14. The contractor at his own cost shall carry out
this test. The contractor should submit manufacturer’s certificates for each batch of electrodes
supplied by him.
The electrodes used shall be suitable to the welding process and the base metal and the weld properties
shall not be lower than those of base metal. Electrodes when used shall be free of rust, oil, grease, or
other matter, which could be harmful for the quality of welding. Electrode shall be stored in unopened
original containers. They shall be stored adequately to prevent moisture loss or moisture absorption and
shall be handed in such a manner so as to avoid the damage of coating.
7.8.2 PROCEEDURE
x)
a) All welding shall be performed employing welding procedure and welders in accordance with PURCHASER
Guidelines.
b) Welding shall be done in horizontal position as far as possible.
c) Downward technique is not allowed any welding pipes in horizontal position, unless permitted by the
engineer-in-charge.
d)
A gauge spacer of proper diameter must be used for the proper weld root but must be removed after
tack welding and before applying root pass.
203
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
e)
Even tack weld for the alignment of pipe joints should be done by a qualified welder, since tack welds is
a part of final welding, it should be executed carefully and shall be free from defects. Defective welds
shall be removed prior to the welding of joints.
f) Minimum 2nos.tack weld to be provided for 50 NB & below pipe sizes while 4 nos. tack weld for above
50 NB to 350 NB pipe and the same should be equally spaced.
g) Welding irregularities, slag etc. should be removed by grinding or chipping, on completion of each run.
h) Electrodes should be used as E 6010 for root & E 7018 for filler unless otherwise changes & suggested
by PURCHASER.
i)
Welding procedure qualification shall be as per PURCHASER guidelines. Engineer-in-charge shall review,
check & approve welding procedure after conducting such test as are necessary. It shall be the
responsibility of contractor to arrange and carry out such test at his own cost.
j)
Welder qualification for all piping shall be as per PURCHASER guidelines only. Engineer-in-charge shall
witness the test and certify the qualification of each welder. Welders approved by the Engineer-incharge only shall be employed. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to carry out the
qualification test of the welders at his own cost at the job site. All the tools, tackles and auxiliaries
required for carrying out welders the contractor at his own cost should supply test.
k) A gauge spacer of proper diameter must be used for the proper weld root but must be removed after
tack welding and before applying root pass.
7.8.3 END PREPARATION
a)
For steel pipes, machining shall do end preparation for but welding.
b)
Socket weld end preparation shall be by sawing / machining.
c)
For tees, laterals, mitre bends, and other irregular, details cutting templates shall be used for accurate cut.
d)
The ends to be welded should be properly cleaned.
7.9 OVERGROUND PIPING
7.9.1 Basis of Selection for span of RCC sleepers (in case of above ground pipes)
Ppiping, in case of above ground, shall be laid on RCC sleepers. Pipes Guides have to be provided on every
third sleepers. The contractor will carry out flexibility analysis and provided Anchor supports expansion
loops wherever necessary. However, for piping laid more than 500 mm from ground level, structural
supports shall be provided as per good engineering practice. Contractor has to submit the detail calculation
of RCC sleeper for approval to PURCHASER.
The spacing of supports shall not generally exceed the following:
204
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SL.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
TABLE-X
PIPE SIZE
80 NB to 100 NB
150 NB to 200 NB
250 NB to 300 NB
350 NB to 400 NB
450 NB to above
SPAN
3.0 M
3.5M
4.5 M
5.0 M
6.0 M
However, the spacing will be reduced at end at expansion loops and in valve mounting locations. All headers
would generally have flange connection at 30m intervals to facilitate dismantling and removal. The exact
spacing and location of these flanges shall be decided during construction at site.
7.9.2 STRUCTURAL PIPE SUPPORT
a)
Structural steel work for support of pipe shall be in accordance with IS: 800- code of practice for
general construction in steel and the other Indian standards as applicable.
b)
All steel plates used for supports should conform to IS: 226 / IS: 2062.
c)
Bolts and used for supports should conform to grade B of IS: 1367.
d)
Welding electrodes used for supports should conform to as mentioned in WELDING SPECIFICATION herein.
e)
Washers used for supports should conform to IS: 2016.
f)
All materials used for supports should conform to their respective specifications.
g)
Fabrication of Structural steel work for support should conform to strictly as per approved drawings only.
h)
Welding shall be done conform to as mentioned in WELDING SPECIFICATION herein.
7.9.3 Surface preparation
Wire brushing for above ground piping
i)
All surfaces shall be manually cleaned of rust/mill scale by wire brush, etc.
ii) Use of chipping hammer, emery paper shall be done to clean pitted areas.
Sandblasting for above ground piping (in case Engineer-in-charge feels it is required)
i)
All rust and mill scale shall be removed by sandblast only.
ii) In case there is any difficulties to paint of gratings, where wire brushing or sand blasting is difficult
dipping the sections in approved passivity solution of appropriate concentrations shall do rust
passivity. After passivity, to be washed with fresh water and dried as per IS: 13515.
iii) If there is any recommendation from manufacture for special care by any method for surface
preparation the same should also be provided by the contractor
iv) On completion of surface preparation, above ground pipelines should be painted with 2 coats of zinc
phosphate primer.
205
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
v) On completion of application of primer, above ground pipelines should be painted with2 coats of first
quality enamel paint of post office red shade.
vi) Pipeline, valves, accessories & instruments etc should be suitably marked with lettering as desired
by PURCHASER / Consultant. The sizes of letter or nameplate shall be decided after completion of
installation by PURCHASER. Any price implication for the same to be included by bidder in their
offer.
7.9.4 PIPE SUPPORT FOR PUMP HOUSE / INSIDE BUILDING
TABLE - I
PIPE SIZE
SIZES OF
MATERIAL
U BLOT
SIZE OF SUPPORT STRUCTURE
ISA
ISJC
SPAN OF
PLATE 6 MM THK
SUPPORT
150NB
16
G.I.
-
100
150x150
3.5 M
100NB
16
G.I.
-
100
150x150
3.0 M
80NB
12
G.I.
75x75x6
-
150x150
2.5 M
65NB
12
G.I.
75x75x6
-
100x100
2.5 M
50NB
10
G.I.
50x50x5
-
100x100
2.0 M
40NB
6
G.I.
50x50x5
-
100x100
2.0 M
32NB
6
G.I.
40x40x5
-
100x100
2.0 M
25NB
6
G.I.
40x40x5
-
100x100
2.0 M
7.9.5 PAINTING
a) Surface of over ground pipes except galvanized pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of Mill scale, rust etc.
by wire brushing. Thereafter, one coat of red lead primer shall be applied. Finally two coats of synthetic
enamel paint of approved colour shall be applied.
b) All external or exposed surfaces of piping / instruments / valves or any mechanical & electrical
equipment, accessories and surfaces of all structures, platforms, etc. should be provided with required
primer and finish painting after necessary surface preparation.
7.10 BURRIED PIPE LINES
7.10.1 SURFACE PREPARATION
206
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Pipe surface shall be cleaned thoroughly either by mechanical process or by hand brush, so that it
is completely free from rust and dirt. The cleaning shall be so carried out that it shall be free from
mill scale, rust, oil, welding scale and other foreign materials.
7.10.2 Sandblasting for underground piping (in case Engineer-in-charge feels it is required)
a) All rust and mill scale shall be removed by sandblast only.
b) In case there is any difficulties to paint of gratings, where wire brushing or sand blasting is difficult
dipping the sections in approved passivity solution of appropriate concentrations shall do rust
passivity. After passivity, to be washed with fresh water and dried as per IS: 13515.
c) If there is any recommendation from manufacture for special care by any method for surface
preparation the same should also be provided by the contractor
7.10.3 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATING
a) Buried pipe line shall be protected against corrosion by providing either wrapping or coating or
by self-adhesive insulating tape Material of approved quality.
b) The coating shall consist of one coal tar primer coat, one coal tar enamel coat, warping
fiberglass and one more coat of enamel and the final wrap of enamel impregnated fiberglass.
c) The two ends of each length of pipe shall be left bare of primer coating and wrapping for a
distance of 150mm (6”) per ends to facilitate welding joint. And after completion of welding,
those places shall be covered with wrapping and coating.
d) Primer specification should be so that they are suitable for with standing maximum expected
surface temperature and suitable to type of atmosphere it is exposed to.
e) The contractor should follow the provisions of Indian standards or equivalent approved other
national standards in selection of paints, application and surface preparation.
f) Application of primer and finish paints shall be done at site as far as possible.
7.10.4 Priming Coat
The priming coat shall conform to the requirements of IS: 10221 and shall be thoroughly mixed before
using by stirring or by rocking the drum to provide uniformity of materials. The primer paint should be
applied over a thoroughly clean and dry surface immediately following the cleaning operation and shall
be applied with a uniform thickness on the top, sides and bottom of the pipe, using quantity of primer
recommended by manufacturer. The primer coating shall be free of bubbles, globules, drifts and rams.
Pipe having a longitudinal seam shall be carefully examined to determine that all excess primer been
brushed out of angle of each side of welding seam.
207
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
The primer shall be thoroughly dry before the enamel is applied. The primer paint shall be applied as
recommended by the manufacturer. Freshly primed pipe shall be handled carefully to prevent damage.
Any damage areas shall be re-primed before applying enamel.
7.10.5 Enamel
i)
The material to be used shall be coal tar enamel and fibreglass of approved quality.
ii) A well experienced man shall be placed In charge of coating. Any enamel heated in excess of
manufacturer’s specification shall not be used. Only batch heating of enamel shall be
permitted. Enamel withdrawn from the bottles shall be strained through a 1.5mm (1/16”)
strainer.
iii) Along with first flood coat of enamel, single special wrap of fibreglass (inner wrap) shall be
applied overlapping at least 20mm (3/4”) on pipe. It shall be seen that fibreglass impregnate
in the first flood coat.
iv) Second coat of enamel and second wrap of bitumen impregnated fibreglass or Kraft paper
shall be applied in the same way. The total thickness of the coating shall not be less than
4.0mm.
7.10.6 Alternative
a)
The coating may be carried out by 4 mm thick. Anti-corrosive tape of ISI approved make or
equivalent shall be as per recommendation by manufacturer. The detail process should be
submitted to purchaser / consultant before applying the same.
b)
Piping thus coated and wrapped shall be tested for holiday detection by means of high voltage
holiday detector (10,000 Volts). Any defect observed during such test shall be suitably rectified.
c)
The above detail specifies the minimum requirement for the buried pipeline coating for his lender
specification. However, the bidder shall review the adequacy of the same considering the soil
conditions of the site and shall provide better/supplementary system, if required, without any
extra cost to the purchaser.
d)
After entire fire water piping is erected and before wrapping / coating and backfilling, the
pipelines shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test at 1.5 times the design pressure for a period of
two (2) hours.
e)
Application of primer and finish paints for finished machine and equipment such as pumps, motor
etc. for such finished equipments and components there of the painting may be completed at
shop and transported to site with paint duly protected. Shop coat of protective paint shall be
208
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
given before dispatch to site. However, touch-up paints shall be done at site after erection and
commission as per direction of Engineer-in- charge.
7.11 TRENCHING:
a)
Contractor shall by any method that may be necessary or directed, dig the pipeline trench on the
cleared pipeline alignment. Trenching shall as far as possible be kept achieved of the welding
operation. Contractor shall exercise due care that the soil from trenching intend to be used for
back filling is not mixed with loose debris or foreign matter. The width of the trench shall be
measured at the bottom of the trench and shall be 25 cams. more the dia. of pipe.
b)
Trenching shall be carried out in all sorts of soil. While trenching contractor shall not damage any
underground structure of pipeline or cable etc. in case of any damages to the underground
structure of pipeline or cable etc., the contractor should repair or replace it without any extra
cost. The contractor shall be responsible for all necessary arrangements to remove or pump out
water from the trench.
7.12 BACKFILLING
a)
The back-fill material may be field by hand or by other approved mechanical methods and shall be
thoroughly compacted.
b)
While back filling and compacting, care shall be taken to avoid any injury to the pipe and the
protective coating.
c)
Settlement of back fill in the trench shall be achieved by means of flooding, piddling, tamping or
jetting. Poking with metal rod is not permitted.
d)
During and /or after completion of back filling, the excess excavated material shall be carted away
as per direction of PURCHASER. The area shall also be dressed and cleaned. All debris, erection
wastes etc., shall also be removed by the contractor.
e)
Valves pits shall be constructed as per drawing and construction shall be such as to prevent
ingress of sub soil water.
f)
Before pipe is laid in the trench, sub-grade shall be made by back filling with approved material for
a depth of 75 mm from the bottom of the pipe and compacted by ramming/tamping.
g)
All trenches shall be back-filled by hand from bottom of the trench up to 300 mm above the top of
the pipe with back-fill material free from cinder, ashes, refuse, vegetable or organic material,
boulders, rocks, stones or other such material which may damage the protective coating of the
pipe. The back filling shall be carried out in layers of 75 mm and thoroughly compacted by tamping.
209
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Back-fill material shall be deposited in the trench for its full width. The back fill material may be
excavated earth, river sand, fine stone dust, sandy soil, etc., in case, adequate quantity of
excavated earth is not available, back-fill material shall be hauled from other places by the
contractor.
h)
Trench shall be backfilled after inspection and approval of PURCHASER / consultant
7.13 GROUTING
a) This specification covers all supply of related materials, installation / execution connected with
grouting. Grouting of Structural steel work for support & RCC sleeper compose a particular type of
work requiring cautious selection of materials and cautious execution of work. It requires
performing proper & complete filling of the space.
b) Grouting work should be done under well-qualified & well experience supervisor so that utmost care
can be taken.
c) Followings to be taken care by contractor.
I.
Current dated Portland cement conforming to IS: 269 should be used.
II.
Sand should conform in general to requirements of concrete aggregate as stated in IS: 383.
III.
Admixture for anti shrinkage from reputed manufacturers to be used and shall be approved
by PURCHASER prior to use.
IV.
Cement and sand in the proportion of 1:1ratio by weight and mixed up with 0.5 mortar and
anti-shrinkage admixture in a suitable proportion to cement mortar as recommended of the
manufacturer and subject to the approval of PURCHASER.
V.
Before starting the grouting, surfaces should be properly roughened by using chipping
hammer or any other method approved by engineer-in –charge, properly cleaned and wet.
VI.
The steel surface coming contract with the grout should be cleaned of rust, mill scales,
paints, oil or grease and be wet before setting into place for grouting.
VII.
Grouting arrangements should ensure that mortar to fill all the voids completely. Pressure
grouting with grout pump shall be used.
VIII.
Any damage to the concrete foundation works caused during such operations due to
carelessness or negligence shall be made good by the contractor in a manner to be decided
by the purchaser whose decision shall be final and binding.
210
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
IX.
PURCHASER guide lines to be followed in all cases of grouting, cement concrete (plain &
reinforced), size of coarse aggregate, mixing of concrete, bending, brick soiling, mix of
mortar, brick masonry work etc.
X.
PURCHASER safety norms should be followed strictly in all cases.
7.14 STORAGE AND HANDLING
7.14.1 Storage
a) Pipes shall be stored on firm and well-drained ground.
b) The pipes shall be stacked / stored on timber/packs of sand bags / steel to keep them out of contact
with ground.
c) Pipefitting and valves up to size 6” shall be stored indoors.
d) Pipe fittings and valves above size 6” may be stored outside on wooden sleepers on firm and welldrained ground. Fittings shall be started such that ingress of rainwater is avoided and are in selfdraining position.
e) The valves shall be stored in closed position except those with non-metallic seats (for instances
butterfly valves).
f) Gate valves shall be stored in upright position while butterfly valves shall be kept with flange
faction resting on wooden sleepers. All valves shall be covered with tarpaulin/polythene sheets.
g) Rubber- lined valve shall be stored in shade and protected from exposure to direct sunlight.
h) Valves end covering shall be retained in place until removal is necessitated for erection. All the
valves shall be inspected and cleaned after end coverings are removed for erection.
i)
Valves spindle shall be cleaned and lubricated prior to commissioning.
7.14.2 Handling
a) Pipes/pipe fittings and valves shall not be allowed to drop or strike any objects, which shall damage the
same.
b) While handling pipes and fittings, care shall be excursed to avoid distortion, flattening, denting, scoring
or any other from the damage.
c) To the extent feasible, mechanical lifting tools and tackles shall be used for handling pipes to avoid any
scoring/scratching.
d) After application of protective coating, no brace links/ropes of any description shall be used for lifting or
handlings of pipes. After application of protective coating, for handling the pipes, lifting hooks made of
belt length or plates curved to match the curvature of pipes or any similar device providing enough
211
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
bearing sera to avoid damage to the protective coating shall be used. After application of protective
coating, pipes shall be lifted and lowered by use of cranes except for areas, which are inaccessible for
cranes.
e) Dragging of coated or uncoated pipes is prohibited.
f) In stringing pipe along the right of way, gaps shall be left between adjacent length of pipes at regular
intervals and at well-defined places to permit free passage of personal or vehicle during the time interval
between stringing and other construction operations.
7.15 Portable Extinguishers
a) The design, manufacture, material of construction and performance of all extinguishers shall comply
with the requirements of latest revisions of the relevant codes/standards and codes of practice as
indicated in the relevant data sheets.
b) Each extinguisher shall be complete with handle, initial charge, fixing bracket, screws and other
accessories. The front of the extinguishers shall be permanently marked with the type, fire glass for
which it is suitable, its contents, usage and method of operation.
c) The contractor shall conduct all tests required to ensure that the equipment furnished shall conform to
this specification requirements, relevant Indian Standards and applicable codes. The particulars of the
test shall be submitted to the Purchaser/Consultant for approval before conducting the tests. The
contractor shall inform the purchaser/consultant well ahead of major shop tests, so that if the
purchaser/consultant so desires, his representative can witness the tests.
d) A performance demonstration test at site of five (5) percent or one (1) number whichever is higher of
each type of extinguishers shall be carried out by the contractor. All consumable and replaceable
items required for the test shall be supplied by the contractor without extra cost to purchaser. The
contractor shall recharge the portable fire extinguisher used for performance demonstration test at
site after the tests are satisfactorily completed.
e) The contractor shall guarantee all equipment supplied by him against any defect due to faulty design,
material and workmanship. The equipment shall be guaranteed to operate satisfactorily at the rated
conditions.
7.16 INSPECTION & TESTING
A PIPES
1. Mechanical and chemical tests shall be performed as required in the codes/standards.
212
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2. All pipes shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing as required in the codes/standards for a
period of two hour.
3. All materials for hanger’s supports shall be of tested quality. Hanger springs shall be properly
calibrated.
4. Thickness of the pipe coating shall be measured.
5. On completion of coating, it shall be tested using efficient high voltage (12 KV. MAX.) Holiday
detectors, operating at a voltage high enough to jump air gap the length of which is equal to
the thickness of coating. Other test like direct impact test, Adhesion test to be carried out as
per IS: 10221.
6. After completion of erection of piping, the same should be inspected to ascertain that each of
the following points has been adhered to:
ii) Materials used as per specification only.
iii) Erection in accordance with the approved drawings.
iv) Erection of guides and supports in accordance with the approved drawings.
v) Proper arrangement done for testing as per specification.
7. All tests should be carried out as outlined below:
a) Pipelines should be tested in sections to facilitate completion work in that area or areas.
b) The test of the pipeline shall be performed with water as test fluid. All arrangements required
for testing including manifolds etc., shall be made by the contractor and after testing they shall
be removed to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.
c) Water to be used for testing shall be supplied by Purchaser at the prevailing chargeable rate if
available; otherwise the contractor at his own cost arranges the same.
d) Sections which have been tested should be Marked / Tagged properly.
e) Any such weld joints could not be tested may be exempted from hydraulic testing by the
engineer-in-charge subject to radiographic approval for those joints.
f) Any piping system, which basically dries system, should also be hydraulically tested after
plugging all openings.
g) All instruments shall be isolated during flushing and pressure testing by metallic blinds, caps or
plugs.
h) Pressure test shall not be carried out against closed valves.
213
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
i)
Safety valve, drains, vents etc. that are open to atmosphere discharge shall not be
hydrostatically tested, shall be visually inspected to eliminate the possibility of blockage.
j)
To prevent dirt or any foreign matter entering into the instruments piping during the pressure
test. Isolation valve located below the Instrumentation pressure impulse piping must be blocked
by threaded plug by the contractor.
k) The contractor, of the testing sequence/program, should inform the engineer-in-charge in
advance to enable him to be present for witnessing the test.
l)
All equipment, materials, consumable services mentioned below (but not limited to) required for
carrying out pressure testing of piping shall be provided by the contractor at his cost.
(1) Temporary piping with valves, fittings, specials etc.
(2) Temporary gaskets wherever requires.
(3) All consumable.
(4) Tools, tackles, pipe wrenches, spanners etc.
(5) Pump sets for pressure testing.
(6) Air compressor if required.
(7) Any other materials not specified here but required for carrying out pressure test.
m) Temporary spools pieces to be provided by the contractor wherever required in absence of any
valves etc.
n) During testing, all joints (either welded or screwed flanged) shall be left exposed for the
examination. All such places shall be cleaned and free from rust and any other foreign matters.
o) All permanent joints shall be tested with permanent gasket only.
p) Protective device to be provided by contractor to relieve excess pressure due to thermal
expansion of water during extended hydrostatic test period.
q) For longer line and vertical line two or more pressure gauges shall be installed at the location
decided by the engineer-in-charge.
r)
The pressure gauge shall be installed as close as possible to the lowest point of piping system.
s) When the section is filled with water, pressure one and half time working pressure shall be
applied and maintained as directed by the engineer-in-charge on the line for 24 hours as the
system would be subject to thermal expansions. Provisions should be made for relief of excess
pressure.
214
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
t) All vents etc. shall be left open while filling the lines with water for complete removal of air. In
all lines pressurizing the system temporary isolation valves shall be provided if valve vents,
drains do not exist in the system.
u) Pressure shall be applied only after the system/line is ready and approved by the engineer-incharge.
v) CONTRACTOR shall furnish approved test pressure and temperature records to obtain record of
testing result and shall make all necessary connection for pumping and testing the line.
w) Failure during test shall be located and repaired by the contractor at his own cost. In the case
of defective materials, replacement would be provided by the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled
for no extra work.
x) After repair of any length or failure, the test shall be repeated till satisfactory results are
obtained.
y) Pressure test shall be considered completed only after approval by engineer-in-charge. The
contractor at his own cost, if any, notice during testing shall rectify defects, immediately.
8. After completion of testing of piping following steps to be taken care by contractor:
a) The piping system shall be drained.
b) Total Piping should be thoroughly flushed so that no dirt or any unwanted materials remain in
side pipelines.
c) All valves, screens of strainers etc shall be cleaned and reinstalled.
d) Any joints, which could not be tested during hydro testing, should be tested pneumatically after
the hydro testing is over.
e) Engineer-in-charge will decide the range of Pneumatic test pressure and contractor shall ensure
that this test pressure is not exceeded any time during this test.
B. VALVES
1.
All valves shall be as per Technical Data. Sheet.
2.
All valves shall be tested hydrostatically for the seat as well as body as required in the
code/standards for a period of one hour.
3.
Visual check on the valve and simple operational test in which the valve will be operated
thrice from full open to full close condition.
ORIGINAL TEST CERTIFICATES TO BE SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR FOR ALL EQUIPMENTS.
215
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
8.0
INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL
8.1
CODES AND STANDARDS: All construction, installation, workmanship, design, testing and equipment
shall conform to following codes/standard:
a) National Electrical Code : NEC
b) National electrical Manufacturers Association : NEMA
c) Indian standard : IS
d) DIN Standards : DIN
e) National Fire Protection Association’s Fire Codes : NFPA
8.2
GENERAL
The instrumentation and control systems to be furnished under this specification shall be complete in all
respects and adequate for the safe, efficient and reliable commercial operation of the entire system including
its various sub systems, under the normal and worst service and environmental condition. It shall include all
the required materials, accessories, devices and all other items for mounting, installation and interconnection
amongst the various system components as per the approved standard practices. All devices like relays,
switches, lamps etc. required for interlocking and protection shall be fully covered under this specification to
make the system completed in all respect.
8.3
FIELD INSTRUMENTATION
All find mounted instruments shall be weather and dust tight, suitable for under ambient conditions. All fieldmounted instruments shall be mounted in suitable locations where maximum accessibility for maintenance
can be achieved.
8.4
LOCAL INSTRUMENTS
A)
PRESSURE GAUGE AND SWITCHES: The pressure sensing elements shall be
II) Continuous ‘c’ bourdon type for pressure above 1.0 kg/cm2
III) Below for vacuum & up to 1.0 kg/cm2
IV) The sensing elements for all gauges / switches shall be properly aged and factory tested to remove all
residual stresses. They shall be able to withstand at least twice the full-scale pressure without any
damage or permanent deformation.
V) Gauges shall be 150-mm diameter dial with die-cast aluminum, stove enamel black finish case,
aluminum screwed ring and clear plastic crystal cover glass. Upper range pointer limit stop for all
gauges shall be provided.
216
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
VI) All gauges shall with stainless steel bourdon having rotary-geared stainless steel movements.
VII) Weatherproof type construction shall be provided for all gauges. This type of construction shall be
fully dust tight, drip tight, weather resistant and splash proof with anti-corrosive painting.
VIII) All gauges shall have micrometer type zero adjuster.
IX) Neoprene safety diaphragm shall be provided on the back of the instrument casing for pressure gauges
of range 0-10 kg/cm2.
X) Scale shall be concentric with black lettering on white background. The scale shall be in metric units.
XI) Accuracy shall be 1.0 percent of full-scale range or better.
XII) All instruments shall conform to IS: 3624-1979.
XIII) PULSATION DAMPENERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL PULSATING FLUIDS TO REDUCE
MECHANICAL FATIGUE.
XIV) All pressure instruments shall be provided with a 3-way isolation valves in SS 304 construction,
Union nut, nipple and tail pipe shall be provided wherever required.
XV) Switch element contacts shall have at least two (2) NO and NC contacts. Actuation set point shall be
adjustable throughout the range.
XVI) Switch elements shall be snap acting and vibration proof.
XVII) Necessary accessories shall be furnished in detail along with the offer.
B)
I)
LEVEL SWITCHES
Level switches shall be of float operated magnetic type.
II) Materials of constructions hall be suitable for process and ambient conditions. The float material shall
be AISIO –316 stainless steel.
III) Actuating switches shall be snap-acting micro-switches. Actuation set point shall be adjustable. ONOFF differential (difference between switch actuation levels) shall be adjustable. Adjustable range
shall be suitable application. There shall be at least 2 No. + 2 NC Contracts.
9.0
EXECUTION
9.1
Installation
a)
Installation shall be in accordance with as specified and as recommended by the equipment
manufacturer.
b)
Bidder should note that entire job to be executed in Old plant & office building hence execution
work to be carried out with due care.
217
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
c)
Bidder should also not that during execution in any damage by contractor workmen, and then the
same should be replaced / repaired by contractor up to the satisfaction of the engineering charge
free of cost.
9.2
Supervision of Work
The contractors shall keep constantly at the work site a competent engineer or other such competent
person as may be required to set the work and any direction or explanation given by the purchasers
authorized representative to such persons in writing shall be held to have been given to the contractors.
9.3
Inspection of Work
a) A site engineer would supervise the work constantly and /or inspection will be made periodically during
the process of work by the representative/representatives authorised by Purchaser and all materials and
workmanship must be of acceptable quality and efficiency to the said representatives. The decision of
purchaser in this respect will however be final and binding on the contractors.
b) All works under or in execution or executed in pursuance of this contract sale at all times be open to the
inspection and supervision of the purchaser and their authorized representatives and agent. A site order book
will be maintained by the purchaser’s site engineer at site and all instruction regarding defective works,
deviations etc. will, if necessary, be recorded in such side order book and the contractors authorized site
representative must sign in the site order book at the appropriate place provided for such purpose in taken of
noting such instructions.
9.4
Safety Measures:
9.4.1 Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works which cannot be safely done from the
ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders.
When a ladder is used an extra labour shall be engaged holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for
carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and shall
be given an inclination not stepper than one-fourth to one (one-fourth horizontal and vertical).
9.4.2
Scaffolding or staging more than 300 mm above the ground level of floor, swung or suspended from
an overhead support or erected in stationary support shall have a guard rail property attached,
bolted braced and otherwise secured at least 900 mm high above the floor or platform of such scrap
holding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only
such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of the materials. Such scrap holding or staging
shall be show hastened to prevent it from sawing from the building or structure.
218
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
9.4.3
9.5
Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipments.
UTILITIES AVAILABLE
Electrical power at 415 V AC +10% 3-phase, 4-wire 50 Hz +5% and 240V single phase shall be made
available at one (1) point and two (2) points respectively as stated elsewhere.
Any other voltage, if required for the system shall have to be arranged by the Contractor.
9.6
9.6.1
PERFORMANCE AND GUARANTEE TEST
The performance and guarantee test shall be conducted in accordance with the condition specified and as
per relevant codes/standards. The parameters guaranteed by the Bidder shall have no tolerance values,
except as permitted by Standards/Codes. The following tests shall be carried out by the bidder as a
minimum requirement.
9.6.2 Start-up Test
On completion of erection of the equipment/items of the fire protection system and before start up, each
equipment/item of the system shall be cleaned and then inspected jointly by the Purchaser/Consultant and
the Contractor for correctness and completeness of installation and acceptability for start-up, leading to
initial pre commissioning tests at site. The list of pre commissioning tests to be performed shall be as
explained in the Technical Specification & mutually agreed and included in the Contractor's quality
assurance programmed. The Contractor's commissioning / start-up engineering shall be responsible for
carrying out all the pre commissioning tests and ensure that all equipment are placed on initial operation
during which period all the equipment shall be operated integrally with the sub-systems.
9.6.3
Site Performance Test (Field Performance Test)
The fire Protection systems, shall be tested at site. During the performance test, various tests shall be
conducted but not limited to the following:
i)
The automatic operation of fire protection system shall be arranged by the contractor by the use of
testing facilities provided in the system. The detection system shall be actuated by simulating the fire
condition. During the above tests, the automatic operation of the fire protection system shall be to the
satisfaction of the Purchaser/Consultant.
ii) While conducting the above tests, operation of all instruments, controls and interlocks shall be
demonstrated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of Purchaser/Consultant.
219
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
iii) All piping and valves, after installation shall be tested hydraulically at a pressure 1.5 times of the
maximum shut off head of pump to check against leak tightness.
iv) All Gate valves shall be operated throughout 100% opening & closing and these shall function without
any trouble.
v) Painting shall be checked by dry type thickness gauge.
vi) Visual check on all structural components welding, painting etc. shall be carried out and if doubt arises
these shall be tested again.
vii) The contractor, to the satisfaction of the purchaser, shall furnish all test instruments and equipments.
viii) All individual equipments shall be tested at site in line with the requirements of various applicable
standards/codes.
ix) After erection at site, the complete hydrant, system shall be subjected to tests to show satisfactory
performance in line with requirements of TAC/WBFS/NFPA.
9.6.4
TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED DURING INSTALLATION
In addition to the testing procedure as stipulated in this specification following test to be conducted by
contractor.
a) Radiography test to be conducted for 10% of total welded joints.
b) Wrapping & Coating to be tested using Holidays detector as specified in the specification.
c) All underground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump
for two (2) hours keeping trench as far as possible in open condition.
d) All over ground pipes shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times of shut off head of pump
for two (2) hours.
9.6.5
TESTS TO BE CONDUCTED AFTER INSTALLATION
a) Network shall be pressurized and sequence of operation of pumps as per operation
philosophy to be conducted through test line.
b) All cables shall be Meggered and tested for continuity.
c) All annunciations in the panel to be achieved by actual operation.
d) All test as described in the specification to be carried out.
e) Any other tests required by purchaser/West Bengal Fire Services.
f) All the tests mentioned above shall be carried out in accordance with Instruction and
Operation manuals of the system.
220
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
g) All the instruments, test hardware’s, tools and tackles, consumables required for
performance tests of the equipment of the system etc. shall be arranged by the Contractor.
9.6.6
Pre-commissioning Tests and Final Acceptance
a) After the work provided above has been completed in all respects and the start-up, trial operation
and site performance tests are successfully conducted and before the works are accepted by the
Purchaser, the system/subsystems shall be operated for a period of 30 days (i.e. 30 x 24 hours).
During this period, the system/ subsystems shall be operated intermittently depending upon the
requirements of the complex. The contractor shall establish the performance of the system/
subsystems to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.
b) On satisfactory completion of 30 days operation as above the Purchaser shall issue to the
Contractor a taking over certificate, as a proof of final acceptance of the system subject to
fulfillment of other responsibilities by the Contractor as specified elsewhere in the tender
document. Such certificate shall be issued within 30 days after satisfactory completion of the
above tests final acceptance run. Such certificate shall, however, not relieve the Contractor of
any of his obligations which, otherwise, is stipulated by the terms and conditions governing the
contract.
9.6.7
Rejection
The Purchaser will reject any equipment if, during tests, or service, any of the following conditions
arise when the provisions under the relevant clause of the general conditions of contract shall
immediately become applicable.
a) Equipment including its components is proved to have been manufactured not in accordance
with the agreed specifications.
b) Equipment fails on any test indicated in the Technical Specification.
9.7
QUALITY CONTROL AND SURVEILLANCE
9.7.1 The system/equipment to be supplied under this specification shall have assured quality and
workmanship. The Bidder in his proposal shall submit his Quality Assurance Plan containing quality
assurance programme and quality assurance documents for Purchaser's approval. The Contractor shall
be bound to conduct all stage inspections on various equipment/material during manufacturing process
in accordance with the approved copy of this document. Purchaser shall have the right to carryout
Quality Audit and Quality Surveillance by witnessing any or all such tests to be carried out at
Contractor's/ Subcontractor's work as and when desired. The procedure applicable to Contractor's
221
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
works shall also apply to the works of the Subcontractor's. For items coming under the purview of
any Indian Statutory Regulation during the Course of manufacture, all stage inspections and tests
shall be witnessed by an inspecting authority recognised under the statutory regulation. A list of all
sub-vendors is to be forwarded to the Purchaser's for approval prior to the placement of subcontract.
All unpriced copies of purchase orders of all major bought out items giving technical details shall be
sent to Purchaser for approval prior to the placement of orders on sub-vendors. These
audit/surveillance/approvals shall however, do not relieve the manufacturer/sub-vendors of their
responsibility of the Quality Assurance of their product and overall guarantee and responsibility shall
wholly be confined on the contractor.
9.7.2 Tests/inspections shall be carried out during and after the completion of manufacture of different
components and assembly as applicable in accordance with relevant codes and standards. Test
Certificates for all such tests/inspections shall be made available to the Purchaser for approval.
9.7.3 Purchaser or his authorised representative shall have his full access to witness any or all
tests/inspections to be carried out at manufacturer's shop. In case, the job is subcontracted, it will be
Contractor's responsibility to make all arrangement so that Purchaser or his authorised representative
can attend such tests at Subcontractor's premises.
9.7.4 Bidder shall also refer the relevant clauses on inspection and testing in the various sub-sections
enclosed with this specification.
9.7.5 After installation, the equipment/system shall be tested and commissioned at site to Purchaser's full
satisfaction.
9.8
SPARES
9.8.1 Recommended Spares
a)
The supply of spare parts as necessary and recommended by the respective manufacturers for three
(3) years of reliable operation and maintenance of all equipment for the Building shall be under the
scope of this Bid Document.
b)
List of such spares indicating their prices shall be supplied in the form of the enclosed form along with
the unit price. Order for the same may be placed simultaneously or otherwise at the option of the
Purchaser.
9.8.2 Erection and Commissioning Spares
a)
Spares which may be required during tests, trial run and commissioning shall be arranged separately,
cost of which shall be included in quoted price.
222
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b)
List of such spares indicating their prices shall be supplied in the form of the enclosed format
(Annexure-IVA) attached with this specification.
c)
Spares which will be used for this purpose shall be replaced by the Contractor within a reasonable
period of time.
9.8.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENT OF SPARES
a)
All spares required for operation/maintenance by Purchaser shall be delivered in unused new
condition.
b)
Spares shall be interchangeable with the parts for which they are intended for replacement.
c)
Bidder shall indicate the service expectancy period for spares under normal operating conditions
after which replacement will be necessary.
d)
9.9
Spares shall be properly packed for long storage under prevailing site condition.
TOOLS & TACKLE
The Bidder in his proposal will indicate a list of special tools and tackle which may be required for
maintenance, overhaul and replacement of various equipment/ component to be supplied under this contract.
Order for the tools and tackle may be placed simultaneously or otherwise at the option of the Purchaser.
223
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
10.01 GENERAL
This section covers the requirements of the Fire Detection and Alarm System, including the various components
and accessories, which constitute the system.
10.01.1 All equipment and components shall be new, and shall be the manufacturer’s current model. All materials,
appliances, equipment, and devices shall have to be listed and tested by recognized approval agency (UL or
equivalent) for use as part of a protected premise protective signaling (fire alarm) system. The authorised
representative if manufacturer of the major equipment, such as control panels, shall be responsible for the
satisfactory installation of complete system.
10.01.2 All equipment and components shall be installed in strict compliance with each manufacturer’s
recommendations.
10.01.3 All equipment shall be attached to walls and ceiling / Floor assemblies and shall be held firmly in place (e.g.
solely suspended ceilings shall not support detectors). Fasteners and supports shall be adequate to support the
required load.
10.01.4 The fire alarm system shall comply with requirements of IS-2189 / NFPA standard No. 72 for protected
premises signalling systems as modified and supplemented by this specification. The system shall be
electrically supervised and monitor the integrity of all conductors.
10.01.5 The system shall be an active/interrogative type system where each transponder is respectively scanned. The
scan shall cause the transmission of a signal to the main Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), indicating that the
transponder and its associated initiating device and notification appliance circuit wiring is functional. Loss of
such a signal at the main FACP shall result in a trouble indication as specified hereinafter for the particular
input.
10.02.0 MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
10.02.01
The main FACP central console shall contain a microprocessor based Central Processing Unit
(CPU) with its own micro-controller etc. The FACP shall communicate with and control the following
types of equipment used to make up the system: intelligent detectors, addressable/intelligent modules,
transponders, local and remote operator terminals, printer’s annunciators, emergency voice
communication systems, talk back system and other system controlled devices.
224
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
10.02.02
The main FACP/Central Console shall perform the following functions:
a)
Supervise and monitor all addressable detectors and addressable modules connected to the
system for normal, trouble, and alarm conditions,
b)
Supervise all initiating, signaling, and notification appliance
c)
Detect the activation of any initiating device and the location of the alarm condition. Operate all
notification appliances and auxiliary devices as programmed.
d)
Visually and audibly annunciate any trouble, supervisory, or alarm condition on operator’s
terminal, panel display, and annunciators.
10.02.03
SYSTEM CAPACITY AND GENERAL OPERATION:
1. The control panel shall provide, or be capable of expansion to maximum No. of Signaling Line
Circuits
2. The FACP shall be a standalone unit that shall function independent of all other devices/ controls
that it may be communicating with. All various field installed addressable devices shall be wired in
loops to the respective loop interface cards.
3. The FACP should be modular in structure and various functional cards like loop card control card,
communication
card, power supply unit, display unit etc. should be of plug in nature for easy
maintenance and replacement. And thus the capacity expansion by way of adding more loops is
also easy which is achieved by just plugging in more loop cards.
4. The FACP shall have the facility to process all the output signals received and also have the facility
to control all the output signals connected to various devices in the field through any of the loop
interface modules/cards.
5. The FACP shall be able to connect to intelligent or analogue addressable devices via its loop
interface cards. FACP shall meet the requirements of NFPA 72 Signaling Line Circuit Styles as
described below.
a)
Two wire loops of addressable analogue fire/smoke sensing signaling, and monitoring devices.
b)
Loop cards, which connect to 3 or more loops per card, are not acceptable for ensuring better
reliability of the system.
6. It shall be possible to connect conventional type fire detectors to the FACP by use of suitable
interface cards. It shall also be possible to connect conventional/ other alarm initiating devices such
as manual call points, flow switches, pressure switches, etc. to the FACP by use of suitable
interface cards.
225
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
7. The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall include a full-featured operator interface control and
annunciation panel, which shall include a backlit liquid crystal display, individual color-coded system
status LEDs, and an alphanumeric keypad for field programming and control of the Fire Alarm
System.
8. The FACP shall have a modular architecture using different functional interface cards/ modules for
interfacing of loop and other field devices. Failure of one interface card shall not affect the
functioning for other interface cards.
9. It shall be possible to connect the following devices to the FACP through the loops.
a.
Analogue addressable/ intelligent smoke sensors and thermal sensors in the loops
located where shown (as per layout plans) shall report sensed levels in analogue form to
the FACP. Addressable Monitor modules in the loops shall be provided where shown (As
per layout plans) to monitor pull station, flow switches, and other contact input devices
shown.
b.
Fault Isolator modules in the loop shall be provided where shown (as per layout plans) to
detect a fault/ short circuit in the loop wiring and to subsequently isolate the faulty
circuit thereby ensuring healthiness & total functionality of non-isolated part of the loop.
10. Each detector, monitor module and control module that is connected on the loop shall be identified
by a unique address that shall be assigned to each device. This address shall indicate the individual
device address as well as the address of the loop to which it is connected.
11. It shall be possible to create zones or logical groups in a FACP. Each zone may contain number of
(group) physical devices and each of these zones shall be individually addressable.
12. It shall be possible to program the FACP as per custom job requirements without any hardware
modifications in the FACP. It shall be possible to program any signaling / control /output to be
activated based a change-of-state of any point or any zone in the FACP.
13. It shall be possible to program any signaling / control /output to be activated based on any change
of state on any point or zone in the FACP. i.e. the changed states may be trouble, warning or Alarm
states.
14. It shall be possible to provide an activation delay (programmable from 6 to 180 sec) for each input
device in the FACP. The respective device shall report a change of state only after the device shall
report a change of state only after the device has remained in the changed state for an amount of
time that exceeds the activation delay time.
226
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
15. It shall be possible to provide an activation delay (programmable from 6 to 180 sec) for each output
device in FACP. It shall be possible to automatically deactivate the outputs after the outputs have
remained activated for an amount of time that exceeds the cut out time.
16. The FACP shall process all analogue values for dual level alarm limits. Limits and sensor values shall
be displayable, modifiable, and reportable in decimal values. If sensor value transitions form a
normal level to a warning level over an extended time period (beyond Two hours), the sector shall
report a “trouble” condition, including the analogue value in the FACP. If a sensor value transitions
from a normal level to a warning level over a time period of less than two hours,
17. A Warning/pre-alarm message, including the analogue value shall report in the FACP.
18. Anytime any sensor transitions beyond the second and higher limit value, an alarm initiation and the
FACP shall issue report.
19. Each sensor shall have FACP resident and unique, warning and alarm limits which shall be
displayable and on-line adjustable.
20. In case any sensor is removed form its base, a trouble will be generated in the FACP indicating the
address of the point in trouble.
21. In case of a mismatch between the installed sensor type for a particular address and the
programmed type for that address, a trouble alarm shall be generated for that point.
22. In addition to the Trouble, Warning and Alarm levels of each intelligent/addressable device, in two
alarm
23. Groups to help operators differentiate between detectors and supervised alarm inputs. It shall be
possible.
24. To assign any point to any group. In case of an alarm, the FACP should also indicate the Alarm
group that represents the alarm point
25. The FACP shall automatically and periodically (at least once every 24 hours) compare each sensor’s
operating Characteristic with the set sensitivity and re-calibrate the dual alarm limits if necessary.
26. All programming or editing of the existing program in the system shall be achieved without any addon equipment other than the panel.
27. For ease of operation, operator toggle switches for the following minimum functions shall be
provided directly on the FACP without having the operator to use the operator keypad :
a) Acknowledge Alarm
b) Reset FSP
227
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
c) Silence Alarm
d) Scroll switches to view multiple alarm address. On toggling of this switch, the seven segment
display shall show the respective alarm while the respective LED’s shall be lit showing the
condition (Trouble, Warning Or Alarm) to enable operator to capture the alarm address and alarm
type at a glance.
28. The FACP shall be equipped with an LED test and audible sounder test facility. Activation of this
test shall test (light up) all LED’s and activate the sounder for as long as the test switch is held in
trouble condition.
29. The FACP shall be equipped with built in emergency toggle switch that shall be used in case of
emergencies to generate a manual evacuation signal. Toggling of this switch shall activate all
programmed signaling/ Indicating outputs in all the loops of the FACP.
30. The FACP shall have a built in operators display unit with integral operators keypad and a strip
printer. The display shall be a back-lit LCD type that shall display clear text as well as numeric and
shall have a minimum of 2 lines and 40 characters-per-line.
31. The FACP shall allow an operator with the appropriate privilege to directly set smoke sensor
sensitivity in units of percent per meter obscuration, within pre-defined limits.
32. The display unit shall continuously display date & time and a ‘System Normal’ message when no
alarms are present in system.
33. On a change of state of the devices, the back-lighting shall turn on and the display shall show the
device address, its condition (e.g. warning, alarm trouble), date & time of the state change, the
point descriptor and an operator action message.
34. The point descriptors and the action messages shall be programmable as per custom requirement;
35. If the display window is inactive for a specific length of time (e.g. 5 minutes) the back-lighting
shall automatically turn off.
36. It shall be possible to assign at least 2 levels of passwords for granting different access levels to
operators.
37. It shall be possible for operators (with authorized passwords) to:
Enable/disable and Isolate devices
Initiate (command) devices.
Display desired device status,
Test the FACP (run self diagnostic)
228
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Modify analog warning & alarm limits
Modify Action messages, device descriptors
Add, modify or delete privileged operators
Add, delete devices in the system
Change type of detector
Enable/Disable alarm verification for individual
It shall be possible to carry out all above operations without having to power off the FACP or
make any hardware changes.
The operators display unit on the FACP shall allow operators with (authorised password) to
generate and print out the following types of reports:
a) Alarm Summary: Report on all points in alarm condition
b) All Devices’ status: Report on all points that are in trouble condition
c) Disabled Devices: Report on all points that are disabled
d) Trouble Summary: Report on all points that are in trouble condition
e) Detector Sensitivity: Report on Analog sensitivity values for the detectors
f) History Log: Report on all change-of-state history events and operator actions history in
chronological order
g) Logical Groups (Zones): Report on all related zones including list of physical points in
each zone.
h) Isolated device summary: Report on all points that are isolated form the FACP
i)
Device Trend: Trend report on sampled values recorded with date & time stamp at each
sample.
38. The FACP shall have integral capability to be connected and to communicate with a higher order PC
based Central Station without any additional hardware requirements in the FACP.
39. The system shall include emergency voice communications utilizing distributed amplification and
intelligence such that loss of operation by the main FACP will not result in the loss of evacuation
signal throughout the building.
40. The FACP shall provide the following features:
Control-By-Time
Day / Night Sensitivity
Periodic Detector Test
229
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Drift Compensation
Trouble Reminder
Verification Counters
System Status Reports
Walk Test
Security Monitor Points
Maintenance Alert
Minimum 3 levels of Pre-alarm warning
Alarm Verification
System Configuration Report
Printer Interface
System Point Report
Minimum 400 Event Historical Log
Programmable Automatic Timed and Manual Signal Silence
Programmable Manual Signal
Silence Inhibit Timer
PEER-TO-PEER communication with similar panel.
10.02.04
CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT
1. The Central Processing Unit shall communicate with, monitor, and control all other modules within
the control panel. Removal, disconnection, or failure of any control panel module shall be detected
and reported to the system display by the Central Processing Unit.
2. The Central Processing Unit shall contain and execute all control-by-event programs for specific
action to be taken if an alarm condition is detected by the system. Such control-by-event programs
shall be held in non-volatile, programmable memory, and shall not be lost even if system primary
and secondary power failure occurs. Adequate password protection should be there for accessing
the program in the non-volatile memory.
3. The Central Processing Unit shall also provide a real-time clock for time annotation of all system
displays. Real time clock shall be provided not only for time stamping of alarm/ trouble events but
also to trigger any Pre-defined ‘Control by time’ logic. The time-of-day and date shall not be lost if
system primary and secondary power supplies fail.
230
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
4. Integral battery backup for program data retention for at least five years without external power
source.
10.02.05 DISPLAY
1. The system display shall provide all the controls and indicators used by the system operator and
may also be used to program all system operational parameters.
2. The display assembly shall contain, and display as required, custom alphanumeric label for all
intelligent detectors, intelligent/addressable modules and software zones.
3. The system display shall provide minimum 640 character back-lit alphanumeric Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD). It shall also provide five Light Emitting Diodes (LED’s), which will indicate the status
of the following system parameters:
Mains Power off.
Low Battery
Ground Fault
Trouble in System
Warning (Pre Alarm)
Alarm in System
4. The System display shall provide a 25-key touch keypad with control capability to command all
system functions, entry of any alphabetic or numeric information and field programming. Two
different password levels will be accessible through the Display Interface Assembly to prevent
unauthorized System control or programming.
5. The system display shall include the following operator control switches: Signal, Silence, Lamp
Test, Reset, System Test and Acknowledge.
10.02.06
LOOP INTERFACE BOARD
1. Loop Interface Boards shall be provided to monitor and control each of the signaling line circuit
(SLC) in the system. The Loop Interface Board shall contain its own microprocessor and shall be
capable of operating in Local mode in the case of a failure in the main CPU of the Control Panel. In
Local mode, the Loop Interface Board shall detect alarms and activate output devices on its own
SLC.
2. The Loop Interface Board shall not require any jumper cuts or address switch settings to initialise SLC
operations.
231
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
3. The loop Interface Board shall provide power to and communicate with all of the analog intelligent /
addressable detectors and intelligent/addressable modules connected to its SLC over a single pair of
wires.
4. The Loop Interface Board shall receive analogue information from all intelligent/addressable
analogue Detectors and shall process this information to determine whether normal, alarm, or
trouble conditions exist for that particular detector. The Loop Interface Board software shall
include software to automatically adjust and compensate for dust accumulation to maintain
detector performance as it is affected by environmental factors. The analogue information may also
be used for automatic detector testing and for the automatic determination of detector
maintenance requirements.
5. The Loop Interface Board shall communicate with each analogue/addressable detectors and
addressable module on its SLC and verify proper device function and status. Communication with
maximum number of intelligent devices shall be performed every 6 seconds or less. Average time to
detect an alarm shall be 3 seconds (longer for detectors utilizing alarm verification).
10.02.07
SERIAL INTERFACE BOARD
1. The Serial Interface Boards shall be providing the RS-232 interface between the Fire Alarm Control
Panel and approved / Listed Electronic Data Processing (EDP) Peripherals.
2. The Serial Interface Board shall allow the use of multiple printers, CRT monitors, and other
peripherals connected to the RS-232 ports.
3. The Serial Interface Board shall provide one RS-485 port for the serial connection of the optional
Annunciator and Control Sub-system components.
4. The Serial Interface Board shall have LED’s, which will show that it is in regular communication
with Annunciators or other RS-485 connected peripheral devices.
5. All RS-232 circuits shall be optionally isolated and power limited.
6. Modifications to the fire alarm panel should consist of at a minimum: day/night adjustments,
default sensitivity and verify.
10.02.08
ENCLOSURES
1. The control panel shall be housed in Listed & approved cabinets suitable for surface or semi-flush
mounting. Cabinets shall be corrosion protected, given a rust-resistant prime coat, and
manufacturer’s standard finish.
232
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2. The door shall provide a key lock and shall include a glass or other transparent opening for viewing
of all indicators. For convenience, the door may be either hinged on the right or left hand side.
3. The control unit shall be modular in structure for ease of installation, maintenance and future
expansion.
4. The FACP and CPU shall be modular in construction to allow ease of servicing. The CPU and
transponders shall be capable of being programmed on site without requiring the use of any
external programming equipment. In addition, they shall have capability of connecting to a PC that
can be used for off-site programming, downloaded to the FACP and upload the system point
program to the PC archiving. Systems that essentially require use of external programmers or
changes of EPROMs are not acceptable.
5. The CPU and associated equipment are to be protected so that voltage surges or line transients
including RFI and EMI will not affect them.
6. Each transponder and peripheral device connected to the CPU shall be continuously scanned for
proper operation. Data transmissions between the C P U, transponders, and peripheral devices shall
be reliable and error free. The transmission scheme used should employ dual transmission or other
equivalent error checking techniques. Failure of any transponder or peripheral device to respond to
an interrogation shall be annunciated as a trouble condition.
10.02.09
POWER SUPPLY
1. The main power supply shall operate on 220 volt AC, 50 Hz, and shall provide all necessary
power for the FACP.
2. It shall be expendable for additional notification appliance power in minimum ampere
increments. All power applied to notification appliances through the power supply unit
should be regulated 24 V DC.
3. It shall provide a battery charger for 48 hours of stand-by using dual-rate charging
techniques for fast battery recharge.
4. It shall provide a very low frequency sweep earth detect circuit, capable of detecting earth
faults on sensitive addressable modules.
5. It shall be power-limited using Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) resistors.
It shall provide meters to indicate battery voltage and charging current.
233
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
10.03.01 System Circuit Supervision
1.
The FACP shall supervise all circuits to intelligent devices, transponders, annunciators and peripheral
equipment and annunciators and peripheral equipment and annunciate loss of communications with
these devices. The CPU shall continuously scan above devices for proper system operation and upon
loss of response from a device are not responding and print the information on the printer.
2.
Transponders that lose communication with the CPU shall sound an audible trouble and light an LED
indicating loss of communications.
10.03.02
FIELD WIRING TERMINAL BLOCKS:
For ease of service, all wiring terminal blocks shall be the plug-in type and have sufficient capacity or
18 to 12 AWG wire. Fixed terminal blocks are not acceptable.
10.03.03
Audio Message Generator (Pre-recorded Voice)
1. Activation of any alarm-initiating device shall cause a pre-recorded message to sound over the
speakers. The tone/message shall be repeated four times.
2. Each initiating zone or intelligent device shall interface with an emergency voice communication
system capable of transmitting a pre-recorded voice message and/or programmable tone/message
sequence to all speakers in the
3. A build-in microphone shall be provided to allow paging through speaker circuits.
4. The message generator shall provide a system paging capability form telephone circuits.
5. The Audio message Generator shall have the following controls and indicators to allow for proper
operator understanding and control:
All-Call LED
On-line LED
All-Call Switch
Local Speaker Volume Control
Local (Test) Speaker
6. The Audio Message Generator shall monitor the digitised tone/message generators as well as the
integral microphone and will generate a 200 Hz default tone if the generators or microphone
become disable for any reason.
234
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
10.03.04
VIDEO DISPLAY TERMINAL
1. The video display/ reporting terminal shall be a desktop computer with text and graphics display
having the capability to show all events and points. In case the system requires more that one FAP
the terminal should be capable of displaying the above for all networked FACP.
2.
In addition the reporting terminal software should have the following features.
a) The operating system for computer should be Win XP/ Windows NT.
b) On-line view of all network point, if required
c) Off-line generation of panel database.
d) Login/Logout/Change password.
e) Multiple Operator Passwords.
f) Building Graphics Window.
g) Graphic History Window.
h) Programmable alarm and trouble toner (variable frequency).
i)
Context sensitive Help Window.
3. A detachable keyboard shall be provided which may be used for programming, testing, and control
of the system. Individual keys shall be provided on the keyboard for the Acknowledge, Reset, Lamp
Test, System Test and Signal Silence functions of the Control Panel.
4. The video display terminal shall include a count of all alarms and troubles in the system as well as
a count of all alarms and troubles requiring acknowledgement. These counts shall be continuously
displayed during all FACP operations.
5. The system core computer shall comprise of the following minimum hardware. :
A Pentium IV or greater.
A Super VGA graphics card capable of 1024 X 768 pixel resolution and 65K colours (i.e.2
MB video memory)
A minimum of 2 GB of RAM or higher
A 12 function-keyboard
Mouse pointing device
A 250 GB Hard disk drive
One 1.44 MB Floppy disk drive
235
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
A super VGA monitor capable of non-interlaced operation at 1024 X 768 pixel resolution
(70 Hz or better vertical refresh rate)
A 20 X DVD RW drive
A tape backup unit
An 8-Line serial communications adapter
An Adapter for Ethernet Networking compatible with TCP/IP network protocols
If equivalent hardware is proposed then the supplier must be able to demonstrate
compatibility of software as described in Section elsewhere.
10.03.05
SPECIFIC SYSTEM OPERATIONS
1. Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: Means shall be provided for adjusting the sensitivity of any or
all analog intelligent smoke detectors in the system from the System keypad or from the keyboard of
the video terminal.
2. Alarm Verification: Each of the intelligent/addressable smoke detectors in the system may be
independently selected and enabled to be an alarm verified detector. The FACP shall keep a count of
the number of times each detector has entered the verification cycle. These counters may be
displayed and reset by the proper operator commands.
3. System Point Operations: Any device in the system may be enabled or disabled through the System
keypad or video terminal.
4. Any system output point may be turned on or off, from the system keypad or the video terminal.
5. Point Status: The system shall be able to display the following point status diagnostic functions
without the need peripheral equipment. Each point will be annunciated for the parameters listed
•
Device Status
•
Device Type
•
Custom Device Label
•
Device Zone Assignments
6. System Status Reports: Upon command from a password-authorised operator of the system, a
status report will be generated and printed, listing all system status.
7. Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall automatically
interrogate each system detector and shall analyse the detector responses over a period.
236
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
DETECTORS, DEVICES & ACCESSORIES.
11.01 CODES AND STANDARD
The design, supply, construction, manufacture, testing performance, installation etc. of the various
components of the fire detection and alarm system shall comply with all currently applicable statutes,
regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. Nothing in this
specification shall be constructed to relieve the contractor of this responsibility.
Unless otherwise specified, the fire detection and alarm system and components shall conform to the latest
applicable standards.
Equipment conforming to other recognized international standards will not be
considered,
All detectors offered shall be approved by any of the following bodies, as applicable:
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) – USA
Approval certificates shall be furnished with the bid.
11.01.02
COMPONENTS OF THE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM SYSTEM
The components which generally consist of the fire detection and alarm system are listed below:
11.01.03
♠
Analogue Addressable Manual call Station.
♠
Analogue Addressable Multi-criteria Detectors.
♠
Analogue Addressable Optical smoke Detectors.
♠
Analogue Addressable Rate of Rise cum fixed temperature Heat detectors
♠
Analogue Addressable Beam Detector.
♠
Response Indicator.
♠
Sounders and Strobe Light
♠
Analogue Addressable Interface unit
♠
Analogue Addressable Interface Control unit
♠
Analogue Addressable Fault Isolator Module,
♠
LCD Alphanumeric Display Annunciator
♠
Associated Cabling & Accessories.
GENERAL SYSTEM / COMPONENT REQUIRMENTS
a. The equipment and system shall be designed for maximum reliability and availability and shall be of
proven design, using material with well-established physical and chemical properties and as appropriate
to the service intended.
237
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
b. Monitoring circuits shall be provided to check the proper functioning of all components, system / sub
systems.
c. Components used shall be provided with adequate design margins to ensure higher availability of the
system.
d. All components shall be suitable for installation and shall perform satisfactorily under the
environmental conditions specified in the specification.
e. The components / system shall be suitable for satisfactory operation even when the power supply
voltage falls to 70% of the rated voltage.
f. The bidder shall guarantee that the components equipment shall be free from mal-operation due to
vibration mechanical shocks, electrical noise and existing environmental condition like air currents, etc.
where the equipment is installed.
g. All detectors and associated annunciation systems shall be tested at site with simulated fire
conditions, which would represent the actual operating conditions.
h. Detailed catalogues/literature, description and internal circuitry for all components of the fire alarm
system shall be enclosed with the bid.
11.01.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE DETECTORS
a) The prime function of a fire detector shall be to detect any fire in the early stages by sensing one of its
emission characteristics like pressure of smoke and invisible products, heat i.e. temperature, both in
terms of an absolute value as well as rate of rise and radiation in the infra-red and ultra violet regions
of the electromagnetic spectrum.
b) The detectors shall be located and mounted in such a way that their performance is in no way
affected. Special maintenance procedures, if any, required for the satisfactory operation of the
detector shall be clearly stated in the bid.
c) All detectors offered shall be marked of the resettable type, i.e. suitable for operating afresh after each
actuation on alarm without any replacement or adjustment.
d) All detectors shall be marked with code number on a clearly visible part of identification purpose. Each
and every detector shall be provided with a response indicator, which will light up steadily when the
detector senses a fire and operates. Under normal conditions, the response indicator shall flash
intermittently to indicate the healthy condition of the detector and sensing circuits. The visual
indication under normal and fault conditions shall be visible from a distance of at least 6 meters. In
case where detectors are mounted above the false ceiling, a separate response indicator shall be
238
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
provided with all accessories for mounting on the visible surface of the false ceiling, just below the
corresponding detector. For detectors mounted below false flooring, the response indicators shall be
mounted on a separate panel located in the room.
e) The necessary mounting and cabling accessories shall be supplied with the detector.
f) Every detector shall be provided with the following accessories:
♠ A junction box on which the detector base shall be mounted and having the necessary number of
terminals of adequate rating for connecting the incoming and outgoing cable. The junction box shall
have an earthling stud, which shall be connected to the station earth.
♠ Two-compression type, brass cable glands mounted on the junction box for terminating the
incoming and outgoing cables.
♠ Every detector shall be provided with a label having a tag number for easy identification. The tag
numbering system shall be indicated to the contractor during detailed engineering.
♠ All relevant tests as per applicable standards shall be carried out on detectors at the
manufacturers works. Test reports for the same shall be furnished.
11.01.05 ADDRESSABLE ANALOUGE OPTICAL TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS
a) Smoke detectors shall be addressable devices and shall connect with two wires to one of the
Fire Alarm Control Panel Signaling line circuits.
b) The detectors use the photo electric (light-scattering) principle to measure smoke density and
shall on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analogue
level of smoke density.
c)
The detectors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a twist-lock base.
d) The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and
report that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself by
activating a magnetic switch or may be initiated remotely by a command from the control
panel.
e) The detectors shall provide address-setting means on the detectors head using rotary decimal
switches. They shall also store an internal identifying code, which the control panel shall use to
identify the type of detector.
f) The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs; Both LEDs shall flash under normal
conditions, indicating that the detector is operational and in regular communication with the
control panel. . Both LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel,
Signature of the tenderer
239
Under the seal of the firm
indicating that an alarm condition has been detected. If required, the flashing mode operation
of the detector LEDs shall be controlled through the system field program. An output connection
shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm LED.
g) The detector sensitivity shall be set through the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and shall be
adjustable in the field through the field programming of the system. The panel on a time-ofday basis may automatically adjust sensitivity.
h) Using software in the FACP, the detectors shall automatically compensate for dust
accumulation and other slow environmental charges, which may affect their performance.
i)
The detectors shall be listed by UL / FM as meeting the calibrated sensitivity test requirements
of NFPA standard 72.
11.01.06 ADDRESSABLE ANALOGUE MULTI-CRITERIA TYPE DETECTORS
a) Multi criteria detectors shall be addressable and shall connect with two wires to one of the Fire
Alarm Control Panel Signaling Line Circuits.
b) The detectors shall use the photo electric (light-scattering) principle to measure smoke density and a
thermistor temperature sensor (to measure thermal conditions caused by a fire) whose outputs are
combined to give the final analogue value, and shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the
panel representing the analogue level of products of combustion.
c) The signal from optical smoke sensing element and from temperature sensor shall be independent.
d) The detector shall represent the smoke level and the air temperature in the vicinity of detector.
e) Detectors shall be capable of generating an alarm signal in the event of loss of the communication protocol
(but not loss of power). and will be generated continuously for the duration of the alarm condition.
f) The detectors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a twist-lock base.
g) The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and report that
condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself by activating a magnetic
switch or may be initiated remotely by a command from the control panel.
h) The detectors shall provide address-setting means on the detectors head using rotary decimal switches.
They shall also store an internal identifying code, which the control panel shall use to identify the type of
detector.
i)
Because of dust accumulation or other environmental contamination in the detector chamber may cause a
variation in the analogue output from the detector. The detector shall apply compensation to this variation,
and will record the level of compensation in non-volatile memory. When drift compensation reaches a preset
240
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
level, the detector will set the drift compensation flag, which the FACP will identify and initiate a visible
signal to indicate that the detector is in need of service. The FACP shall, when one-detector signals a high
drift level, be capable of checking the non-volatile memory of other detectors to see if they are nearing a
state where service is required.
j)
Smoke entry points shall be protected against ingress of dust and insects by corrosion resistant gauze.
k) The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs, Both LEDs shall flash under normal conditions. In
certain applications, LEDs may be selected to poll without flashing through system programming. Both
LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has
been detected. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote alarm
LED.
l)
The detector sensitivity shall be set through the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and shall be adjustable in the
field through the field programming of the system. The panel on a time-of-day basis may automatically
adjust sensitivity.
m) Using software in the FACP, the detectors shall automatically compensate for dust accumulation and
other slow environmental changes, which may affect their performance.
n) The detectors shall be listed by UL / FM as meeting the calibrated sensitivity test requirements of NFPA
standard 72.
11.01.07 RATE OF RISE CUM FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT DETECTOR
a) Thermal detectors shall be addressable devices, and shall connect with two wires to one of the Fire Alarm
Control Panel.
b) The detectors shall use an electronic detector to measure thermal conditions caused by a fire and shall, on
command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the analogue level of such thermal
measurements.
c) The detectors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a twist-lock base.
d) The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate are alarm condition and report that
condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself, by activating a magnetic
switch, or initiated remotely on command from the control panel.
e) The detectors shall provide address-setting means on the detector head using rotary decimal switches.
f) The detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs, Both LEDs shall flash under normal conditions. In
certain applications lEDs may be selected to be polled without flashing through system programming. Both
LEDs may be placed into steady illumination by the control panel, indicating that an alarm condition has
241
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
been detected. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an external remote
alarm LED.
g) The detector sensitivity shall be set through the Fire Alarm Control Panel, and shall be adjustable in the
field through the field programming of the system. The panel on a time-of-day basis may automatically
adjust sensitivity.
h) Using software in the FACP, the detectors shall automatically compensate for dust accumulation and other
slow environmental charges, which may affect their performance.
11.01.08 ADDRESSABLE MANUAL CALL POINTS
a) Addressable manual stations shall be provided to connect to the Fire Alarm Control Panel signalling Line
circuit (SLC)
b) The manual station shall on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the
state of the manual switch. Manual fire alarm stations shall be used a key operated test-rest lock, and
shall be designed so that after actual Emergency operation, they cannot be restored normal use except
by the use of a key.
c)
All operated stations shall have a positive visual indication that can not be reset without the use of a
key.
d) Manual stations shall be constructed of high impact LEXAN with clearly visible operating instructions
provided on the cover. The word Fire shall appear on the front of the station in raised letters.
e) Stations shall be suitable for surface mounting or semi-flush mounting and shall be installed not less than
1.2 M, or more than 1.3 M above the finished floor unless otherwise specified by applicable factory
codes.
f) The manual station shall provide address-setting means using rotary decimal witches. Because of the
possibility of installation error. Systems, which use binary jumpers or dip switches to set the detector
address, are not acceptable.
g) The Manual Call points (MCP) shall have a minimum of 2 diagnostic LEDs mounted on their integral,
factory assembled single or two stage input module. A green LED shall flash to confirm communication
with the loop controller. A red LED shall flash to display alarm status.
h) The Manual Call points (MCP) shall be capable of storing diagnostic codes which can be retrieved for
troubleshooting assistance. Input circuit wiring shall be supervised for open and ground faults. The fire
alarm pull station shall be suitable for operation in the following environment:
i)
242
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
I.
Temperature: 320 F to 1200 F (00 C to 490 C)
II.
Humidity: 0- 93% RH, non-condensing.
III.
The enclosure of the MCP will be dust, weather and vermin proof, having a degree of protection
IP 54 in indoor areas and IP 65 in outdoor areas.
IV.
The MCP will be suitable for wall mounting.
V.
The complete unit will be painted fire red shade No. 536 as per IS- 5. The internal surface of
the enclosure will be painted with semi-glossy white.
j)
Each MCP will be provided with the following accessories:
Identification plate, with a tag number. The tag number will be identical to that displayed on the
fire alarm panel.
Compression type nickel plate brass cable glands on the external enclosure for the connecting
cables. Suitable knockouts will be provided on both the top and bottom surfaces of the enclosure
to facilitate either top or bottom entry of cables. The degree of protection will remain intact with
knockouts in place.
11.02.01
Terminal blocks with the required number of terminals for connecting external cables.
Earthing studs (if the enclosure is metallic and the operating voltage is greater that 24 V) suitable
for connecting to Purchaser’s earthing conductor.
SOUNDERS AND STROBE LIGHTS
SPEAKERS / SOUNDERS
Shall operate on 25 VRMS with field selectable output taps from 0.5 to 2.0 W.
Speakers in corridors and public spaces shall have their output tap set to produce a nominal sound
output of 84 dba at 10 feet (3 m).
The final out put level to be decided based on noise level exists in particular area.
Frequency response shall be a minimum of 400 Hz to 4000 Hz.
STROBE LIGHTS
♠ Shall operate on 24 V DC nominal.
♠ Shall meet the requirements of the following criteria :
♠ The maximum pulse duration shall be 2/10ths of one second.
♠ Unless otherwise specified in specification the intensity shall be a minimum of 75 candela.
243
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
♠ The out put setting shall be such that it can change by simply opening the device and sliding/rotating the
switch to the desired setting. The unit which requires to remove for setting is not acceptable. The
setting shall be remains visible through a small window on the device after the cover is closed.
♠ The flash rate shall be minimum of 1 Hz and a maximum of 3 Hz.
♠ The appliance shall be placed 80 inches (2,030 mm) above the highest floor level within the space, or 6
inches (152 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is the lower.
11.02.02
ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE UNIT
a) Addressable interface units shall be provided to connect one supervised IDC zone of conventional alarm
initiating devices (any No. Dry contact device) to one of the Fire Alarm Control Panel signaling Line Circuit
(SLC).
b) The addressable interface unit shall mount in small electrical box.
c) The addressable interface unit shall provide address-setting means using decimal switches and shall also store
an internal identifying code, which the Fire Alarm Control Panel shall use to identify the type of device.
Modules, which use binary jumpers or DIP switches, are subject to installation errors and are not acceptable.
LEDs shall be provided which shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the addressable interface unit
is operational and in regular communication with the panel.
d) For difficult to access areas, the interface unit shall be in a miniature package.
11.02.03
ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE CONTROL UNIT (AICU)
a) AICU shall be provided to supervise and control the operation of one conventional Notification Appliance
Circuit (NAC). Speaker circuit, or telephone circuit. For auxiliary control functions, the AICU may be set
to operate as a dry contact relay.
b) The AICU shall mount in a standard electrical box, to a surface mounted back box, or directly in the Fire
Alarm Control Panel.
c) The NAC may be wired for style z or style Y NAC (up to 48 watts of Audio Speaker power) or as a Dry
contact (Form C) Relay. The relay coil shall be magnetically latched to reduce wiring connection
requirements, and to insure that 100% of all auxiliary relays or IACs may be energized at the same time
on the same pair of wires.
11.02.04
FAULT ISOLATOR MODULE
a) Isolator modules shall be provided to automatically isolate wire-to-wire short circuits on a SLC
branch or loop. The isolator module shall limit the number of modules or detectors that may be
244
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
rendered inoperative by a short circuit fault on the SLC. Atleast one isolator module shall be
provided for each floor or protected zone of the building.
b) If a wire-to-wire short occurs, the isolator module shall automatically open-circuit (disconnect) the
SLC. When the short circuit condition is corrected the isolator module shall automatically reconnect
the isolated of the SLC.
c) The isolator module shall not require any address setting, and its operations shall be totally
automatic. It shall not be necessary to replace or reset an isolator module after its operation.
d) The isolator module shall mount in a standard electrical box, in a surface mounted backbox, or in
the Fire Alarm Control Panel. It shall provide a single LED, which shall flash to indicate that the
isolator is operational and shall illuminate steadily to indicate that a short circuit condition has been
detected and isolated.
11.02.05
BATTERIES AND CHARGER
BATTERY
a) Shall be two 12 volt, Lead acid maintenance free type.
b) Battery shall have sufficient capacity to power the fire alarm load for not less than Two hours plus 60
minutes of stand-by load/losses for 48 hours upon a normal AC power failure.
c) The batteries are to be completely maintenance free. No liquids are required. Fluid level checks, refilling,
spills and leakage shall not be required.
BATTERY CHARGER
a) Shall be completely automatic, with constant potential charger maintaining the battery fully charged under
all service conditions. Charger shall operate from a 240-volt AC Hz source.
b) Shall be rated for fully charging a completely discharged battery within 48 hours while simultaneously
supplying any loads connected to the battery.
c) Shall have protection to prevent discharge through the charger.
d) Shall have protection for overloads and short circuits on both AC and DC sides.
245
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
11.02.06
BATTERY CALCULATION TO BE SUBMITTED AS PER PROFORMA ENCLOSED.
BATTERY CALCULATION FORMAT
NAME OF DEVICE
MODEL
QTY.
PROPOSED
NORMAL
CURRENT
ALARM
TOTAL CURRENT
CURRENT NORMAL
ALARM
FIRE ALARM PANEL
MULTI SENSOR
MANUAL CALL POINT
FAULT ISOLATOR
CM FOR HOOTER
CM FOR STROBE CUM HOOTER
CM FOR HOOTER
CM FOR AHU TRIPPING
OTHER DEVICE(SPECIFY
NAME)
TOTAL CURRENT
BATTERY SIZE IN AH.
BATTERY SELECTED
12.00.00 CONDUIT AND CABLE
12.01.00 CONDUIT
12.01.01 Conduit shall be in accordance with the IS: 9537 requirements.
12.01.02 All cabling shall be installed in conduit. Conduit fill shall not exceed 40 percent (40%) of interior cross
sectional area where three or more cables are contained within a single conduit.
12.01.03 Cable must be separated from any open conductors of power, or Class I circuits, and shall not be
placed in any conduit, junction box, or raceway containing these conductors.
12.01.04 Wiring for 24 volt control, alarm notification, emergency communication, and similar power-limited
auxiliary functions may be run in the same conduit as initiating and signaling the line circuits. All
circuits shall be provided with transient suppression devices and the system shall be designed to
permit simultaneous operation of all circuits without interference or loss of signals.
12.01.05 Conduit shall not enter the Fire Alarm Control Panel, or any other remotely mounted Control Panel
equipment or backboxes, except where conduit entry is specified by the FACP manufacturer.
246
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
12.01.06 Conduit shall be ¾ inch (19.1 mm) minimum.
12.01.07 Conduit shall be of heavy-duty, rigid steel; hot-dip galvanized cut square, reamed, threaded and
screwed tight at all joints.
12.01.08 Conduit entrances to pull boxes and other switches shall have double lock nuts and insulating
bushings. No running thread shall be used.
12.01.09 Flexible metallic conduit shall be used for connection to equipment, which is subject to vibration and
also for connection to different switches.
12.02.00 CABLES
12.02.01 Cabling shall be in accordance with IS code of practice and as recommended by the PURCHASER.
Number and size of conductors shall be as recommended by the fire alarm system manufacturer but
shall not be less than as mentioned below.
12.02.02 POWER SUPPLY TO FACP
1100 V. grade, 700C rating heavy duty power cables with standard copper conductor, extruded insulation,
extruded PVC inner sheath, round steel wire armored, and extruded FRLS PVC overall sheath. Except LOOP
CABLES, All power & control cable should be FRLS of minimum size 2.5 sq mm.
12.02.03
a)
FIRE ALARM LOOP CABLES
FIRE ALARM LOOP CABLES shall be minimum of 1.5 sq mm, 1 twisted pair, multi stranded, shielded,
PVC insulated tinned copper conductor with drain wire, extruded PVC inner sheath, round steel wire
armored, and extruded FRLS PVC overall sheath. Panel manufacturer shall recommend the size of
conductor.
b)
GRADE: 1.1 kV, Make POLYCAB/ CCI / FINOLEX / LAPP.
c)
All wire and cable shall be listed and/or approved by a recognized testing agency for use with a
protective signaling system.
d)
All cable should be armored, in case due to some practical site condition, armored cable cannot be
used, in that case the unarmored cable should have proper insulation grade & FRLS and it should be
laid through conduit.
e)
Wiring used for the multiplex signaling line circuit shall be twisted, shielded, and installed in conduit
unless specifically accepted by the fire alarm equipment manufacturer.
f)
All field wiring shall be completely supervised for opens, shorts, and ground faults
247
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
g)
Terminal Boxes, Junction Boxes, and Cabinets: All boxes and cabinets shall be listed for their intended
purpose. However Junction Boxes for detector mounting should be MS construction, dust proof &
powder coated paint.
12.02.04 FOLLOWING GUIDELINES SHOULD BE FOLLOWED STRICTLY BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER
a)
Tools, tackles, plants, consumables (nuts, bolts, cable ties, connector, ferrule etc.) will be arranged by contractor.
b)
Site clearance & shifting of scrap / removal of material will be arranged by contractor at his own cost.
c)
Repairing of civil construction if gets damaged during execution of job is to be repaired by contractor.
d)
The vendor will adhere to the working environment.
e)
Double earthing should be provided.
f)
Each cable should be properly tagged.
g)
Clearance between each power cable & control cable should be at least 200mm.
h)
There should not be new earthing pit; the control panel cabinet should be grounded securely to the
existing earthing pit.
i)
Cable gland should be double compression type, Comet / Dowell make.
j)
All cables shall be laid on Cable Trays and there should be Separate GI cable tray for signal and power cable.
k)
All Tray Bends should have Proper Radius. Preferably 90 0.
l)
Any cabling either inside building or out side, found aesthetically awkward as per Engineer-in-charge, should be
changed without any price implication.
m) All cabling should be properly leveled, dressed, clamped & marked as directed by Engineer in Charge.
n)
Identification Mark to be provided for ALL EQUIPMENT / ACCESSORIES.
o)
Cable should be properly ferruled.
p)
Cable TAG should be provided.
q)
All EQUIPMENT / ACCESSORIES should be properly aligned.
r)
Surge Suppressor should be available in the panel.
s)
Knockout holes of any Junction Boxes / Cabinets / Panels etc should not be left open. The same should be
properly sealed.
t)
There should be a aesthetically good looking INSTRUCTION BOARD for Fire Alarm System near Fire Alarm
Panel.
248
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
12.03.00 G. I. CABLE TRAY:
12.03.01 Suitable G. I. Cable tray to be provided where ever required as per site condition. The cable tray should be as
follows:
a) Steel conforming to IS: 226
b) Galvanizing conforming to IS: 2629
c) Test certificates & ISI certificate to be submitted. The cable tray should be with all required accessories
like
Coupler plates
Nuts & bolts and washer
Reducer
Covers
Hanger clamps
Wall bracket
Structural support from ground level wherever required as per opinion of purchaser / consultant.
Supports for cable tray should be as per table-3 enclosed here in after. To maintain proper
earth continuity, painting on surfaces in contract between coupler plates and cable tray
should be scrapped during installation.
12.03.02 TABLE-3: SCHEDULED OF PERMISSIBLE LOADS
SIZE OF CABLE TRAY IN mm
UNSUPPORTED FREE SPAN
600
WIDTH
HEIGHT
THICKNESS
1200
1600
2500
Maximum permissible uniformly distributed load in Kgs.
Per running meter.
100
150
225
300
375
450
600
300
375
450
600
750
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
62.5
62.5
62.5
62.5
62.5
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
1430
1458
1498
1450
1955
1958
1964
2680
1685
2689
2698
2707
249
355
362
371
380
483
483
481
664
664
664
664
666
156
159
160
162
210
210
208
290
290
289
289
287
87
88
89.4
91.3
116.7
110.7
110.4
161
161.3
158.9
157.1
155.7
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
900
600
750
900
62.5
75
75
75
2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
2716
3491
3513
3535
667
861
868
874
287
377
377
378
153.7
206.5
205.02
205.02
12.03.03 The maximum permissible point load at-mid-span may be obtained from the formula
P=½*U*S
Where P= maximum permissible point load in kgs. At mid-span. U= maximum permissible uniformly distributed load in
kg per running meter. S= the particular free span in meter.
In case of a span not listed above the corresponding maximum permissible uniformly distributed load may be found from
the formula U=4* (U at 2 M span)/S
Free spans exceeding 4.8 meter are not recommended.
13.00.00 SERVICES
The vendor should be capable of providing supporting services as detailed in the following section.
13.01.01 TRAINING
The vendor either at vendor’s premises or on site should provide standard training on all aspects of the
system.
13.01.02 CONFIGURATION SERVICES
The vendor should be able to supply all necessary configuration services if required including controller
configuration, database configuration etc.
13.01.03 INSTALLATION SERVICES
The vendor should be able to provide installation services for the system including validation services if
necessary.
13.01.04 HARDWARE MAINTENANCE
The vendor should be able to provide hardware maintenance and spare parts support if required.
13.01.05 SOFTWARE ENHANCEMENT & SOFTWARE SUPPORT
The vendor should be able to provide a comprehensive software maintenance and enhancement
programmed for on-going support of the system.
13.02.00 EXECUTION
13.02.01 INSTALLATION
250
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a)
Installation shall be in accordance with IS: 2189 / NFPA 72, as specified and as recommended by the
equipment manufacturer.
b)
All conduit, junction boxes, conduit supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished areas and may
be exposed in unfinished areas. Smoke detectors shall not be installed prior to the system
programming and test period. If construction is ongoing during this period, measures shall be taken to
protect smoke detectors from contamination and physical damage.
c)
All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote annunciations shall be flush
mounted when located in finished areas and may be surface mounted when located in unfinished
areas.
d)
Bidder should note that entire job to be executed in new MALL building hence execution work to be
carried out with due care.
e)
Bidder should also not that during execution in any false ceiling damage by contractor workmen, and
then the same should be replaced / repaired by contractor up to the satisfaction of the engineering
charge.
13.02.02 SUPERVISION OF WORK
The contractors shall keep constantly at the work site a competent engineer or other such competent
person as may be required to set the work and any direction or explanation given by the purchasers
authorized representative to such persons in writing shall be held to have been given to the contractors.
13.02.03 INSPECTION OF WORK
A site engineer would supervise the work constantly and /or inspection will be made periodically during the
process of work by the representative/representatives ]authorized by Purchaser and all materials and
workmanship must be of acceptable quality and efficiency to the said representatives. The decision of
purchaser in this respect will however be final and binding on the contractors.
All works under or in execution or executed in pursuance of this contract sale at all times be open to the
inspection and supervision of the purchaser and their authorized representatives and agent. A site order book will
be maintained by the purchaser’s site engineer at site and all instruction regarding defective works, deviations
etc. will, if necessary, be recorded in such side order book and the contractors authorized site representative
must sign in the site order book at the appropriate place provided for such purpose in taken of noting such
instructions.
251
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
13.02.04 SAFETY MEASURES:
a)
Suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works which cannot be safely done from the
ground or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladders.
When a ladder is used an extra labour shall be engaged holding the ladder and if the ladder is used for
carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and shall
be given an inclination not stepper than one-fourth to one (one-fourth horizontal and vertical).
b)
Scaffolding or staging more than 300 mm above the ground level of floor, swung or suspended from
an overhead support or erected in stationary support shall have a guard rail property attached, bolted
braced and otherwise secured at least 900 mm high above the floor or platform of such scrap holding
or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such
opening as may be necessary for the delivery of the materials. Such scrap holding or staging shall be
show hastened to prevent it from sawing from the building or structure.
c)
Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipments.
13.02.05 TYPICAL OPERATION
Activation of any manual station, smoke detector, thermal detector shall cause the following
operations to occur unless otherwise specified.
a) Activate all programmed speaker circuits.
b) Activate strobe units until the panel is reset.
c)
Light the associated indicators corresponding to active speaker circuits.
d) Duct type smoke detector shall, in addition to the above functions, shut down the
ventilation system close associated control dampers as appropriate.
13.02.06 TEST
a)
The service of a competent, factory-trained engineer or technical shall be provided to
technically supervise and participate during all of the adjustments and tests for the system.
b)
Correct connections should be checked for short circuits, ground faults, continuity and
insulation tested for before energizing the cables and wires.
c)
Each sprinkler system flow valve should be closed and proper supervisory alarm verified at
the FACP.
d)
Activation of flow switches should be verified.
e)
Initiating device circuits should be opened and trouble signal activation verified.
252
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
f)
Signaling line circuits should be opened and trouble signal activation should be verified.
g)
Notification appliance circuits be opened and shorted, and trouble signal activation should
be verified.
h)
Initiating device circuits should be grounded and response of trouble signals should be
verified.
i)
Signaling line circuits should be grounded and response of trouble signals should be verified.
j)
Notification appliance circuits should be grounded and response of trouble signals should be
verified.
k)
Alert tone and pre-recorded voice massage to all alarm indicating devices should be
checked.
l)
Each of the alarm conditions that the system is required to detect should be introduced on
the system. Verified the proper receipt and the proper processing of the signal at the FACP
and the correct activation of the control points.
m)
Using the walk test, installation, supervision, and operation of all detectors should be
checked.
n)
When the system is equipped with optional features, the manufacturer’s manual should be
consulted to determine the proper testing procedures. This is intended to address such as
verifying controls performed by individually addressed or grouped devices, sensitivity
monitoring, and verification functionality and similar.
13.03.00
FINAL INSPECTION
At the final inspection, a factory-trained representative of the major equipment manufacturer shall
demonstrate that the systems function properly in every respect.
13.03.01 INSTRUCTION
a) Instruction for operating the system shall be provided as required “Hands-on” demonstrations of
the operation of all system components and the entire system including programmed changes
and functions shall be provided.
b) The contractor and /or the system manufacturer’s representative shall provide a type written,
“Sequence of operation” to the owner.
253
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
A) FIRE WATER PUMPS
1.00
GENERAL INFORMATION
a)
Service
Fire Protection
b)
Designation
Fire Water Pump (Hydrant System)
c)
Duty
Continuous
d)
Location
Fire Pump House
e)
No. of pumps
3 Nos. Fire Pump (1 No. Electric motor driven Hydrant + 1
No. Diesel Engine driven as stand-by) +1 No. (Electric
motor driven) Jockey Pump for pressurisation
f)
No. of pumps working parallel
1(one)
g)
Liquid handled
Water
h)
Manufacturer
As per approved make with TAC approved model
2.00
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT
a)
Rated capacity (m3/hr.) each
171 for Fire & 11 for pressurisation
b)
Total dynamic head at rated capacity
70 MWC
c)
Rated speed (RPM)
2900 /1500/1800
d)
Range of operation of fire water
30% to 150% of rated pump capacity
3.00
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION
254
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
a)
Casing Type
Radically split / Axial split / end suction, preferably
horizontal split case
b)
Impeller type
Closed
c)
Type of gland lubrication & sealing
Self
d)
External clarified water will be made available by
purchaser for gland lubrication & sealing and
bearing cooling
Shaft sealing arrangement
No
e)
f)
Mechanical Seal
h)
Separate pump for stuffing box cooling/sealing
No
acceptable?
Grease oil pump or overhead tank for bearing No
lubrication acceptable?
Type of pump-motor connection
Direct
i)
Type of coupling
Flexible, with coupling guard
j)
Mode of pump starting
Discharge valve fully opened against NRV in
g)
pressurised condition
k)
4.00
Motor power rating selection requirements
Maximum of the following :
a) 15% margin over the pump shaft input power at
the rated duty point
b) 5% margin over the maximum shaft input power
required within the “Range of Operation”
Materials of Construction
a)
Casing
C.I. IS-210 FG-260
b)
Impeller
Phosphor Bronze to IS-28 Gr. 2
c)
Wearing ring
a) Casing
Same as casing material
b) Impeller
Same as impeller material
d)
Shaft & shaft sleeve
S.S. 410
e)
Base plate
M.S. IS-226
f)
Stuffing box
C.I. IS-210 FG-260
g)
Companion flange
Mild steel, IS-226
5.00
DRIVE DATA
a)
Power supply
415 V, 3 Ph., 50 Hz.
b)
Type of enclosure
TEFC
255
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
c)
Degree of protection
IP-55
d)
Class of insulation
e)
Type of cooling
Class “F” but temperature rise limited to insulation
Class “B”
Air
6.00
a)
TESTS & INSPECTION
Material test required for
a)
Casing
b)
Impeller
c)
Shaft
b)
Type of Inspection Required
c)
For casing & impeller
Dye penetration
d)
For shaft
a)
Ultrasonic
b)
Dye penetration
e)
Hydro Test
Test pressure
2 times the duty point pressure or 1.5 times shut off
head whichever is greater
f)
Duration of test
As per applicable code
g)
Testing standard
As per applicable code
h)
Dynamic balancing test
Required
7.00
Performance test
a)
Testing standard
As per applicable code.
b)
Test to be done on shop
Proto-type
c)
Test to be done at site
Full speed
d)
Performance test required for determining
Head-Capacity, BHP, Efficiency, NPSH Curve
e)
Field performance test required
Yes
8.00
SUPPLY OF ACCESSORIES AND SERVICE
a)
Base plate
Yes
b)
Foundation bolts, nuts, sleeves etc.
Yes
c)
Suction and discharge companion flanges with
Yes
bolts, nuts and gasket
d)
Gland sealing/cooling system complete with pipes,
Yes
valves, fittings and instruments as required
256
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
e)
Bearing lubrication/cooling system complete with
Yes
all pipes, valves, fittings and instruments as
required
f)
Suction pressure/vacuum gauge with isolating Yes
cock
g)
Discharge pressure gauge with isolating cock
Yes
h)
Priming connection with isolating cock
NO
i)
Vent with isolating cock
Yes
j)
Drain connection with valve
Yes
k)
Pump-motor coupling guard
Yes
l)
Eye bolts, lifting tackle etc.
Yes
m)
Special tools and tackle
Yes
n)
Spare parts (for 2 year’s operation)
Yes
o)
Painting & protection coating
Yes
p)
Erection service required
Yes
B) DIESEL ENGINE
1.00
GENERAL INFORMATION
a)
Type
b)
Nos. required
Multi-cylinder, four stroke cycle with mechanical (airless)
injection, cold starting
1 No.
c)
Duty
Continuous, at full load for a period of at least 3 hours
d)
Location
Indoor
e)
Engine speed
1500 rpm
f)
Engine starting mode
Auto and manual
g)
Engine fuel
High speed diesel oil as per IS-1460
h)
Type of coupling
Flexible, with coupling guard
2.00
a)
Material of construction
Base plate, crank case integral with cylinder Cast iron or fabricated steel
block
b)
Cylinder head
Alloy cast iron
257
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
c)
Crank shaft, connecting rod
Nitrated alloy-steel forging with integral balance weight
d)
Piston
Alloy cast iron or forged aluminium alloy
e)
Piston ring
Alloy cast iron
f)
Engine block
Alloy cast iron or fabricated from boiler quality steel plates
IS-2062 or equivalent
g)
Cam shaft
Forged steel with integral cams
h)
Cylinder liners
Alloy cast iron
i)
Inlet & exhaust valve system
Special heat resisting steel with chrome flashing and valve
heads are stellite faces
j)
Valve gear
Alloy steel
k)
Fly wheel
Cast iron : IS-210, Gr. FG 200
3.00
Fuel Oil Day Tank Particulars
a)
Location
Outdoor
b)
End type
Flat
c)
Nominal capacity
As required for minimum four (4) hours of operation of
engine at full load
d)
Nos. required
One (1)
e)
Fabrication
At shop
f)
Construction
Welded
g)
Steel standard
IS-226/IS-2062
h)
Tank supplied by
Bidder
i)
Code conforming to
IS-804
j)
Mountings
All standard mountings and accessories
k)
Testing & Inspection
As per relevant code
4.00
Speed control device provided
Yes
5.00
Engine lubrication system provided
Yes
6.00
Engine cooling system provided
Yes
7.00
Fuel oil day tank provided
Yes
8.00
Fuel oil injection system from oil day tank to Yes
diesel engine provided
258
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
9.00
Engine to be provided with the following :
a)
Intake & exhaust duct work
Yes
b)
Inlet filter & silencer
Yes
c)
Outlet muffler, expansion joints, dampers etc. Yes
d)
All internal pipe works
Yes
NOTES:
a)
Diesel engine shall be complied with the requirements of fire protection manual issued by TAC.
b)
The continuous engine brake power rating (after accounting all auxiliary power consumption) at the site
conditions shall be at least 20% greater than the requirement at the duty point of the pump at rated rpm
and in no case, less than the maximum power requirement at any condition of operation of pump.
c)
The diesel engine shall be provided with adequate instrumentation. These shall include, but not limited to
the following:
i)
Temperature indicator (contact type) in cooling water inlet and outlet.
iii)
Temperature indicator in lubricating oil outlet from the oil cooler.
iv)
Temperature indicator for each cylinder head.
v) Pressure gauges (contact type) for lubricating oil systems.
vi)
Differential pressure gauges (contact type) across strainers.
vii)
Speed indicator.
viii)
Lubricating oil sump level indicator.
ix)
Fuel oil tank level indicator.
x) Voltmeter and ammeter in battery charging circuit.
d)
The diesel engine panel shall provide followings :
i)
Battery module which will house two (2) sets of hermetically sealed, leak proof, lead –
acid battery each of 100% capacity at the bottom most level of the panel. The nominal
voltage of the battery shall be suitable for the requirement of the terminal voltage of the
D.C. cranking motor (mounted on the skid of the engine).
ii)
Power supply module shall comprise of necessary float-cum-boost-charger for the two (2) sets of
battery as specified above, terminal blocks, AC/DC power ON indication, necessary
ammeters/voltmeters, push buttons/switches etc. as required to complete the section.
259
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
iii)
Control module shall comprise of necessary relays/contactors for processing signal received from
field mounted devices, necessary interlocks, terminal blocks for receiving both incoming/outgoing
cables. Auto/manual selector switch, start/stop push-buttons, necessary indications as required to
complete the section.
iv)
Annunciator Unit : This module/unit shall be complete with necessary total annunciation points
(active points and 20% of active points as spare) with necessary controls cards. Accept
/Reset/Test push buttons.
e)
The following will be the list of annunciation to be provided in the panel as minimum. Any other
annunciations, which are necessary to complete the system, shall be incorporated by the bidder.
f)
Low engine lube-oil pressure
High coolant temperature
Charger trouble
Battery trouble
The following indications shall be provided in the control module as minimum :
AC power “ON”
DC power “ON”
Charger “ON”
C) PIPING, VALVES AND SPECIALITIES
Pipes
1.00
a)
b)
Underground / Over ground pipes Normally Charged with
Water
As per approved make list with ISI mark
Manufacturer
Materials of construction class and type of
different sizes :
I)
150 mm NB & below
MS Black ERW pipes as per IS-1239 (Part-I) Medium
Grade
II) Above 150 mm NB
c)
NOTE :
d)
MS Black ERW pipe as per IS-3589, 6 mm wall
thickness
Ends
Plain / Beveled
Buried pipes shall be suitably covered and wrapped on the outside to prevent soil corrosion by providing
either wrapping & coating as per the Purchaser’s requirement or by self-adhesive insulation type material
of approved quality. This shall be done as per IS-10221.
Types of joints
I)
For size 50 mm NB and below
Socket welded / screwed
260
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
II)
e)
For size 65 mm NB and above
Butt welded
FITTINGS
I) Manufacturer
Reputed Indian make with ISI mark
II) Type, Material and class for different
sizes
2.00
a) 150 mm NB & below
MS as per IS-1239 (Part-II) Heavy Grade
b) Above 150 mm NB
ANSI B16.9
FLANGES
As per IS: 6392, Table-17 & 18
3.00
Gasket
I)
4.00
Manufacturer
Reputed Indian Make
II) Code/standard
IS-2712
III) Material of Construction
Compressed Asbestos fibre
IV) Minimum thickness
3 mm
Valves
a) Manufacturer
As per approved make list with ISI mark
b) Applicable standard
a)
Gate valve : IS-14846
b)
Globe valve : IS-778
c)
Check valve : IS-5312
c) Type, Size and Quantity
Gate/Globe/Check valve as per system requirement
d) Pressure rating
PN 1.6
e) Method of actuation
Hand wheel operated
f) Construction
As per applicable codes & Data Specification Sheet
g) Stem type
Non-rising
h) End connection
Flanged for sizes for 50 mm NB & above
i) Body and bonnet connection type
Bolted type
j) Seat ring renewable
Yes
Material of Construction
a) Body/bonnet & cover
Cast Iron
b) Wedge/disc
SS as per AISI-410
c) Seating surface stilted
Yes
261
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
5.00
d) Hinge pin (for check valve)
SS as per AISI-410
e) Back seat/ring
SS as per AISI-410
f) Hand wheel
Cast Iron to IS-210 Gr. FG-200
g) Bolt & nuts
Carbon steel as per IS-1367
h) Gaskets
Compressed asbestos fiber
i)
Gland packing
Compressed asbestos fiber
j)
Counter flange
As per IS: 6392 Table 17 & 18
Fire Hydrant Valve with Stand Post
a)
Manufacturer
As per approved make list with ISI mark
b)
Type
Stand post type single headed
c)
Code/standard
IS-5290 type-A
d)
Working pressure
7.0 kg/cm2(g)
e)
Hydrostatic test pressure
As per IS: 5290
f)
Size
63 mm NB
g)
Material of Construction
I.
Stand post column
MS as per IS-1239 (Pt.-1), Medium Grade
II.
Hydrant valve body
SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I
III.
Hydrant valve internal
SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I
IV.
Hand wheel
Cast Iron FG 200 as per IS-210
V.
Cap with chain
ABS plastic
VI.
Quick coupling end
SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I
VII.
Valve to be approved by BIS?
Yes
6.00
Hose Pipes
a)
Manufacturer
As per approved make with ISI marked
b)
Type
RRL woven jacket, Type-A as per IS-636
c)
Code/Standard
IS-636
d)
Working pressure
7.0 kg/cm2(g)
e)
Hydrostatic Test Pressure
As per code
f)
Burst Pressure
As per code
g)
Size and length of hose
63 mm NB x 15 metre long
262
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
h)
Number to be provided
Two (2) nos. for each hydrant point
i)
Quick coupling end
Instantaneous spring lock type quick coupling of SS
construction at both end.
j)
7.00
Hose pipes to be approved by ISI
Yes
Branch Pipes, Nozzles and Nozzles Spanner
a)
Manufacturer
As per approved make with ISI marked.
b)
Code/Standard
IS-903/IS-2871
c)
Working pressure
7.0 kg/cm2(g)
d)
Hydrostatic Test Pressure
As per code
e)
Size and quantity
f)
a) Branch pipe
63 mm NB two (2) nos. for each hydrant point
g)
b) Nozzles
One (1) set of nozzles for each hydrant
h)
c) Spanner
One (1) no. for each hydrant point
i)
NOTE : Further quantity of spares of above items as required to meet the TAC rules shall also be
supplied by the Contractor.
j)
8.00
Material of Construction
i.
Branch pipes
SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I
ii.
Nozzles
SS as per IS: 3444, Grade-I
iii.
Spanner
Steel of grade C-35 and C-40 of IS-1570
iv.
Above items to be approved by ISI
Yes
FIRST AID HOSE REEL
a)
Manufacturer
As per approved list
b)
Size
36.5 M long, 25 mm dia.
c)
Codes/standard
IS: 884 swinging type
d)
Accessories
Rubber tubing complete with drum, nozzles, shut off
cock etc.
9.00
HOSE BOXES
a)
Manufacturer
As per approved make
b)
Size
To be indicated by the Bidder
c)
Material of Construction
MS (16 SWG) Sheet and 3 mm thick glass panel in front
263
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
with lock and key
d)
Mounting
Wall/column/stand post
e)
NOTE : The bidder shall offer the item with suitable construction and finishes to match the architectural
finishes and decor of the buildings where these items shall be installed.
10.00 PRESSURE GAUGE
a)
Type
Bourdon
b)
Size element material
SS – 316/phosphor Bronze
c)
Movement Material
SS/non-ferrous for phosphor Bronze Bourdon
d)
Socket Material
Stainless steel
e)
End connection
f)
Dial size
The element shall be connected to the socket by Argon
are welding
150 mm
g)
Case & Bezel
Dia cast Aluminium weather-proof to IP – 55
h)
Window
Colourless transparent glass of 3 mm thickness
i)
Accuracy
1% FSD at 27 Deg. C + 5 Deg. C.
j)
Process connection
½” NPT Bottom/Back
k)
Accessories
Micrometer zero adjusting screw.
l)
Over-range protection
25% of span
m)
Applicable standard
IS- 3624-1979
11.00 PRESSURE SWITCH
a)
Type
Blind
b)
Sensing element
Bellows/diaphragm
c)
Materials of sensing element
SS
d)
Enclosure Material
Mfg. STD.
e)
Enclosure class
IEC : IP –66 & NEMA-4
f)
Process connection
½” NPT
g)
Mounting
Direct
h)
Switch type & set point
i)
Switch rating
Snap acting micro switch, SPDT type with hermetically
sealed enclosure. Set point adjustable throughout the
range.
5 Amps. at 240 V AC
j)
Different
Adjustable
264
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
k)
Electrical connection
¾” ET
l)
Repeatability
1% of range
m)
Contact
1 NO + 1 NC Changeover
12.00 FLOW SWITCH
a)
Type
Paddle type
Mounting
On-line with 1” NPT (M) connection
Switch configuration
Two nos. SPDT
Switch rating
240V 5A AC
Stich type
Magnetically operated in hermetically sealed enclosure
Set point adjustability
Throughout range
Repeatability
2.0% of F.S.D. or better
Paddle material
AISI 316 stainless steel
Enclosure type
NEM A-4/IP-65
Cable connection
¾” Conduit connectioin
13.00 STRAINER
a)
Manufacturer
As per approved make
b)
Type
Simplex basket / “Y” type
c)
Code/standard
As per manufacturer’s standard
d)
Size
Bidder to indicate
e)
Working pressure
7 kg/cm2(g)
f)
Hydraulic test pressure
14 kg/cm2(g)
g)
Pressure drop across the strainer
1.5 MWC
h)
Material of Construction
a) Body
MS fabricated IS-226 tested quality
b) Internal
SS-30 mesh suitably reinforced
c) Strainer area
4 times pipe cross sectional area
d) Accessories
Drain and vent valve
e) Painting :
Internal
Two (2) coats of anti corrosive paint
External
Two (2) coats of synthetic enamel paint over 2 coats of
red oxide primer
265
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
D) PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
1.00
WATER TYPE (GAS PRESSURE) PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER
a)
Code/Standard
IS-940
b)
Operation
Upright
c)
Capacity
9.0 Litres
d)
Body
Cylindrical with mild steel materials of construction. Dish
and dome welded and riveted to body.
e)
Cap
Brass
f)
Anticorrosive treatment
Internally treated with corrosion resistant material/lead
coated or dipped.
g)
Plunger Rod
SS with knob at top and sharp piercing pin at the other end.
The length of rod shall be adequate to penetrate the
diaphragm of carbon-di-oxide cartridge when actuated.
h)
Gas Cartridge
60 gms - 80 gms of carbon-di-oxide gas sealed.
i)
Siphon tube
Copper/brass/SS going upto the bottom of extinguisher.
j)
Discharge tube with nozzle
Tube to be fitted on side of rubber of minimum 75 cm. long.
k)
Discharge nozzle
Gun metal made
l)
Approval
Extinguisher shall have ISI markings.
2.00
CARBON-DI-OXIDE TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER
a)
Code/Standard
IS-2878
b)
Operation
Upright
c)
Capacity
4.5 kg.
d)
Discharge Time
Min. 10 Sec. & Max. 24 Sec.
e)
Body
Seamless manganese steel as per IS-7285.
f)
Discharge valve
Hand wheel type heavy quality steel. The details as per IS3224.
g)
Discharge hose
h)
Discharge horn
Wire braided high pressure having 12 mm internal diameter.
The minimum bursting pressure shall be 275 kgf/cm2 in
control discharge and 140 kgf/cm2 without control
discharge.
Firmly connected at the hose end. Materials of construction
266
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
i)
3.00
Approval
shall be polyethylene, fiberglass or similar materials.
The extinguisher body to have identification number.
Extinguisher body and valve must have approval from the
chief controller of explosives, Nagpur. The complete
equipment shall have ISI marking and TAC approval.
DRY POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER
a)
Code/Standard
IS-2171
b)
Operation
Upright
c)
Capacity
5 kg.
d)
Discharge Time
Min. 10 Sec. & Max. 24 Sec.
e)
Body
Seamless manganese steel as per IS-7285.
f)
Discharge valve
g)
Discharge hose
h)
Discharge horn
i)
Approval
Hand wheel type heavy quality steel. The details as per IS3224.
Wire braided high pressure having 12 mm internal diameter.
The minimum bursting pressure shall be 275 kgf/cm2 in
control discharge and 140 kgf/cm2 without control
discharge.
Firmly connected at the hose end. Materials of construction
shall be polyethylene, fibreglass or similar materials.
The extinguisher body to have identification number.
Extinguisher body and valve must have approval from the
chief controller of explosives, Nagpur. The complete
equipment shall have ISI marking.
4.00
ABC POWDER TYPE PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
Code/Standard
Operation
Capacity
Discharge Time
Body
Discharge valve
g)
Discharge hose
h)
Discharge horn
i)
Approval
IS-13849
Upright
4.5 kg.
Min. 10 Sec. & Max. 24 Sec.
Seamless manganese steel as per IS-7285.
Hand wheel type heavy quality steel. The details as per IS3224.
Wire braided high pressure having 12 mm internal diameter.
The minimum bursting pressure shall be 275 kgf/cm2 in
control discharge and 140 kgf/cm2 without control
discharge.
Firmly connected at the hose end. Materials of construction
shall be polyethylene, fiberglass or similar materials.
The extinguisher body to have identification number.
Extinguisher body and valve must have approval from the
chief controller of explosives, Nagpur. The complete
equipment shall have ISI marking.
267
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
CODES & STANDARD
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
The design, manufacture, inspection & testing of fire detection, Fire Protection system & accessories under this
specification shall comply with the requirements of the latest applicable Indian/British/American standards.
Where applicable, the publications listed below form a part of this specification. The publications are referenced in
text by the basic designation only. The following standards/codes shall be followed in particular.
1
FIRE PROTECTION MANUAL ISSUED BY TARIFF ADVISORY COMMITTEE (TAC).
2
NFPA-14
Standard for the installation of stand pipe, Private Hydrant and hose system,
3
IS: 1520
Horizontal centrifugal pumps for clear, cold& fresh water.
4
BS: 599
Method of testing pumps.
5
IS: 325
Three Phase Induction Motors.
6
IS: 900
Code of practice for installation & Maintenance of Induction Motors.
7
IS: 4029
Guide for testing three phase Induction Motors/
8
IS: 3043
Code of Practice for Earthing.
9
10
IS: 10000 Codes of constant speed internal combustion engines .
(Pt 1 to 12)
BS: 5514
Naturally Charged / Turbo Charged Engine
11
IS-2906
Sluice valves for water works purpose (350 to 1200 mm size).
12
IS-3589
Electricity welded steel pipes for water, gas & sewage (200 to 2000 mm nominal diameter).
13
IS-4927
Unlined flax canvas hose for Fire Fighting.
14
IS-5290
Landing valves (internal hydrant).
15
IS-5312
Swing check type reflux (non return) valves (part II).
16
IS-1239
Mild steel tubes, tubular and other wrought steel fittings.
17
IS-5306
Code of practice for fire extinguishing installations and equipment on premises.
18
IS: 1554
Specification for cables.
19
IS: 3043
Specification for Earthling.
20
IS: 5
Colour code
21
IS-14846
Sluice valves for water works purpose (50 to 300 mm).
22
IS-2685
Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of sluice valves.
23
IS: 5888
Code of practice for design and construction of fire service drill-tower
24
IS: 2410
Suction hose of rubber for fire services
25
IS: 3594
Code of practice for fire safety of industrial building general storage, warehousing & cold
268
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
26
IS: 3844
storages
Code of practice for installation and maintenance of internal fire hydrants and hose real in
premises
27
IS-2643
Dimension of pipe threads for fastening purposes.
28
IS: 8423
Controlled percolating hose for fire fighting
29
IS: 905
Delivery breechings dividing and collecting instantaneous pattern for firefighting purpose.
30
IS-554
Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are required on the threads.
31
IS-638
Sheet rubber joining and rubber insertion joining.
32
IS-778
Gunmetal gate, globe and check valves for general purpose.
33
IS: 3808
Method of test for non-combustibility of building materials.
34
IS: 4226
Code of practice for fire safety of industrial building aluminum/ magnesium powder factories
35
IS: 3595
Code of practice for fire safety of industrial building coal pulverizes and associate equipments
36
IS: 1646
Code of practice for fire safety of buildings (gen) Exit requirements and personal hazard.
37
IS: 1641
Code of practice for fire safety of buildings
38
IS: 2406
Code of practice for fire safety of non – industrial buildings.
39
IS: 9109
Code of practice for fire safety of industrial buildings: paint and varnish factories
40
IS: 3034
Fire safety of industrial buildings: Electrical generating and distributing stations
41
IS: 11457
Code of practice for fire safety of chemical industries: Part 1 Rubber and Plastic
42
IS: 13405
Code of practice for fire safety of industrial buildings: flour mills
43
IS: 1536
Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage.
44
IS: 13039
External hydrant system provision and maintenance code of practice
45
IS: 10548
Plans for Fire control and life saving equipment symbols
46
IS: 5869
Code of practice for selection operation and maintenance of special fire fighting appliances
47
IS: 3582
Basket strainers for firefighting purpose (cylindrical type)
48
IS: 2871
Specification for branch pipe universal for firefighting purpose.
49
IS: 901
Coupling double male and double female instantaneous pattern for fire fighting
50
IS: 902
Suction nose coupling for firefighting purpose
51
IS-903
Fire house delivery couplings, branch pipe, nozzles and nozzle spanner.
52
IS: 2217
Recommendations for providing first-aid fire fighting arrangement in public building
53
IS: 907
Suction strainers, cylindrical type for firefighting purposes
54
IS: 908
Fire hydrant, stand post type
55
NBCC
NATIONAL BUILDING CODE (PART – IV )
269
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
CODES & STANDARD
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
The design, manufacture, inspection & testing of fire detection, Fire Protection system & accessories under this
specification shall comply with the requirements of the latest applicable Indian/British/American standards.
Where applicable, the publications listed below form a part of this specification. The publications are referenced
in text by the basic designation only. The following standards/codes shall be followed in particular.
A) BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
(a) IS: 2189- Code of Practice for Selection, installation and maintenance of automatic fire detection
System
(b) IS: 1646- Code of practice for fire safety of building (General) : Electrical Installation.
(c) IS:3034- Code or practice for fire safety of industrial buildings: Electrical generating & Distributing
Stations
B) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) – USA
(a)
No.70 – 90 or 70 – 93 :National Electrical Code (NEC)
(b)
No 72 –National Fire Alarm Code.
(c)
No.101 Life Safety Code.
C) Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) – USA
(a)
UL 50 : Cabinets and Boxes
(b)
UL 268 : Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
(c)
UL 864 : Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
(d)
UL 268A : Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications.
(e)
UL 521:Thermal Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
(f)
UL 28:Door Closers-Holders for Fire Protective Signaling Systems.
(g)
UL 464: Audible Signaling Appliances.
(h)
UL 38: Manually Activated Signaling Boxes.
(i)
UL 1481:Power Supplies for Fire Protective Signaling Boxes.
(j)
UL 1971:Visual Notification Appliances.
270
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
1.0
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED BY CPWD
1.1
Civil Engineering Works
CPWD Specification 2009 Vol. I & II. These Specifications have replaced CPWD
Specifications 1996 along with Correction Slips issued on them. These Specifications cover
all types of Building Works. The specifications are available as a printed document issued by
CPWD and also in soft copy PDF Format in CPWD website.
1.2
Electrical Engineering Works
Part No.
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
Description
Year of issue
Internal
External
Lifts and Escalators
Sub Stations
Wet Riser and Sprinkler Systems
Heating, Ventilations & Air
Conditioning Works
D.G.Sets
2005
1994
2003
2007
2006
2005
2006
The above documents are available as Priced Document issued by CPWD and in soft copy
PDF Format in CPWD website.
2.0
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
TRANSPORT
ISSUED
BY
MINISTRY
OF
SURFACE
Specifications for Road and Bridge works (Fourth Revision) August 2001 have been
published by Indian Road Congress as a priced document. These Specification cover
exhaustively various Road and Bridge works.
3.0
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ISSUED BY INDIAN RAILWAYS
Railway Board vide their letter No. 2009/LMD/01/03 dated 14/01/2010 have advised that
they have approved issue of “Indian Railways Unified Standard Specifications or Materials
and works with corresponding Indian Railways Unified Standard Schedule of items (for rates
of Materials and works)”. These documents are to be published by Northern Railway on
behalf of Railway Board after the Zonal Railways have made out “Schedule of Rates” as
applicable to them based on “Standard Analysis of Rates of items”. These Specification
however cover only Building and Road works generally on the lines of CPWD and Ministry
of Surface Transport. They do not cover Track works which are governed by Manuals and
RDSO/Indian Railway Specifications. Pending publication of Unified Standard
Specifications, the specifications issued by the zonal Railways will be applicable.
4.0
SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS)
(NOT
271
COVERED
BY
ANY
STANDARD
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART-1
SECTION -6
DRAWINGS
272
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SECTION -6
DRAWINGS
LIST OF DRAWINGS ENCLOSED
SL.
DRAWING NO.
NO.
FIRE HYDRANT SYSTEM
TITLE
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 001
FLOW DIAGRAM OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
2.
CONSUL - S/R – HYD- 001-1
GA OF FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
3.
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 002
SCHEME OF PUMPING SYSTEM FOR HYDRANT SYSTEM
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003
G. A. OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003-1
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF FIRE FIGHTING PANEL
6.
CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 004
SCHEME OF PUMP HOUSE
7.
CONSUL - S/R – HYD- 002-1
ISOMETRIC OF FIRE WATER SYSTEM
1.
4.
5.
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
8.
9.
CONSUL - S/R - FA - 001
CONCEPTUAL DRAWING FOR INTELLIGENT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
CONSUL - S/R - FA - 002
LAYOUT OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
273
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART - 2
FINANCIAL BID
274
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART - 2
FINANCIAL BID
SCHEDULE (BILL OF QUANTITIES)
NAME OF WORK:- Design, manufacturing, delivery to site, storage at site, erection, testing and
commissioning of Hydrant type Fire Protection System & Fire Detection,
Alarm and public address System for entire Building & Plant of Wagon
Factory at Kulti, Burdwan, W.B.
POINTS TO BE NOTED WHILE QUOTING RATES
1) Where Tender has been invited on Percentage Rate basis, percentages on the Estimated
Cost (whether above or below or at par) are to be quoted for each of the Schedules.
2) Quoted prices should also include all govt. levis, taxes (except Services Tax on Works
Contract) duties, Cess, rents, compensation and maintenance charges of environment /
ecology, royalty, restoration, any other compensation etc, if any, required to be paid for
accomplishment of the project successfully.
3) Quoted price should include all cost components for use and hire charges of miscellaneous
items, lubricants, fuel consumables, labour, plants, machineries, equipments, tools and
tackles, jigs, fixtures, barricades, etc.
4) Quoted price should include cost of all components whether permanently installed in the
works or temporarily utilised or of consumable nature, all labour and all costs involved in
acquisition, maintenance and operation of all Equipments, machine, Tools etc with all
incidental costs.
5) Quoted price should also include the cost component on account of first fill of lubricants as
required for trial, testing and commissioning of the system.
6) The prices quoted by the Contractor will be applicable for the entire period of contract
including extensions, if any, granted and nothing extra will be paid. The quoted price will
remain firm till completion of the work.
275
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
PART – 2 (FINANCIAL BID)
SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITIES
(PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER)
Sl. Schedule No.
No
1
Estimated Cost
(In Rs.)
SUB HEAD – I :
41,35,400.00
HYDRANT
SYSTEM
(Rupees forty one lakh
thirty five thousand
four hundred only)
Quoted rates by bidders (Percentage above
or below/At Par)
Rate quoted are ______________ % (in figures)
________________________(in words)
above /below/at par * on Sub-Head – 1
2
SUB HEAD – II:
PUMP HOUSE
EQUIPMENTS
20,40,750.00
(Rupees twenty lakh
forty thousand seven
hundred fifty only)
Rate quoted are ________________% (in figures)
________________________((in words)
above /below/at par * on Sub-Head-II
3
SUB HEAD-III &
IV:
(PORTABLE
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
& FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM)
Total estimated cost
of Sub-Head-I to IV
23,41,900.00
(Rupees twenty three
lakh forty one
thousand nine
hundred only)
85,18,050.00
Rate quoted are _____________ % (in figures)
________________________(in words)
above /below /at par* on Sub-Head-III & IV
Rs._______________________________________
(Rupees __________________________________
TOTAL QUOTED COST OF SUB HEAD (I) __________________________________________)
TO (IV) BASED ON PERCENTAGE
QUOTED (RUPEES)
* Strike out which are not applicable
i)
Signature of Authorised signatory of Tenderer
ii) Name of the signatory
iii) Name and Seal of Tenderer
iv) Date
v) Place
Note: TENDERERS ARE REQUESTED TO QUOTE THEIR RATE IN THIS PAGE ONLY AND
NOT IN SCHEDULES, BASIC RATES HAS BEEN SHOWN IN SCHEDULES FOR GUIDENCE
276
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
SCHEDULE (BILL) OF QUANTITIES
SL.
NO
1
2
3
4
5
DESCRIPTION OF WORK
QTY.
SUB HEAD – I : HYDRANT SYSTEM
UNDERGROUND PIPING:
Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of
M.S. Pipes (conforming IS: 1239, part-I (Medium Grade)
& 3589, the pipes being laid in trenches supports
complete with fittings (conforming to IS: 1239, part-II,
Heavy Grade) bends, tees, flanges as per IS: 6392, Table17 and all necessary accessories complete with
excavation & back filling, wrapping & coating.
Flanged/Screwed/Welded type of joint.
a. 200 NB
b. 150 NB
c. 100 NB
d. 80 NB
ABOVE GROUND PIPING:
Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of
M.S. Pipes (conforming IS: 1239, part-I, Medium Grade)
the pipes being fixed on the walls or suspended from the
ceiling with angle iron supports complete with fittings
(conforming to IS: 1239, part-II, Heavy Grade) bends,
tees, flanges as per IS: 6392, Table-17 and all necessary
accessories complete with 2 coats of P.O. Red Synthetic
enamel paint followed by 2 coats of Primer.
Flanged/Screwed/Welded type of joint.
a) 200 NB
d) 150 NB
d) 80 NB
Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of
Hume pipe
a) 400 mm Dia
b) 300 mm NB
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI Marked
STAINLESS STEEL LANDING VALVE with all
accessories
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI Marked
STAINLESS STEEL single headed yard hydrant valve
with all accessories.
277
UNIT UNIT PRICE
Total Price
( RS.)
( RS.)
2800.00
1176000.00
1800.00
1368000.00
1200.00
36000.00
950.00
133000.00
420
760
30
140
M.
M.
M.
M.
12
24
30
M.
M.
M.
2600.00
31200.00
1700.00
40800.00
800.00
24000.00
140
30
4
M.
M.
Sets.
1900.00
266000.00
1500.00
45000.00
6000.00
24000.00
28
Sets.
6000.00
168000.00
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
6 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED
15 M long x 63 Dia. Hose. The Hose shall be reinforced
rubber lined, woven jacketed type conforming to IS: 636
Type A. With STAINLESS STEEL couplings.
7 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED
7.5 M long x 63 Dia. Hose. The Hose shall be RRL
Woven Jacket Hose (IS: 636). Type - A with STAINLESS
STEEL. Couplings.
8 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED
STAINLESS STEEL WATER BRANCH PIPE WITH
NOZZLE. The general design and construction of branch
pipes and nozzles shall comply with IS: 903 (latest
revision). Nozzles shall be constructed of Stainless Steel.
The nozzle sizes shall be of not less than 16 mm in
diameter, nor more than 25 mm in diameter. Branch pipes
shall be constructed of Stainless Steel and have rings at
both the ends.
9 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of 30 liters Foam
Jaricane filled with Aqueous film forming Foams (AFFF)
10 Supply, fixing, testing & commissioning of STAINLESS
STEEL FOAM MAKING BRANCH PIPE WITH NOZZLE.
It should operate from a water supply of 230 l/min at 5.5
bars to produce approximately 2270 l/min. of foam,
whilst inducing 3% or 6% foam liquid via a 3m long
piercer pick-up tube which to be supplied with the branch
pipe. The branch pipe must incorporates a water shut-off
valve and an easily adjustable concentration control valve
enabling 6% or 3% induction rates or premix operation to
be selected. The unit must be versatile but simple to
operate and maintain.
11 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 25 NB AIR
RELEASE VALVE on riser. The Air Release valves shall
be of direct spring loaded pop type and shall have a tight,
positive and precision closing and shall be provided with a
manual lifting lever. Valves shall be constructed and
adjusted to permit the fluid to escape without increasing
the pressure beyond 10 percent above the set blow off
pressure and shall reset at a pressure not less than 2.5
percent and not more than 5 percent of the set pressure.
The seat and disc of safety valve shall however be of
suitable material to resist corrosion. The seat of the
valves shall be fastened to the body of the valves in such
a way that there is no possibility of seat lifting.
278
56
Sets.
4200.00
235200.00
8
Sets.
3000.00
24000.00
32
Nos.
2200.00
70400.00
6
Sets.
5000.00
30000.00
6
Sets.
6000.00
36000.00
2
Nos.
3500.00
7000.00
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
12 Fabrication, supply erection & commissioning of wall
mounted type M.S.HOSE BOX (INTERNAL). The hose
box shall be capable to accommodate 2 Nos. 7.5M long
hose pipe fitted with quick coupling ends, branch pipes,
nozzles, spanner etc. will be kept in a hose box, which
will be located near point of use. Cabinet shall be
fabricated from 16 SWG MS sheet with necessary
reinforced strip. Cabinet shall have glass (3 mm. Thick)
fronted hinged door with handle, hammer with chain &
key. Cabinet shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush
inside outside then painted with 2 coats of synthetic red
enamel paint for outside and white for inside followed by
2 coats of red lead primer. Box should be supplied with
supports suitable for wall mountings.
13 Fabrication, supply erection & commissioning of wall
mounted type M.S.HOSE BOX (EXTERNAL). The hose
box shall be capable to accommodate 2 Nos. 15M long
hose pipe fitted with quick coupling ends, branch pipes,
nozzles, spanner etc. will be kept in a hose box, which
will be located near point of use. Cabinet shall be
fabricated from 16 SWG MS sheet with necessary
reinforced strip. Cabinet shall have glass (2 mm. Thick)
fronted hinged door with handle, hammer with chain &
key. Cabinet shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire brush
inside outside then painted with 2 coats of synthetic red
enamel paint for outside and white for inside followed by
2 coats of red lead primer. Box should be supplied with
supports suitable for wall mountings.
14 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED
SLUICE VALVE conforming to IS: 14846. PN-1.6 with
companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall
be as per Tender Specification.
a) 200 NB
d) 150 NB
c) 100 NB
15 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of valve
chamber for Sluice valve as per Tender Specification&
Drawings.
16 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of NON
RETURN VALVE as per IS: 5312 with companion flanges,
gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall be as per Tender
Specification.
a. 100 NB
279
4
Nos.
3200.00
12800.00
28
Nos.
4000.00
112000.00
2
6
2
8
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
Nos.
22000.00
44000.00
15000.00
90000.00
10000.00
20000.00
8000.00
64000.00
2
Nos.
9000.00
18000.00
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
17 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 3WAY FIRE
BRIGADE INLET connections complete with all accessories
as per IS: 904. For riser.
1
No.
7000.00
7000.00
18 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 2WAY DRAW
OUT TYPE VALVE for Fire water reservoir complete with
all accessories.
1
No.
20000.00
20000.00
19 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 4WAY FIRE
BRIGADE INLET for filling Fire water reservoir complete
with all accessories.
1
No.
8000.00
8000.00
20 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Steel
1
structure for Pipe Support as per Tender Specification &
Drawings.
TOTAL OF SUB HEAD – I
SUB HEAD – II : PUMP HOUSE EQUIPMENTS
1 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Horizontal
centrifugal type MOTOR DRIVEN FIRE PUMP of capacity
171 M3/hr at 70 MWC. 2900 RPM along with followings :
Lot.
25000.00
25000.00
a) Suitable rated Motor,
b) Common base plate,
c) Coupling,
d) Coupling guard,
e) Foundation Bolts,
f) Nuts, bolts, fittings etc. (as required to
complete in all respect)
2 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Horizontal
centrifugal type ENGINE DRIVEN FIRE PUMP of capacity
171 M3/hr at 70 MWC. 1800 RPM along with :
a) Suitable rated Engine,
b) Common base plate,
c) Coupling,
d) Coupling guard,
e) Foundation Bolts,
f) Nuts, bolts, fittings etc. (as required to
complete in all respect)
3 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of Horizontal
centrifugal type MOTOR DRIVEN JOCKEY PUMP of
capacity 11 M3/hr at 70 MWC. 2900 RPM along with :
a)
b)
c)
d)
4135400.00
1
Set
225000.00
225000.00
1
Set
625000.00
625000.00
Suitable rated Engine,
Common base plate,
Coupling,
Coupling guard,
280
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
e) Foundation Bolts,
f) Nuts, bolts, fittings etc. (as required to
complete in all respect)
1
Set
80000.00
80000.00
1
2
2
5
1
No.
30000.00
30000.00
Nos.
22000.00
44000.00
Nos.
15000.00
30000.00
Nos.
7500.00
37500.00
No.
6000.00
6000.00
2
1
Nos.
14000.00
28000.00
No.
5500.00
5500.00
6 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of suction
strainer with companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and
bolts. Construction of strainer shall be as per Tender
Specification.
a. 250 NB
1
No.
30000.00
30000.00
7
Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of PRESSURE
SWITCH with all accessories like root valves, 3way
gauge valve, damping coil etc as detailed in Technical
Specification & Drawings for Pumping System. RT
Model of INDFOSS makes, suitable to high-pressure line. To
be mounted on water line for auto start – stop of fire
pump.
4
NOS.
4000.00
16000.00
8 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
PRESSURE GAUGE with all accessories like root
valves, 3way gauge valve, damping coil etc as
detailed in Technical Specification & Drawings. The
scale shall be in metric units. Accuracy shall be 1.0
percent of full-scale range or better conforming to IS:
3624-1979.
4
Nos.
2000.00
8000.00
9 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of 15 NB
ROOT VALVE.
12
Nos.
1500.00
18000.00
4 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of ISI MARKED
SLUICE VALVE conforming to IS: 14846. PN-1.6 with
companion flanges, gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall
be as per Tender Specification.
a. 250 NB
b. 200 NB
b. 150 NB
c. 80 NB
d. 50 NB
5 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of NON
RETURN VALVE as per IS: 5312 with companion flanges,
gaskets & nuts and bolts. Valves shall be as per Tender
Specification.
a). 150 NB
b). 50 NB
281
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
10 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of VACUUM
GAUGE with all accessories like root valves, 3way
gauge valve, damping coil etc as per tender
specification. The scale shall be in metric units. Accuracy
shall be 1.0 percent of full-scale range or better
conforming to IS: 3624-1979.
4
Nos.
3000.00
12000.00
11
1
Set
550000.00
550000.00
50
30
M.
M.
850.00
42500.00
400.00
12000.00
Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
COMPOSITE MCC PANEL as per technical specification &
DRG. No. CONSUL - S/R - HYD - 003 & CONSUL - S/R HYD - 003-1
12 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of POWER
CABLE (AI) from switchgear panel to motors complete
with glands, lugs etc. as per tender specification
a) 3CX110 mm2
b) 3CX25 mm2
13 Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of CONTROL
CABLE from various instruments to composite panel. as
per tender specification & DRG.
a. 2C x 2.5 mm2
b. 12C x 2.5 mm2
14 Supply, erection, jointing, testing and commissioning of
M.S. Suction and Delivery pipes (conforming IS: 1239,
part-I, Medium Grade) the pipes being fixed on the walls or
suspended from the ceiling with angle iron supports
complete with fittings (conforming to IS: 1239, part-II,
Heavy Grade) bends, tees, flanges as per IS: 6392,Table18 & all necessary accessories complete with 2 coats of
P.O. Red Synthetic enamel paint followed by 2 coats of
Primer. Flanged/Screwed type of joint.
a. 250 NB
b. 200 NB
c. 150 NB
d. 80 NB
e. 50 NB
150
25
24
24
24
15
15
M. 150.00
M. 800.00
M.
M.
M.
M.
M.
22500.00
20000.00
3200.00
76800.00
2600.00
62400.00
1700.00
40800.00
800.00
12000.00
450.00
6750.00
TOTAL OF SUB HEAD – II
2040750.00
HEAD – III : PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER
1 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 4.5 Kg.
Cap. CO2 type Fire Extinguisher (ISI marked)
complete with tube horn etc.(ISI marked), handle , fixing
bracket & other accessories.
282
20
Nos.
7500.00
150000.00
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
2 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 5.0 Kg.
Cap. DCP type Fire Extinguisher (ISI marked) complete
with tube horn etc. handle, fixing bracket & other
accessories.
3 Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 9.0 litrs.
Cap. Mechanical Foam Fire Extinguisher (IS: 10204 /
15397) complete with CO2 cartridge GM cap, ½ meter
discharge tube & nozzle (ISI marked), handle , fixing
bracket & other accessories.
20
Nos.
3000.00
60000.00
9
Nos.
2500.00
22500.00
Nos.
4800.00
307200.00
Nos.
3800.00
148200.00
Nos.
4000.00
120000.00
Nos.
4200.00
21000.00
Nos.
4200.00
63000.00
M.
150.00
375000.00
SUB HEAD – VI: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
1
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of
64
Analogue addressable Type MULTI SENSOR (UL
LISTED), complete with base, mounting box,
Gland and all other required accessories.
2
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of
39
Analogue addressable Type MANUAL CALL
POINT (UL LISTED) complete with monitor
module, mounting box, gland, lugs, etc.
3
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of
30
HOOTER (UL LISTED), complete with base,
mounting box, gland, lugs, etc.
4
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of FAULT 5
ISOLATOR MODULE (UL LISTED), Complete with
all respect.
5
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 15
Intelligent Type ZONE INTERFACE CONTROL
RELAY MODULE (UL LISTED) complete with base,
mounting box, gland and all other accessories.
6
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 2C x 1.5 2500
mm2 Cu. Ar. Control Cable. (FOR LOOP)
7
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of 2C x 1.5 1500
mm2 Cu. Ar. Control Cable. (FOR POWER )
M.
150.00
225000.00
8
Supply, erection, testing & commissioning of
ADDRESSABLE ANALOUGE type MAIN FIRE
ALARM CONTROL PANEL (UL LISTED)
( networking facility with repeater panel)
comprising
of
the
following:
a) MULTI Loop Main Fire Alarm panel complete with
enclosure, CPU, Loop interface boards display unit
etc. b) Video display Terminal and controllers with
Set
850000.00
850000.00
283
1
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Software, Monitor, Printer as per specification. c)
Audio message generator as per specification d)
Speaker control circuit as per specification. e) Prerecorded evacuation message voice chip.
f) SMF type battery along with charger. g) Other
items as mentioned in the specification. h) Licensed
operating Panel software
i)
Surge Protection/CVT before Mains power to the
panel
TOTAL OF SUB HEAD – III & IV
GRAND TOTAL
2341900.00
8518050.00
Note: (For Sub-Head I, II & III)
1. Inspection: All the above items including additional items, if any, would be inspected by RITES/QA Division at
manufacturer’s premises prior to dispatch. 1% of the supply cost of the materials plus Service Tax would be paid
by the manufacturer towards inspection fees. On receipt of GR note & IC proportionate payment as per payment
schedule would be made.
2. In case any item(s) not mentioned in this schedule, but is required to fulfil the specification requirement, bidder
should include the same in his quoted price. Bidder should mention those items separately in this schedule;
however, no extra cost would be paid for additional items.
3. Site work would be inspected and monitored by RITES Project Division and prepare measurement, record all details
and certify for payment.
4. Successful bidder has to design, detail engineering & preparation of detail shop drawing for systems mentioned
above based on the specification, synopsis & bill of materials, AFTER OBTAINING APPROVAL OF DRAWING &
DATA SHEETS OF PUMP, MOTOR, ENGINE, & OTHER INSTRUMENTS / ACCESSORIES FROM PURCHASER /
CONSULTANT AND TO INCORPORATE FOLLOWING:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS (SLIDING / GUIDE / ANCHOR) AS PER SPECIFICATION / GOOD ENGINEERING
PRACTICE.
INSTRUMENT / ACCESSORIES APPROCHABLE FROM THE WALKWAY PLATFORM.
CABLE TRAY INSIDE CABLE TRENCHES FOR POWER AND CONTROL CABLE
SUPPORTS TO BE PROVIDED AS PER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION.
5. PIPE SIZES SHOWN IN THE TENDER DRAWNGS ARE INDICATIVE AND MINIMUM REQUIREMENT ONLY.
BIDDER HAS TO PROVIDE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT. HOWEVER BIDDER HAS TO JUSTIFY THE PIPE SIZES
WITH HYDRAULIC CALCULATION AS PER TAC RULES. IN CASE TO SATISFY THE TAC RULES, THE PIPE SIZES
BECOMING MORE THAN MINIMUM REQUIREMENT, BIDDER HAS TO PROVIDE THE SAME WITHOUT ANY
EXTRA PRICE.
6. Bidder has to sign each & every page of technical specification & Drawings as an acceptance of specification.
Signature of the tenderer
284
Under the seal of the firm
7. IT IS BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO GET THE APPROVAL OF SYSTEM FROM WEST BENGAL FIRE SERVICE
TO GET FINAL NOC.
Note: (For Sub Head-IV)
2. Bidder has to select the number of loops based on their technical parameters of their equipment. However, following
criteria should also be taken care by bidder while selecting the numbers of detectors & devices per loop.
3. Each loop shall have a provision to provide 10 percent detector in future i.e. in case a loop has a capacity to connect
100 Nos of detectors, therefore in each loop bidder can provide maximum 90 Nos of detectors at present.
4. Similarly, each loop shall have a provision to provide 10 percent devices in future, i.e. in case a loop has a capacity to
connect 100 Nos. of devices, therefore in each loop bidder can provide maximum 90 Nos. of devices at present.
5. While selecting the Nos. of loop bidder has to consider the building layout so that cable run can be made minimum.
6. It is not possible to describe all details in this schedule; Bidder should go in details of specification and quote
accordingly.
7. In case any item(s) not mentioned in this schedule, but is required to fulfill the specification requirement, bidder
should include the same in his quoted price.
8.
9.
Bidder should mention those items separately in this schedule, however, no extra cost would be paid for additional
items.
Successful bidder has to design, detail engineering & preparation of detail shop drawing for systems mentioned
above based on the specification.
10. Bidder has to sign each and every page of technical specification as an acceptance of specification.
11. IT IS BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITY TO GET THE APPROVAL OF SYSTEM FROM LOCAL FIRE SERVICES.
12. STAGE PAYMENT SCHEDULE FOR SUB HEAD I TO IV:
For each item referred to in Sub Head I to IV, based on the unit cost indicated and the number of units arranged,
payment will be effected on the following basis.
i)
On supply and proof of availability at site
with IC against indemnity bond on duly
notarised Non-judicial stamp paper that the
material supplied would be used for fire
fighting system of SRBWIPL at SGW, Kulti.
65% of accepted unit rate
ii)
On erection/installation
20% of the accepted unit rate
iii)
On commissioning
10% of the accepted unit rate
iv)
On handing over
5% of the accepted unit rate
285
Signature of the tenderer
Under the seal of the firm
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement